diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index cfe585e1..f4ed5fd7 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ elseif(APPLE) # include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ios-m1-simulator/CMakeLists.txt) # Uncomment this line and comment next line if using M1 simulator include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ios/CMakeLists.txt) endif() +elseif(OPENHARMONY) + include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/openharmony/CMakeLists.txt) elseif(OHOS) include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ohos/CMakeLists.txt) elseif(EMSCRIPTEN) diff --git a/cmake/CocosExternalConfig.cmake b/cmake/CocosExternalConfig.cmake index d9d04084..4c011cb5 100644 --- a/cmake/CocosExternalConfig.cmake +++ b/cmake/CocosExternalConfig.cmake @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ elseif(WINDOWS) elseif(MACOSX) set(platform_name mac) set(platform_spec_path mac) +elseif(OPENHARMONY) + set(platform_name ohos) + set(platform_spec_path openharmony/${OHOS_ARCH}) elseif(OHOS) set(platform_name ohos) set(platform_spec_path ohos/${OHOS_ARCH}) diff --git a/ohos/CMakeLists.txt b/ohos/CMakeLists.txt index 49fb797c..2677fc03 100644 --- a/ohos/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/ohos/CMakeLists.txt @@ -157,19 +157,6 @@ else() set(PhysXSDK) endif() -if(OPENHARMONY) -add_library(MachineIndependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) -set_target_properties(MachineIndependent PROPERTIES - IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libMachineIndependent.a -) -add_library(GenericCodeGen STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) -set_target_properties(GenericCodeGen PROPERTIES - IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libGenericCodeGen.a -) -list(APPEND glslang_libs_name MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen) -endif() - - ############################# TBB ############################# if(USE_JOB_SYSTEM_TBB) add_library(tbb STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) @@ -205,7 +192,6 @@ list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS ${glslang_libs_name} ) -if(NOT OPENHARMONY) list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS ${se_libs_name} OpenALSoft @@ -217,9 +203,6 @@ if(NOT USE_MODULES) list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS ${ZLIB}) endif() -endif() - - if(USE_V8_DEBUGGER OR USE_WEBSOCKET_SERVER) list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS uv diff --git a/openharmony/CMakeLists.txt b/openharmony/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fce07e1c --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ + +set(ohos_lib_dir ${platform_spec_path}/lib) + +add_library(crypto STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(crypto PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libcrypto.a +) + +if (USE_DEBUG_RENDERER) +add_library(freetype STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(freetype PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libfreetype.a + INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${platform_spec_path}/include/freetype +) +endif() + +add_library(jpeg STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(jpeg PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libjpeg.a +) + +add_library(png STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(png PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libpng16.a +) + +add_library(ssl STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(ssl PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libssl.a +) + +add_library(uv STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(uv PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libuv_a.a +) + +add_library(webp STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(webp PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libwebp.a +) + +add_library(websockets STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(websockets PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libwebsockets.a +) +add_library(sqlite3 STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(sqlite3 PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libsqlite3.a +) +add_library(z STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(z PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libz.a +) + +add_library(OpenALSoft SHARED IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(OpenALSoft PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libopenal.a +) + +add_library(mpg123 SHARED IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(mpg123 PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libmpg123.a +) + +set(se_libs_name) + +if(USE_SE_V8) + add_library(v8_monolith STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) + set_target_properties(v8_monolith PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libv8_monolith.a + ) + + set(OHOS_ARM64_MACROS + V8_TYPED_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE_IN_HEAP=64 + ENABLE_MINOR_MC + V8_INTL_SUPPORT + V8_CONCURRENT_MARKING + V8_ENABLE_LAZY_SOURCE_POSITIONS + V8_EMBEDDED_BUILTINS + V8_WIN64_UNWINDING_INFO + V8_ENABLE_REGEXP_INTERPRETER_THREADED_DISPATCH + V8_SNAPSHOT_COMPRESSION + V8_31BIT_SMIS_ON_64BIT_ARCH + V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS + V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS + V8_TARGET_ARCH_ARM64 + V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS + V8_TARGET_OS_LINUX + DISABLE_UNTRUSTED_CODE_MITIGATIONS + V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS + U_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE=0 + U_ENABLE_DYLOAD=0 + USE_CHROMIUM_ICU=1 + U_STATIC_IMPLEMENTATION + ) + + if(OHOS_ARCH STREQUAL "arm64-v8a") + set_property(TARGET v8_monolith + APPEND PROPERTY INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS ${OHOS_ARM64_MACROS} + ) + endif() + + add_library(v8_inspector STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) + set_target_properties(v8_inspector PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libinspector.a + INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${platform_spec_path}/include/v8 + ) + + set(se_libs_name v8_monolith v8_inspector) +endif() + +if(USE_SOCKET) + list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS + websockets + ssl + crypto + ) +endif() + +if(USE_SE_V8 AND USE_V8_DEBUGGER) + list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS + v8_inspector + ) +endif() + +add_library(glslang STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(glslang PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang.a +) +add_library(OGLCompiler STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(OGLCompiler PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libOGLCompiler.a +) +add_library(OSDependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(OSDependent PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libOSDependent.a +) +add_library(SPIRV STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(SPIRV PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libSPIRV.a +) +add_library(glslang-default-resource-limits STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(glslang-default-resource-limits PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a +) +set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen) + +if(USE_PHYSICS_PHYSX) + set(PhysXSDK PhysXCooking PhysXCharacterKinematic PhysXVehicle PhysXExtensions PhysX PhysXPvdSDK PhysXCommon PhysXFoundation) + foreach(PX IN LISTS PhysXSDK) + add_library(${PX} STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) + set_target_properties(${PX} PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/PhysX/lib${PX}_static.a + ) + endforeach() +else() + set(PhysXSDK) +endif() + +add_library(MachineIndependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(MachineIndependent PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libMachineIndependent.a +) +add_library(GenericCodeGen STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) +set_target_properties(GenericCodeGen PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libGenericCodeGen.a +) +list(APPEND glslang_libs_name MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen) + + +############################# TBB ############################# +if(USE_JOB_SYSTEM_TBB) + add_library(tbb STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) + set_target_properties(tbb PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libtbb_static.a + ) + add_library(tbbmalloc STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) + set_target_properties(tbbmalloc PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libtbbmalloc_static.a + ) + add_library(tbbmalloc_proxy STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL) + set_target_properties(tbbmalloc_proxy PROPERTIES + IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libtbbmalloc_proxy_static.a + ) + set(tbb_libs_name tbbmalloc_proxy tbbmalloc tbb) + list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS + ${tbb_libs_name} + ) +endif() + +if (USE_DEBUG_RENDERER) +list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS + freetype +) +endif() + +list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS + jpeg + png + sqlite3 + webp + ${PhysXSDK} + ${glslang_libs_name} +) + +list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_INCLUDES + ${platform_spec_path}/include + ${platform_spec_path}/include/sqlite + ${platform_spec_path}/include/png16 + ${platform_spec_path}/include/uv +) + +#TODO: remove in future version +link_directories(${platform_spec_path}/ext/usr/lib) +include_directories(${platform_spec_path}/ext/usr/include) diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bde1c3a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +/**************************************************************************** + * + * ftconfig.in + * + * UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). + * + * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by + * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. + * + * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, + * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project + * license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute + * this file you indicate that you have read the license and + * understand and accept it fully. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used by + * the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically + * determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to port + * FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI compiler. + * + * Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we advise + * you to place a modified copy in your build directory. + * + * The build directory is usually `builds/`, and contains + * system-specific files that are always included first when building the + * library. + * + */ + +#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_ +#define FTCONFIG_H_ + +#include +#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS + * + * These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current ones + * are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment (16bit + * compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own + * `builds/` directory, and edit it to port the engine. + * + */ + +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 +#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + + /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char` */ + /* has 16~bits. ANSI~C says that `sizeof(char)` is always~1. Since an */ + /* `int` has 16~bits also for this system, `sizeof(int)` gives~1 which */ + /* is probably unexpected. */ + /* */ + /* `CHAR_BIT` (defined in `limits.h`) gives the number of bits in a */ + /* `char` type. */ + +#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#endif + + +#undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES +#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES + +#undef SIZEOF_INT +#undef SIZEOF_LONG +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG + +#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of `int` and `long` */ + /* is copied from default `include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h`. */ + /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */ + /* applied to the original header file for the builders that do */ + /* not use configure script. */ + + /* The size of an `int` type. */ +#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT ) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT ) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT ) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!" +#endif + + /* The size of a `long` type. A five-byte `long` (as used e.g. on the */ + /* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */ +#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT ) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT ) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT ) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!" +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + /* `FT_UNUSED` indicates that a given parameter is not used -- */ + /* this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings. */ +#ifndef FT_UNUSED +#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) ) +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS + * + * These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch + * their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No + * porter should need to mess with them. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Mac support + * + * This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead + * providing a new configuration file. + */ +#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) ) + /* No Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x. */ + /* `AvailabilityMacros.h` is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */ + /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion. */ +#include +#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */ +#include "AvailabilityMacros.h" +#endif +#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \ + ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 ) +#undef FT_MACINTOSH +#endif + +#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ ) + /* Classic MacOS compilers */ +#include "ConditionalMacros.h" +#if TARGET_OS_MAC +#define FT_MACINTOSH 1 +#endif + +#endif + + + /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler. */ +#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ ) +#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 ) +#pragma set woff 3505 +#endif +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * basic_types + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Int16 + * + * @description: + * A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. + */ + typedef signed short FT_Int16; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_UInt16 + * + * @description: + * A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. + */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16; + + /* */ + + + /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */ +#if 0 + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Int32 + * + * @description: + * A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the + * configuration. + */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int32; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_UInt32 + * + * A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the + * configuration. + */ + typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Int64 + * + * A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on the + * configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; + * otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). + */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int64; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_UInt64 + * + * A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the + * configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; + * otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). + */ + typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64; + + /* */ + +#endif + +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4 + + typedef signed int FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 + + typedef signed long FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32; + +#else +#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files" +#endif + + + /* look up an integer type that is at least 32~bits */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4 + + typedef int FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned int FT_UFast; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4 + + typedef long FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned long FT_UFast; + +#endif + + + /* determine whether we have a 64-bit `int` type for platforms without */ + /* Autoconf */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 + + /* `FT_LONG64` must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long + + /* we handle the LLP64 scheme separately for GCC and clang, */ + /* suppressing the `long long` warning */ +#elif ( FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 ) && \ + defined( HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT ) && \ + defined( __GNUC__ ) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wlong-long" +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + + /************************************************************************** + * + * A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile in + * strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data types if + * `__STDC__` is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the + * `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` configuration macro. + */ +#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 ) + +#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L + +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */ + + /* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64 + +#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */ + + /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of `__BORLANDC__` in order */ + /* to test the compiler version. */ + + /* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64 + +#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */ + + /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */ + +#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */ + +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) + + /* GCC provides the `long long` type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ + +#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */ + +#ifdef FT_LONG64 + typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64; + typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64; +#endif + + +#ifdef _WIN64 + /* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */ + /* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers */ +#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x) +#else +#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x) +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * miscellaneous + * + */ + + +#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do { +#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 ) +#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT + + + /* `typeof` condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h` header file */ +#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 ) || \ + ( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 && \ + defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) ) || \ + ( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) ) +#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) ( __typeof__ ( type ) ) +#else +#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */ +#endif + + + /* Use `FT_LOCAL` and `FT_LOCAL_DEF` to declare and define, */ + /* respectively, a function that gets used only within the scope of a */ + /* module. Normally, both the header and source code files for such a */ + /* function are within a single module directory. */ + /* */ + /* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY` and */ + /* `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF`. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT + +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x + +#else + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */ + +#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x +#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x + + + /* Use `FT_BASE` and `FT_BASE_DEF` to declare and define, respectively, */ + /* functions that are used in more than a single module. In the */ + /* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header file */ + /* in the `include/freetype/internal` directory, and the function body */ + /* is in a file in `src/base`. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_BASE + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE */ + + +#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#else +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */ + + + /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility */ + /* some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after */ + /* the return type of function declarations. */ + /* */ + /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */ + /* exported library functions: `FT_EXPORT` and `FT_EXPORT_DEF`. */ + /* */ + /* - `FT_EXPORT( return_type )` */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function declaration, as in */ + /* */ + /* ``` */ + /* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */ + /* ``` */ + /* */ + /* - `FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )` */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function definition, as in */ + /* */ + /* ``` */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... some code ... */ + /* return FT_Err_Ok; */ + /* } */ + /* ``` */ + /* */ + /* You can provide your own implementation of `FT_EXPORT` and */ + /* `FT_EXPORT_DEF` here if you want. */ + /* */ + /* To export a variable, use `FT_EXPORT_VAR`. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_EXPORT + +#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_EXPORT ) +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllexport ) x +#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4 +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) )) x +#elif defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550 +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __global x +#elif defined( __cplusplus ) +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x +#endif + +#else + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_IMPORT ) +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllimport ) x +#elif defined( __cplusplus ) +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */ + + + /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */ + /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */ + /* */ + + /* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"` for */ + /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */ + /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */ + /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */ + /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function, */ + /* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */ + /* it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare */ + /* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way */ + /* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */ + /* contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */ + /* that contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */ + /* the infamous `_cdecl` or `__fastcall` declarations. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */ + +#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern "C" x +#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern x +#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) x +#endif +#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */ + +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C" +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C" +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */ +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..696d6ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h @@ -0,0 +1,814 @@ +/**************************************************************************** + * + * ftheader.h + * + * Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. + * + * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by + * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. + * + * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, + * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project + * license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute + * this file you indicate that you have read the license and + * understand and accept it fully. + * + */ + +#ifndef FTHEADER_H_ +#define FTHEADER_H_ + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" { +#else +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_END_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_END_HEADER } +#else +#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. + * + */ + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * header_file_macros + * + * @title: + * Header File Macros + * + * @abstract: + * Macro definitions used to `#include` specific header files. + * + * @description: + * The following macros are defined to the name of specific FreeType~2 + * header files. They can be used directly in `#include` statements as + * in: + * + * ``` + * #include FT_FREETYPE_H + * #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * #include FT_GLYPH_H + * ``` + * + * There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name public + * header files. The first one is that such macros are not limited to + * the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and + * `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H` is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h`). + * + * The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the way + * FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. + * + */ + + + /* configuration files */ + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 configuration data. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H +#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library + * instances in @FT_Init_FreeType. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H +#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H +#endif + + /* */ + + /* public headers */ + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_FREETYPE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * base FreeType~2 API. + * + */ +#define FT_FREETYPE_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_ERRORS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages). + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYSTEM_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management + * and stream i/o). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_SYSTEM_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_IMAGE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing type + * definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines, + * scan-converter parameters). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_IMAGE_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * basic data types defined by FreeType~2. + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPES_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_LIST_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * list management API of FreeType~2. + * + * (Most applications will never need to include this file.) + * + */ +#define FT_LIST_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_OUTLINE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * scalable outline management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_SIZES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face. + * + */ +#define FT_SIZES_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_RENDER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * renderer module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_RENDER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the driver modules. + * + */ +#define FT_DRIVER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module. + * + * Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_CFF_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the CFF driver module. + * + * Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module. + * + * Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_PCF_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the PCF driver module. + * + * Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead. + * + */ +#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the Type~1 format. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings, + * etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro + * definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of TrueType four-byte 'tags' which identify blocks in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_BDF_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face. + * + */ +#define FT_BDF_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_CID_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face. + * + */ +#define FT_CID_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_GZIP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_GZIP_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_LZW_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_LZW_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_BZIP2_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_BZIP2_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_WINFONTS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files. + * + */ +#define FT_WINFONTS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_GLYPH_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional glyph management component. + * + */ +#define FT_GLYPH_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_BITMAP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional bitmap conversion component. + * + */ +#define FT_BITMAP_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_BBOX_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines. + * + */ +#define FT_BBOX_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_MAC_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access fonts + * embedded in resource forks. + * + * This header file must be explicitly included by client applications + * compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though). + * + */ +#define FT_MAC_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_SFNT_NAMES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded 'name' strings in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables ('BASE', + * 'GDEF', 'GPOS', 'GSUB', 'JSTF'). + * + */ +#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_GX_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables ('feat', + * 'mort', 'morx', 'bsln', 'just', 'kern', 'opbd', 'trak', 'prop'). + * + */ +#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_PFR_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data. + * + */ +#define FT_PFR_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_STROKER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths. + */ +#define FT_STROKER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYNTHESIS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening. + */ +#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_FONT_FORMATS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats. + */ +#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H + + /* deprecated */ +#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g., + * cosines and arc tangents). + */ +#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_INCREMENTAL_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading. + */ +#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_GASP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table. + */ +#define FT_GASP_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_ADVANCES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances. + */ +#define FT_ADVANCES_H + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_COLOR_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'CPAL' table. + */ +#define FT_COLOR_H + + + /* */ + + /* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */ +#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H +#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H + + /* Deprecated macros. */ +#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H +#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H + + /* `FT_CACHE_H` is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */ +#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H + + /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */ + /* default to `FT_CACHE_H` at the moment just in case, but we know */ + /* of no rogue client that uses them. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /* + * Include internal headers definitions from `` only when + * building the library. + */ +#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H +#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H +#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */ + + +#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c603e53 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* + * This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library. + * + * If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED! Instead, it is created in + * the objects directory (normally `/objs/`) based on information + * from `/modules.cfg`. + * + * Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY` and `docs/CUSTOMIZE` how to compile + * FreeType without GNU make. + * + */ + +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class ) + +/* EOF */ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..891bda65 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h @@ -0,0 +1,982 @@ +/**************************************************************************** + * + * ftoption.h + * + * User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). + * + * Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by + * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. + * + * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, + * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project + * license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute + * this file you indicate that you have read the license and + * understand and accept it fully. + * + */ + + +#ifndef FTOPTION_H_ +#define FTOPTION_H_ + + +#include + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /************************************************************************** + * + * USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS + * + * This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for a + * standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to use + * this file to build project-specific versions of the library: + * + * - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in + * cases where you would like to build several versions of the library + * from a single source directory. + * + * - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more + * precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h`, where `$BUILD` is + * the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType include + * path during compilation. + * + * The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build directory + * `builds/` by default, but you can easily change that for your + * own projects. + * + * - Copy the file to `$BUILD/ft2build.h` and modify it + * slightly to pre-define the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H` used to locate + * this file during the build. For example, + * + * ``` + * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H + * #include + * ``` + * + * will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h` instead of this file for macro + * definitions. + * + * Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro + * `FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H` used to locate the file listing of the modules + * that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By + * default, this file is ``. + * + * We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*#************************************************************************ + * + * If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an + * environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES`, which can be used to + * control the various font drivers and modules. The controllable + * properties are listed in the section @properties. + * + * You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack + * the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the `getenv` + * function), for example Windows CE. + * + * `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into + * multiple lines for better readability). + * + * ``` + * + * ':' + * '=' + * + * ':' + * '=' + * ... + * ``` + * + * Example: + * + * ``` + * FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \ + * cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \ + * autofitter:warping=1 + * ``` + * + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering + * technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library. This + * technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels. To + * mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need to + * explicitly set up LCD filtering. + * + * Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents and + * should not be activated in any default build of the library. When this + * macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD rendering + * technology that produces excellent output without LCD filtering. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used by + * FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create some + * problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. + * + * For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when + * the `__STDC__` macro is defined. You can however disable this by + * defining the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` here. + * + * For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when + * building the library. + * + * ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the + * file `ftconfig.h` either statically or through the `configure` + * script on supported platforms. + */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of + * performance-critical functions (e.g., @FT_MulFix). You should only do + * that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to execute + * benchmark tests of the various implementations. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of the + * @FT_MulFix function, which is a 'hotspot' when loading and hinting + * glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. + * + * Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default to + * the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c`. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * LZW-compressed file support. + * + * FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the + * `compress` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF + * files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation + * uses NetBSD's `zopen` to partially uncompress the file on the fly (see + * `src/lzw/ftgzip.c`). + * + * Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Gzip-compressed file support. + * + * FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the + * `gzip` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files + * that come with XFree86. The implementation uses 'zlib' to partially + * uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/gzip/ftgzip.c`). + * + * Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. See also the + * macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB` below. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * ZLib library selection + * + * This macro is only used when `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB` is defined. + * It allows FreeType's 'ftgzip' component to link to the system's + * installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like + * Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. + * + * If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy of the + * zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be included + * directly within the component and **not** export external function + * names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType _and_ ZLib + * without linking conflicts. + * + * Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define + * it for certain configurations only. + * + * If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script, + * options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value + * here with the configured one. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Bzip2-compressed file support. + * + * FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the + * `bzip2` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files + * that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2` to partially + * uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c`). Contrary + * to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use the system + * available bzip2 implementation. + * + * Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. + * + * If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script, + * options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value + * here with the configured one. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, `FILE`, + * `fopen`, etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded + * systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without file + * stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not necessary + * such as memory loading of font files. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * PNG bitmap support. + * + * FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. + * This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed + * color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be supported + * regardless of this configuration. + * + * Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. + * + * If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script, + * options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value + * here with the configured one. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * HarfBuzz support. + * + * FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of OpenType + * fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable by a font's + * character map will be hinted also. + * + * Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. + * + * If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script, + * options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value + * here with the configured one. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Glyph Postscript Names handling + * + * By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the 'psnames' module. This + * module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a Unicode + * value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the use with the + * TrueType 'post' table. + * + * Undefine this macro if you do not want 'psnames' compiled in your + * build of FreeType. This has the following effects: + * + * - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, if you + * build it to support postscript names in the TrueType 'post' table, + * but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap. + * + * - The Type~1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode charmap + * out of the glyphs found in the fonts. + * + * You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building a + * version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type~1 or CFF driver. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Postscript Names to Unicode Values support + * + * By default, FreeType~2 is built with the 'psnames' module compiled in. + * Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name into a + * Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to synthesize on + * the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type~1 driver through a big + * table named the 'Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). + * + * Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List compiled + * in your 'psnames' module. The Type~1 driver will not be able to + * synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Support for Mac fonts + * + * Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac format + * (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac resource) on + * non-Mac platforms. + * + * Note that the 'FOND' resource isn't checked. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks + * + * Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g., GNU/Linux). + * + * Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in + * locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, + * resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In + * other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different from + * what the user specifies. If this option is activated, FreeType tries + * to guess whether such offsets or different file names must be used. + * + * Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via + * the `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS` option. + */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK +#endif + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Allow the use of `FT_Incremental_Interface` to load typefaces that + * contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. This is + * required by clients supporting document formats which supply font data + * incrementally as the document is parsed, such as the Ghostscript + * interpreter for the PostScript language. + */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter to + * do all of its work. + */ +#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * FT_MAX_MODULES + * + * The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single + * FreeType library object. 32~is the default. + */ +#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Debug level + * + * FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, + * errors are reported through the 'ftdebug' component. In trace mode, + * additional messages are sent to the standard output during execution. + * + * Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to build the library in debug mode. + * Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` to build it in trace mode. + * + * Don't define any of these macros to compile in 'release' mode! + * + * Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define + * them for certain configurations only. + */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Autofitter debugging + * + * If `FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT` is defined, FreeType provides some means to + * control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global + * boolean variables (consequently, you should **never** enable this + * while compiling in 'release' mode): + * + * ``` + * _af_debug_disable_horz_hints + * _af_debug_disable_vert_hints + * _af_debug_disable_blue_hints + * ``` + * + * Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various + * internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf`): + * + * ``` + * af_glyph_hints_dump_points + * af_glyph_hints_dump_segments + * af_glyph_hints_dump_edges + * af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments + * af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset + * ``` + * + * As an argument, they use another global variable: + * + * ``` + * _af_debug_hints + * ``` + * + * Please have a look at the `ftgrid` demo program to see how those + * variables and macros should be used. + * + * Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define + * them for certain configurations only. + */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Memory Debugging + * + * FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is capable + * of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double deletes. To + * compile it within your build of the library, you should define + * `FT_DEBUG_MEMORY` here. + * + * Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when when + * the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY` is defined also! + * + * Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define it + * for certain configurations only. + */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Module errors + * + * If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte of + * an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, while + * the lower byte is the real error code. + * + * Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since it + * would break source compatibility of certain programs that use + * FreeType~2. + * + * More details can be found in the files `ftmoderr.h` and `fterrors.h`. + */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Error Strings + * + * If this macro is set, `FT_Error_String` will return meaningful + * descriptions. This is not enabled by default to reduce the overall + * size of FreeType. + * + * More details can be found in the file `fterrors.h`. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS` if you want to support + * embedded bitmaps in all formats using the 'sfnt' module (namely + * TrueType~& OpenType). + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` if you want to support coloured + * outlines (from the 'COLR'/'CPAL' tables) in all formats using the 'sfnt' + * module (namely TrueType~& OpenType). + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES` if you want to be able to + * load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or OpenType + * file. + * + * Note that when you do not compile the 'psnames' module by undefining the + * above `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES`, the 'sfnt' module will + * contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. + * + * (By default, the module uses 'psnames' to extract glyph names.) + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` if your applications need to access + * the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType or + * OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to describe the + * font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It does not contain + * any glyph name though. + * + * Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in + * `ftsnames.h`. + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * TrueType CMap support + * + * Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be + * supported. + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` if you want to compile a + * bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. + * + * By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load + * TrueType glyphs without hinting. + * + * Do not `#undef` this macro here, since the build system might define it + * for certain configurations only. + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING` if you want to compile + * subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This modifies the + * TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but `FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO` is + * requested. + * + * In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or + * not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look like + * they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment. See [1] for a + * technical overview on what this means. See `ttinterp.h` for more + * details on the LEAN option. + * + * There are three possible values. + * + * Value 1: + * This value is associated with the 'Infinality' moniker, contributed by + * an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of making TrueType + * fonts render better than on Windows. A high amount of configurability + * and flexibility, down to rules for single glyphs in fonts, but also + * very slow. Its experimental and slow nature and the original + * developer losing interest meant that this option was never enabled in + * default builds. + * + * The corresponding interpreter version is v38. + * + * Value 2: + * The new default mode for the TrueType driver. The Infinality code + * base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability removed + * in the name of speed and simplicity. The configurability was mainly + * aimed at legacy fonts like 'Arial', 'Times New Roman', or 'Courier'. + * Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to achieve clean + * black-and-white bitmaps. The new mode focuses on applying a minimal + * set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so that modern and web + * fonts render well while legacy fonts render okay. + * + * The corresponding interpreter version is v40. + * + * Value 3: + * Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the + * default). + * + * By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows without + * ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and Win9x + * (interpreter version v35). Or not, depending on how much hinting blood + * and testing tears the font designer put into a given font. If you + * define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can switch between + * between v35 and the ones you define (using `FT_Property_Set`). + * + * This option requires `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` to be + * defined. + * + * [1] + * https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx + */ +/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 1 */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 2 +/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING ( 1 | 2 ) */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED` to compile the + * TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle + * component offsets in composite glyphs. + * + * Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets in + * composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling + * factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) while + * MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the composite + * flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old fonts will not + * have them. + * + * https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm + * https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html + */ +#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT` if you want to include support + * for Apple's distortable font technology ('fvar', 'gvar', 'cvar', and + * 'avar' tables). Tagged 'Font Variations', this is now part of OpenType + * also. This has many similarities to Type~1 Multiple Masters support. + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF` if you want to include support for an + * embedded 'BDF~' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. + */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Option `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES` controls the maximum + * number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the + * bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't want + * to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making a + * library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts). + * + * It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring + * script; instead, it gets surrounded with `#ifndef ... #endif` so that + * the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's command + * line. + */ +#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * `T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH` is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and arrays + * in the Type~1 stream (see `t1load.c`). A minimum of~4 is required. + */ +#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * `T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS` details the maximum number of nested sub-routine + * calls during glyph loading. + */ +#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * `T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS` is the charstring stack's capacity. A + * minimum of~16 is required. + * + * The Chinese font 'MingTiEG-Medium' (covering the CNS 11643 character + * set) needs 256. + */ +#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation + * of the 't1afm' module, which is in charge of reading Type~1 AFM files + * into an existing face. Note that if set, the Type~1 driver will be + * unable to produce kerning distances. + */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation + * of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type~1 driver. + */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe Type~1 + * engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to + * switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of + * the 'type1' driver module. + */ +/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Using `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4}` it is + * possible to set up the default values of the four control points that + * define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For more + * details please read the documentation of the `darkening-parameters` + * property (file `ftdriver.h`), which allows the control at run-time. + * + * Do **not** undefine these macros! + */ +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF engine + * gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to switch + * between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of the 'cff' + * driver module. + */ +/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** P C F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * There are many PCF fonts just called 'Fixed' which look completely + * different, and which have nothing to do with each other. When selecting + * 'Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather random, the + * style changes often if one changes the size and one cannot select some + * fonts at all. This option makes the 'pcf' module prepend the foundry + * name (plus a space) to the family name. + * + * We also check whether we have 'wide' characters; all put together, we + * get family names like 'Sony Fixed' or 'Misc Fixed Wide'. + * + * If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the + * `no-long-family-names` property of the 'pcf' driver module. + */ +/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Compile 'autofit' module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script + * support. + */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Compile 'autofit' module with fallback Indic script support, covering + * some scripts that the 'latin' submodule of the 'autofit' module doesn't + * (yet) handle. + */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Compile 'autofit' module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping + * code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension so + * that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the grid. To + * find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter + * combinations are tried and scored. + * + * You can switch warping on and off with the `warping` property of the + * auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h` for more information; by default it + * is switched off). + * + * This experimental option is not active if the rendering mode is + * `FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT`. + */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * Use TrueType-like size metrics for 'light' auto-hinting. + * + * It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to + * help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour with + * respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts. + * + * The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions + * like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was + * present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive). + * + * ``` + * 2011-07-16 Steven Chu + * + * [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts. + * ``` + * + * This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less). + */ +/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */ + + /* */ + + + /* + * This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType version + * 2.5. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */ + + + /* + * The next three macros are defined if native TrueType hinting is + * requested by the definitions above. Don't change this. + */ +#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER + +#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING +#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1 +#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY +#endif + +#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2 +#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL +#endif +#endif +#endif + + + /* + * Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function + * `cff_property_set` in file `cffdrivr.c`. + */ +#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500 +#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!" +#endif + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..438b6145 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +/**************************************************************************** + * + * ftstdlib.h + * + * ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification + * only). + * + * Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by + * David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. + * + * This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, + * modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project + * license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute + * this file you indicate that you have read the license and + * understand and accept it fully. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * This file is used to group all `#includes` to the ANSI~C library that + * FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the + * standard functions within the FreeType source code. + * + * Load a file which defines `FTSTDLIB_H_` before this one to override it. + * + */ + + +#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_ +#define FTSTDLIB_H_ + + +#include + +#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * integer limits + * + * `UINT_MAX` and `ULONG_MAX` are used to automatically compute the size of + * `int` and `long` in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works for all + * platforms the library has been tested on. + * + * Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide integer + * types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32~bits wide (e.g., some old Crays where + * `int` is 36~bits), we do not make any guarantee about the correct + * behaviour of FreeType~2 with all fonts. + * + * In these cases, `ftconfig.h` will refuse to compile anyway with a + * message like 'couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. + * + */ + + +#include + +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN +#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX +#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN +#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX +#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * character and string processing + * + */ + + +#include + +#define ft_memchr memchr +#define ft_memcmp memcmp +#define ft_memcpy memcpy +#define ft_memmove memmove +#define ft_memset memset +#define ft_strcat strcat +#define ft_strcmp strcmp +#define ft_strcpy strcpy +#define ft_strlen strlen +#define ft_strncmp strncmp +#define ft_strncpy strncpy +#define ft_strrchr strrchr +#define ft_strstr strstr + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * file handling + * + */ + + +#include + +#define FT_FILE FILE +#define ft_fclose fclose +#define ft_fopen fopen +#define ft_fread fread +#define ft_fseek fseek +#define ft_ftell ftell +#define ft_sprintf sprintf + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * sorting + * + */ + + +#include + +#define ft_qsort qsort + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * memory allocation + * + */ + + +#define ft_scalloc calloc +#define ft_sfree free +#define ft_smalloc malloc +#define ft_srealloc realloc + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * miscellaneous + * + */ + + +#define ft_strtol strtol +#define ft_getenv getenv + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * execution control + * + */ + + +#include + +#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */ + /* `jmp_buf` is defined as a macro */ + /* on certain platforms */ + +#define ft_longjmp longjmp +#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */ + + + /* The following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */ + /* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` or `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` are defined. */ + +#include + + +#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/freetype.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/freetype.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ft2build.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ft2build.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcache.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcache.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcid.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcid.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrors.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrors.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftimage.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftimage.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlist.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlist.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmac.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmac.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmm.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmm.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftotval.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftotval.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftrender.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftrender.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttypes.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttypes.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/t1tables.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/t1tables.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttables.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttables.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttags.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttags.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jerror.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jerror.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/png16/png.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/png16/png.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/png16/pngconf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/png16/pngconf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/decode.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/decode.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/decode.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/decode.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/demux.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/demux.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/demux.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/demux.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/encode.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/encode.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/encode.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/encode.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/mux.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/mux.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux_types.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/mux_types.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux_types.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/mux_types.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/types.h b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/types.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/types.h rename to openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/webp/types.h diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCharacterKinematic_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCharacterKinematic_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f6dd49f Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCharacterKinematic_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCommon_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCommon_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ccce39c Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCommon_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCooking_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCooking_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7a0ab66 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCooking_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXExtensions_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXExtensions_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85cbfda7 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXExtensions_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXFoundation_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXFoundation_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..128abecf Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXFoundation_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXPvdSDK_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXPvdSDK_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4617e87d Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXPvdSDK_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXVehicle_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXVehicle_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6de2e15 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXVehicle_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysX_static.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysX_static.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d76c7a45 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/PhysX/libPhysX_static.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fdc3b0a Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3061fa44 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60baa82c Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libOSDependent.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libOSDependent.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bea0891a Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libOSDependent.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libSPIRV.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libSPIRV.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82c0fed9 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libSPIRV.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libfreetype.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libfreetype.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2443fa86 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libfreetype.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffd4a4d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libglslang.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libglslang.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6d318a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libglslang.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libjpeg.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libjpeg.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aeebc4b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libjpeg.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libpng16.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libpng16.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2d3a8fa Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libpng16.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libsqlite3.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libsqlite3.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..408988bc Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libsqlite3.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libwebp.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libwebp.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be5dbf26 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libwebp.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libwebpdecoder.a b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libwebpdecoder.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27c79633 Binary files /dev/null and b/openharmony/arm64-v8a/lib/libwebpdecoder.a differ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f221a5b --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +#ifndef __egl_h_ +#define __egl_h_ 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* +** Copyright (c) 2013-2017 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +** the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ +/* +** This header is generated from the Khronos EGL XML API Registry. +** The current version of the Registry, generator scripts +** used to make the header, and the header can be found at +** http://www.khronos.org/registry/egl +** +** Khronos $Git commit SHA1: ad06e1c38e $ on $Git commit date: 2020-04-09 +*18:40:05 +0200 $ +*/ + +#include + +#ifndef EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +#define EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES 1 +#endif + +/* Generated on date 20200505 */ + +/* Generated C header for: + * API: egl + * Versions considered: .* + * Versions emitted: .* + * Default extensions included: None + * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^ + * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^ + */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_0 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_0 1 +typedef unsigned int EGLBoolean; +typedef void *EGLDisplay; +#include +#include +typedef void *EGLConfig; +typedef void *EGLSurface; +typedef void *EGLContext; +typedef void (*__eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType)(void); +#define EGL_ALPHA_SIZE 0x3021 +#define EGL_BAD_ACCESS 0x3002 +#define EGL_BAD_ALLOC 0x3003 +#define EGL_BAD_ATTRIBUTE 0x3004 +#define EGL_BAD_CONFIG 0x3005 +#define EGL_BAD_CONTEXT 0x3006 +#define EGL_BAD_CURRENT_SURFACE 0x3007 +#define EGL_BAD_DISPLAY 0x3008 +#define EGL_BAD_MATCH 0x3009 +#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x300A +#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_WINDOW 0x300B +#define EGL_BAD_PARAMETER 0x300C +#define EGL_BAD_SURFACE 0x300D +#define EGL_BLUE_SIZE 0x3022 +#define EGL_BUFFER_SIZE 0x3020 +#define EGL_CONFIG_CAVEAT 0x3027 +#define EGL_CONFIG_ID 0x3028 +#define EGL_CORE_NATIVE_ENGINE 0x305B +#define EGL_DEPTH_SIZE 0x3025 +#define EGL_DONT_CARE EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1) +#define EGL_DRAW 0x3059 +#define EGL_EXTENSIONS 0x3055 +#define EGL_FALSE 0 +#define EGL_GREEN_SIZE 0x3023 +#define EGL_HEIGHT 0x3056 +#define EGL_LARGEST_PBUFFER 0x3058 +#define EGL_LEVEL 0x3029 +#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT 0x302A +#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS 0x302B +#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH 0x302C +#define EGL_NATIVE_RENDERABLE 0x302D +#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_ID 0x302E +#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_TYPE 0x302F +#define EGL_NONE 0x3038 +#define EGL_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG 0x3051 +#define EGL_NOT_INITIALIZED 0x3001 +#define EGL_NO_CONTEXT EGL_CAST(EGLContext, 0) +#define EGL_NO_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLDisplay, 0) +#define EGL_NO_SURFACE EGL_CAST(EGLSurface, 0) +#define EGL_PBUFFER_BIT 0x0001 +#define EGL_PIXMAP_BIT 0x0002 +#define EGL_READ 0x305A +#define EGL_RED_SIZE 0x3024 +#define EGL_SAMPLES 0x3031 +#define EGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS 0x3032 +#define EGL_SLOW_CONFIG 0x3050 +#define EGL_STENCIL_SIZE 0x3026 +#define EGL_SUCCESS 0x3000 +#define EGL_SURFACE_TYPE 0x3033 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE 0x3035 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE 0x3036 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE 0x3037 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RGB 0x3052 +#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_TYPE 0x3034 +#define EGL_TRUE 1 +#define EGL_VENDOR 0x3053 +#define EGL_VERSION 0x3054 +#define EGL_WIDTH 0x3057 +#define EGL_WINDOW_BIT 0x0004 +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCHOOSECONFIGPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list, EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, EGLint *num_config); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOPYBUFFERSPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLNativePixmapType target); +typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATECONTEXTPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLContext share_context, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativePixmapType pixmap, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEWINDOWSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativeWindowType win, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLContext ctx); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, + EGLint *num_config); +typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTDISPLAYPROC)(void); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTSURFACEPROC)(EGLint readdraw); +typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYPROC)( + EGLNativeDisplayType display_id); +typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETERRORPROC)(void); +typedef __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType( + EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPROCADDRESSPROC)(const char *procname); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLINITIALIZEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLint *major, + EGLint *minor); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLMAKECURRENTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface draw, + EGLSurface read, + EGLContext ctx); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLContext ctx, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTRINGPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLTERMINATEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITGLPROC)(void); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITNATIVEPROC)(EGLint engine); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglChooseConfig(EGLDisplay dpy, + const EGLint *attrib_list, + EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, + EGLint *num_config); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCopyBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, + EGLNativePixmapType target); +EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, + EGLContext share_context, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferSurface( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePixmapSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLNativePixmapType pixmap, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLNativeWindowType win, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY +HeglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, + EGLNativeWindowType win, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLConfig config, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigs(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig *configs, + EGLint config_size, + EGLint *num_config); +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentDisplay(void); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentSurface(EGLint readdraw); +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplay(EGLNativeDisplayType display_id); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglGetError(void); +EGLAPI __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType EGLAPIENTRY +eglGetProcAddress(const char *procname); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglInitialize(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint *major, + EGLint *minor); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglMakeCurrent(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface draw, + EGLSurface read, EGLContext ctx); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, + EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryString(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurface(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglTerminate(EGLDisplay dpy); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitGL(void); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitNative(EGLint engine); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_0 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_1 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_1 1 +#define EGL_BACK_BUFFER 0x3084 +#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB 0x3039 +#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x303A +#define EGL_CONTEXT_LOST 0x300E +#define EGL_MIN_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303B +#define EGL_MAX_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303C +#define EGL_MIPMAP_TEXTURE 0x3082 +#define EGL_MIPMAP_LEVEL 0x3083 +#define EGL_NO_TEXTURE 0x305C +#define EGL_TEXTURE_2D 0x305F +#define EGL_TEXTURE_FORMAT 0x3080 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGB 0x305D +#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x305E +#define EGL_TEXTURE_TARGET 0x3081 +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDTEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSURFACEATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, + EGLint value); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPINTERVALPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLint interval); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint buffer); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSurfaceAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSurface surface, + EGLint attribute, EGLint value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapInterval(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint interval); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_1 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_2 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_2 1 +typedef unsigned int EGLenum; +typedef void *EGLClientBuffer; +#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088 +#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B +#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C +#define EGL_ALPHA_MASK_SIZE 0x303E +#define EGL_BUFFER_PRESERVED 0x3094 +#define EGL_BUFFER_DESTROYED 0x3095 +#define EGL_CLIENT_APIS 0x308D +#define EGL_COLORSPACE 0x3087 +#define EGL_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089 +#define EGL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A +#define EGL_COLOR_BUFFER_TYPE 0x303F +#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_TYPE 0x3097 +#define EGL_DISPLAY_SCALING 10000 +#define EGL_HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION 0x3090 +#define EGL_LUMINANCE_BUFFER 0x308F +#define EGL_LUMINANCE_SIZE 0x303D +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_BIT 0x0001 +#define EGL_OPENVG_BIT 0x0002 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_API 0x30A0 +#define EGL_OPENVG_API 0x30A1 +#define EGL_OPENVG_IMAGE 0x3096 +#define EGL_PIXEL_ASPECT_RATIO 0x3092 +#define EGL_RENDERABLE_TYPE 0x3040 +#define EGL_RENDER_BUFFER 0x3086 +#define EGL_RGB_BUFFER 0x308E +#define EGL_SINGLE_BUFFER 0x3085 +#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR 0x3093 +#define EGL_UNKNOWN EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1) +#define EGL_VERTICAL_RESOLUTION 0x3091 +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDAPIPROC)(EGLenum api); +typedef EGLenum(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYAPIPROC)(void); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERFROMCLIENTBUFFERPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETHREADPROC)(void); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITCLIENTPROC)(void); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindAPI(EGLenum api); +EGLAPI EGLenum EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryAPI(void); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferFromClientBuffer( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config, + const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseThread(void); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitClient(void); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_3 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_3 1 +#define EGL_CONFORMANT 0x3042 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_VERSION 0x3098 +#define EGL_MATCH_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x3041 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES2_BIT 0x0004 +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088 +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE_BIT 0x0040 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE 0x3087 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_BIT 0x0020 +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_3 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_4 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_4 1 +#define EGL_DEFAULT_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLNativeDisplayType, 0) +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX_BIT 0x0200 +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE 0x3099 +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_DEFAULT 0x309A +#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX 0x309B +#define EGL_OPENGL_API 0x30A2 +#define EGL_OPENGL_BIT 0x0008 +#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR_PRESERVED_BIT 0x0400 +typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTCONTEXTPROC)(void); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentContext(void); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_4 */ + +#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_5 +#define EGL_VERSION_1_5 1 +typedef void *EGLSync; +typedef intptr_t EGLAttrib; +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTime; +typedef void *EGLImage; +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION 0x3098 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION 0x30FB +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_PROFILE_MASK 0x30FD +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY 0x31BD +#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION 0x31BE +#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET 0x31BF +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000001 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_DEBUG 0x31B0 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE 0x31B1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS 0x31B2 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES3_BIT 0x00000040 +#define EGL_CL_EVENT_HANDLE 0x309C +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT 0x30FE +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_COMPLETE 0x30FF +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE 0x30F0 +#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE 0x30F7 +#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS 0x30F1 +#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION 0x30F8 +#define EGL_SIGNALED 0x30F2 +#define EGL_UNSIGNALED 0x30F3 +#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT 0x0001 +#define EGL_FOREVER 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull +#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 0x30F5 +#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED 0x30F6 +#define EGL_NO_SYNC EGL_CAST(EGLSync, 0) +#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE 0x30F9 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE 0x309D +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SRGB 0x3089 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A +#define EGL_GL_RENDERBUFFER 0x30B9 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x30B1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_LEVEL 0x30BC +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_3D 0x30B2 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_ZOFFSET 0x30BD +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X 0x30B3 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X 0x30B4 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y 0x30B5 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y 0x30B6 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z 0x30B7 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z 0x30B8 +#define EGL_IMAGE_PRESERVED 0x30D2 +#define EGL_NO_IMAGE EGL_CAST(EGLImage, 0) +typedef EGLSync(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNCPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync); +typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync, + EGLint flags, + EGLTime timeout); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync, + EGLint attribute, + EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLImage(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEIMAGEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLImage image); +typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPLATFORMDISPLAYPROC)( + EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMWINDOWSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy, + EGLSync sync, EGLint flags); +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSync EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, + EGLint flags, EGLTime timeout); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, + EGLint attribute, + EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLImage EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, + EGLenum target, + EGLClientBuffer buffer, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImage image); +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetPlatformDisplay( + EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformWindowSurface( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformPixmapSurface( + EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, + const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, + EGLint flags); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_5 */ + +#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES +#define __REDIR(x, y) __typeof__(x) x __asm__(#y) +__REDIR(eglCreateWindowSurface, HeglCreateWindowSurface); +#endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..697890a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h @@ -0,0 +1,1427 @@ +#ifndef __eglext_h_ +#define __eglext_h_ 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* +** Copyright (c) 2013-2017 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +** the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ +/* +** This header is generated from the Khronos EGL XML API Registry. +** The current version of the Registry, generator scripts +** used to make the header, and the header can be found at +** http://www.khronos.org/registry/egl +** +** Khronos $Git commit SHA1: ad06e1c38e $ on $Git commit date: 2020-04-09 18:40:05 +0200 $ +*/ + +#include + +#define EGL_EGLEXT_VERSION 20200505 + +/* Generated C header for: + * API: egl + * Versions considered: .* + * Versions emitted: _nomatch_^ + * Default extensions included: egl + * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^ + * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^ + */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_cl_event +#define EGL_KHR_cl_event 1 +#define EGL_CL_EVENT_HANDLE_KHR 0x309C +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_KHR 0x30FE +#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_COMPLETE_KHR 0x30FF +#endif /* EGL_KHR_cl_event */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_cl_event2 +#define EGL_KHR_cl_event2 1 +typedef void *EGLSyncKHR; +typedef intptr_t EGLAttribKHR; +typedef EGLSyncKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNC64KHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttribKHR *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSync64KHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttribKHR *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_cl_event2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_client_get_all_proc_addresses +#define EGL_KHR_client_get_all_proc_addresses 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_client_get_all_proc_addresses */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_config_attribs +#define EGL_KHR_config_attribs 1 +#define EGL_CONFORMANT_KHR 0x3042 +#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_BIT_KHR 0x0020 +#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE_BIT_KHR 0x0040 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_config_attribs */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_context_flush_control +#define EGL_KHR_context_flush_control 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_NONE_KHR 0 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_KHR 0x2097 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_RELEASE_BEHAVIOR_FLUSH_KHR 0x2098 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_context_flush_control */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_create_context +#define EGL_KHR_create_context 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION_KHR 0x3098 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION_KHR 0x30FB +#define EGL_CONTEXT_FLAGS_KHR 0x30FC +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_PROFILE_MASK_KHR 0x30FD +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY_KHR 0x31BD +#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION_KHR 0x31BE +#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET_KHR 0x31BF +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_DEBUG_BIT_KHR 0x00000001 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_BIT_KHR 0x00000002 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS_BIT_KHR 0x00000004 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE_BIT_KHR 0x00000001 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT_KHR 0x00000002 +#define EGL_OPENGL_ES3_BIT_KHR 0x00000040 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_create_context */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_create_context_no_error +#define EGL_KHR_create_context_no_error 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_NO_ERROR_KHR 0x31B3 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_create_context_no_error */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_debug +#define EGL_KHR_debug 1 +typedef void *EGLLabelKHR; +typedef void *EGLObjectKHR; +typedef void (EGLAPIENTRY *EGLDEBUGPROCKHR)(EGLenum error,const char *command,EGLint messageType,EGLLabelKHR threadLabel,EGLLabelKHR objectLabel,const char* message); +#define EGL_OBJECT_THREAD_KHR 0x33B0 +#define EGL_OBJECT_DISPLAY_KHR 0x33B1 +#define EGL_OBJECT_CONTEXT_KHR 0x33B2 +#define EGL_OBJECT_SURFACE_KHR 0x33B3 +#define EGL_OBJECT_IMAGE_KHR 0x33B4 +#define EGL_OBJECT_SYNC_KHR 0x33B5 +#define EGL_OBJECT_STREAM_KHR 0x33B6 +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_CRITICAL_KHR 0x33B9 +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_ERROR_KHR 0x33BA +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_WARN_KHR 0x33BB +#define EGL_DEBUG_MSG_INFO_KHR 0x33BC +#define EGL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_KHR 0x33B8 +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLKHRPROC) (EGLDEBUGPROCKHR callback, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEBUGKHRPROC) (EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLLABELOBJECTKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay display, EGLenum objectType, EGLObjectKHR object, EGLLabelKHR label); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglDebugMessageControlKHR (EGLDEBUGPROCKHR callback, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDebugKHR (EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglLabelObjectKHR (EGLDisplay display, EGLenum objectType, EGLObjectKHR object, EGLLabelKHR label); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_debug */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_display_reference +#define EGL_KHR_display_reference 1 +#define EGL_TRACK_REFERENCES_KHR 0x3352 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDISPLAYATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name, EGLAttrib *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDisplayAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name, EGLAttrib *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_display_reference */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_fence_sync +#define EGL_KHR_fence_sync 1 +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTimeKHR; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE_KHR 0x30F0 +#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION_KHR 0x30F8 +#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE_KHR 0x30F9 +typedef EGLSyncKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeKHR timeout); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeKHR timeout); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_fence_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_get_all_proc_addresses +#define EGL_KHR_get_all_proc_addresses 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_get_all_proc_addresses */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_colorspace +#define EGL_KHR_gl_colorspace 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_KHR 0x309D +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SRGB_KHR 0x3089 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_KHR 0x308A +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_colorspace */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_renderbuffer_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_renderbuffer_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_RENDERBUFFER_KHR 0x30B9 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_renderbuffer_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_texture_2D_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_texture_2D_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_2D_KHR 0x30B1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_LEVEL_KHR 0x30BC +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_texture_2D_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_texture_3D_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_texture_3D_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_3D_KHR 0x30B2 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_ZOFFSET_KHR 0x30BD +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_texture_3D_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_gl_texture_cubemap_image +#define EGL_KHR_gl_texture_cubemap_image 1 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_KHR 0x30B3 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_KHR 0x30B4 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_KHR 0x30B5 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_KHR 0x30B6 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_KHR 0x30B7 +#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_KHR 0x30B8 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_gl_texture_cubemap_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_image +#define EGL_KHR_image 1 +typedef void *EGLImageKHR; +#define EGL_NATIVE_PIXMAP_KHR 0x30B0 +#define EGL_NO_IMAGE_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLImageKHR,0) +typedef EGLImageKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEIMAGEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYIMAGEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLImageKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateImageKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyImageKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_image_base +#define EGL_KHR_image_base 1 +#define EGL_IMAGE_PRESERVED_KHR 0x30D2 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_image_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_image_pixmap +#define EGL_KHR_image_pixmap 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_image_pixmap */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_lock_surface +#define EGL_KHR_lock_surface 1 +#define EGL_READ_SURFACE_BIT_KHR 0x0001 +#define EGL_WRITE_SURFACE_BIT_KHR 0x0002 +#define EGL_LOCK_SURFACE_BIT_KHR 0x0080 +#define EGL_OPTIMAL_FORMAT_BIT_KHR 0x0100 +#define EGL_MATCH_FORMAT_KHR 0x3043 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGB_565_EXACT_KHR 0x30C0 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGB_565_KHR 0x30C1 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888_EXACT_KHR 0x30C2 +#define EGL_FORMAT_RGBA_8888_KHR 0x30C3 +#define EGL_MAP_PRESERVE_PIXELS_KHR 0x30C4 +#define EGL_LOCK_USAGE_HINT_KHR 0x30C5 +#define EGL_BITMAP_POINTER_KHR 0x30C6 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PITCH_KHR 0x30C7 +#define EGL_BITMAP_ORIGIN_KHR 0x30C8 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_RED_OFFSET_KHR 0x30C9 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_GREEN_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CA +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_BLUE_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CB +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_ALPHA_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CC +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_LUMINANCE_OFFSET_KHR 0x30CD +#define EGL_LOWER_LEFT_KHR 0x30CE +#define EGL_UPPER_LEFT_KHR 0x30CF +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLLOCKSURFACEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLUNLOCKSURFACEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglLockSurfaceKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglUnlockSurfaceKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_lock_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_lock_surface2 +#define EGL_KHR_lock_surface2 1 +#define EGL_BITMAP_PIXEL_SIZE_KHR 0x3110 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_lock_surface2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_lock_surface3 +#define EGL_KHR_lock_surface3 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACE64KHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, EGLAttribKHR *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurface64KHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, EGLAttribKHR *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_lock_surface3 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_mutable_render_buffer +#define EGL_KHR_mutable_render_buffer 1 +#define EGL_MUTABLE_RENDER_BUFFER_BIT_KHR 0x1000 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_mutable_render_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_no_config_context +#define EGL_KHR_no_config_context 1 +#define EGL_NO_CONFIG_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLConfig,0) +#endif /* EGL_KHR_no_config_context */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_partial_update +#define EGL_KHR_partial_update 1 +#define EGL_BUFFER_AGE_KHR 0x313D +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETDAMAGEREGIONKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSetDamageRegionKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_partial_update */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_android +#define EGL_KHR_platform_android 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_ANDROID_KHR 0x3141 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_android */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_gbm +#define EGL_KHR_platform_gbm 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_GBM_KHR 0x31D7 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_gbm */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_wayland +#define EGL_KHR_platform_wayland 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_WAYLAND_KHR 0x31D8 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_wayland */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_platform_x11 +#define EGL_KHR_platform_x11 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_KHR 0x31D5 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_SCREEN_KHR 0x31D6 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_platform_x11 */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_reusable_sync +#define EGL_KHR_reusable_sync 1 +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS_KHR 0x30F1 +#define EGL_SIGNALED_KHR 0x30F2 +#define EGL_UNSIGNALED_KHR 0x30F3 +#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED_KHR 0x30F5 +#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED_KHR 0x30F6 +#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE_KHR 0x30F7 +#define EGL_SYNC_REUSABLE_KHR 0x30FA +#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT_KHR 0x0001 +#define EGL_FOREVER_KHR 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull +#define EGL_NO_SYNC_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLSyncKHR,0) +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSIGNALSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLenum mode); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSignalSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLenum mode); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_reusable_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_KHR_stream 1 +typedef void *EGLStreamKHR; +typedef khronos_uint64_t EGLuint64KHR; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_NO_STREAM_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLStreamKHR,0) +#define EGL_CONSUMER_LATENCY_USEC_KHR 0x3210 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_FRAME_KHR 0x3212 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_FRAME_KHR 0x3213 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_KHR 0x3214 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_CREATED_KHR 0x3215 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_CONNECTING_KHR 0x3216 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_EMPTY_KHR 0x3217 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_NEW_FRAME_AVAILABLE_KHR 0x3218 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_OLD_FRAME_AVAILABLE_KHR 0x3219 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_DISCONNECTED_KHR 0x321A +#define EGL_BAD_STREAM_KHR 0x321B +#define EGL_BAD_STATE_KHR 0x321C +typedef EGLStreamKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSTREAMKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint *value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMU64KHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLuint64KHR *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLStreamKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyStreamKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLint *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamu64KHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLuint64KHR *value); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_attrib +#define EGL_KHR_stream_attrib 1 +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +typedef EGLStreamKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETSTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERACQUIREATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERRELEASEATTRIBKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLStreamKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSetStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerAcquireAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerReleaseAttribKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_attrib */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_consumer_gltexture +#define EGL_KHR_stream_consumer_gltexture 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_CONSUMER_ACQUIRE_TIMEOUT_USEC_KHR 0x321E +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERGLTEXTUREEXTERNALKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERACQUIREKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERRELEASEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerGLTextureExternalKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerAcquireKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerReleaseKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_consumer_gltexture */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_cross_process_fd +#define EGL_KHR_stream_cross_process_fd 1 +typedef int EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR; +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_NO_FILE_DESCRIPTOR_KHR EGL_CAST(EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR,-1) +typedef EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSTREAMFILEDESCRIPTORKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +typedef EGLStreamKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMFROMFILEDESCRIPTORKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR file_descriptor); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglGetStreamFileDescriptorKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +EGLAPI EGLStreamKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamFromFileDescriptorKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeFileDescriptorKHR file_descriptor); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_cross_process_fd */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_fifo +#define EGL_KHR_stream_fifo 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_STREAM_FIFO_LENGTH_KHR 0x31FC +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_NOW_KHR 0x31FD +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_CONSUMER_KHR 0x31FE +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_PRODUCER_KHR 0x31FF +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMTIMEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLTimeKHR *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamTimeKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum attribute, EGLTimeKHR *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_fifo */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_producer_aldatalocator +#define EGL_KHR_stream_producer_aldatalocator 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_producer_aldatalocator */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_stream_producer_eglsurface +#define EGL_KHR_stream_producer_eglsurface 1 +#ifdef EGL_KHR_stream +#define EGL_STREAM_BIT_KHR 0x0800 +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMPRODUCERSURFACEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamProducerSurfaceKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream */ +#endif /* EGL_KHR_stream_producer_eglsurface */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_surfaceless_context +#define EGL_KHR_surfaceless_context 1 +#endif /* EGL_KHR_surfaceless_context */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_swap_buffers_with_damage +#define EGL_KHR_swap_buffers_with_damage 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSWITHDAMAGEKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersWithDamageKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_swap_buffers_with_damage */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_vg_parent_image +#define EGL_KHR_vg_parent_image 1 +#define EGL_VG_PARENT_IMAGE_KHR 0x30BA +#endif /* EGL_KHR_vg_parent_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_KHR_wait_sync +#define EGL_KHR_wait_sync 1 +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITSYNCKHRPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitSyncKHR (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync, EGLint flags); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_KHR_wait_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_GLES_layers +#define EGL_ANDROID_GLES_layers 1 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_GLES_layers */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_blob_cache +#define EGL_ANDROID_blob_cache 1 +typedef khronos_ssize_t EGLsizeiANDROID; +typedef void (*EGLSetBlobFuncANDROID) (const void *key, EGLsizeiANDROID keySize, const void *value, EGLsizeiANDROID valueSize); +typedef EGLsizeiANDROID (*EGLGetBlobFuncANDROID) (const void *key, EGLsizeiANDROID keySize, void *value, EGLsizeiANDROID valueSize); +typedef void (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETBLOBCACHEFUNCSANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSetBlobFuncANDROID set, EGLGetBlobFuncANDROID get); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI void EGLAPIENTRY eglSetBlobCacheFuncsANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSetBlobFuncANDROID set, EGLGetBlobFuncANDROID get); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_blob_cache */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_create_native_client_buffer +#define EGL_ANDROID_create_native_client_buffer 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_ANDROID 0x3143 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_PROTECTED_BIT_ANDROID 0x00000001 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDERBUFFER_BIT_ANDROID 0x00000002 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_USAGE_TEXTURE_BIT_ANDROID 0x00000004 +typedef EGLClientBuffer (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATENATIVECLIENTBUFFERANDROIDPROC) (const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLClientBuffer EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateNativeClientBufferANDROID (const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_create_native_client_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_framebuffer_target +#define EGL_ANDROID_framebuffer_target 1 +#define EGL_FRAMEBUFFER_TARGET_ANDROID 0x3147 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_framebuffer_target */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_front_buffer_auto_refresh +#define EGL_ANDROID_front_buffer_auto_refresh 1 +#define EGL_FRONT_BUFFER_AUTO_REFRESH_ANDROID 0x314C +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_front_buffer_auto_refresh */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_get_frame_timestamps +#define EGL_ANDROID_get_frame_timestamps 1 +typedef khronos_stime_nanoseconds_t EGLnsecsANDROID; +#define EGL_TIMESTAMP_PENDING_ANDROID EGL_CAST(EGLnsecsANDROID,-2) +#define EGL_TIMESTAMP_INVALID_ANDROID EGL_CAST(EGLnsecsANDROID,-1) +#define EGL_TIMESTAMPS_ANDROID 0x3430 +#define EGL_COMPOSITE_DEADLINE_ANDROID 0x3431 +#define EGL_COMPOSITE_INTERVAL_ANDROID 0x3432 +#define EGL_COMPOSITE_TO_PRESENT_LATENCY_ANDROID 0x3433 +#define EGL_REQUESTED_PRESENT_TIME_ANDROID 0x3434 +#define EGL_RENDERING_COMPLETE_TIME_ANDROID 0x3435 +#define EGL_COMPOSITION_LATCH_TIME_ANDROID 0x3436 +#define EGL_FIRST_COMPOSITION_START_TIME_ANDROID 0x3437 +#define EGL_LAST_COMPOSITION_START_TIME_ANDROID 0x3438 +#define EGL_FIRST_COMPOSITION_GPU_FINISHED_TIME_ANDROID 0x3439 +#define EGL_DISPLAY_PRESENT_TIME_ANDROID 0x343A +#define EGL_DEQUEUE_READY_TIME_ANDROID 0x343B +#define EGL_READS_DONE_TIME_ANDROID 0x343C +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCOMPOSITORTIMINGSUPPORTEDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCOMPOSITORTIMINGANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *names, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETNEXTFRAMEIDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR *frameId); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETFRAMETIMESTAMPSUPPORTEDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint timestamp); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETFRAMETIMESTAMPSANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR frameId, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *timestamps, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCompositorTimingSupportedANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCompositorTimingANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *names, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetNextFrameIdANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR *frameId); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetFrameTimestampSupportedANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint timestamp); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetFrameTimestampsANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLuint64KHR frameId, EGLint numTimestamps, const EGLint *timestamps, EGLnsecsANDROID *values); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_get_frame_timestamps */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_get_native_client_buffer +#define EGL_ANDROID_get_native_client_buffer 1 +struct AHardwareBuffer; +typedef EGLClientBuffer (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETNATIVECLIENTBUFFERANDROIDPROC) (const struct AHardwareBuffer *buffer); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLClientBuffer EGLAPIENTRY eglGetNativeClientBufferANDROID (const struct AHardwareBuffer *buffer); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_get_native_client_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_image_native_buffer +#define EGL_ANDROID_image_native_buffer 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_ANDROID 0x3140 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_image_native_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_native_fence_sync +#define EGL_ANDROID_native_fence_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_NATIVE_FENCE_ANDROID 0x3144 +#define EGL_SYNC_NATIVE_FENCE_FD_ANDROID 0x3145 +#define EGL_SYNC_NATIVE_FENCE_SIGNALED_ANDROID 0x3146 +#define EGL_NO_NATIVE_FENCE_FD_ANDROID -1 +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDUPNATIVEFENCEFDANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglDupNativeFenceFDANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSyncKHR sync); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_native_fence_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_presentation_time +#define EGL_ANDROID_presentation_time 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLPRESENTATIONTIMEANDROIDPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLnsecsANDROID time); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglPresentationTimeANDROID (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLnsecsANDROID time); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_presentation_time */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANDROID_recordable +#define EGL_ANDROID_recordable 1 +#define EGL_RECORDABLE_ANDROID 0x3142 +#endif /* EGL_ANDROID_recordable */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_d3d_share_handle_client_buffer +#define EGL_ANGLE_d3d_share_handle_client_buffer 1 +#define EGL_D3D_TEXTURE_2D_SHARE_HANDLE_ANGLE 0x3200 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_d3d_share_handle_client_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_device_d3d +#define EGL_ANGLE_device_d3d 1 +#define EGL_D3D9_DEVICE_ANGLE 0x33A0 +#define EGL_D3D11_DEVICE_ANGLE 0x33A1 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_device_d3d */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_query_surface_pointer +#define EGL_ANGLE_query_surface_pointer 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACEPOINTERANGLEPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, void **value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurfacePointerANGLE (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint attribute, void **value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_query_surface_pointer */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_surface_d3d_texture_2d_share_handle +#define EGL_ANGLE_surface_d3d_texture_2d_share_handle 1 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_surface_d3d_texture_2d_share_handle */ + +#ifndef EGL_ANGLE_window_fixed_size +#define EGL_ANGLE_window_fixed_size 1 +#define EGL_FIXED_SIZE_ANGLE 0x3201 +#endif /* EGL_ANGLE_window_fixed_size */ + +#ifndef EGL_ARM_image_format +#define EGL_ARM_image_format 1 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INTEGER_ARM 0x3287 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_INTEGER_ARM 0x3288 +#endif /* EGL_ARM_image_format */ + +#ifndef EGL_ARM_implicit_external_sync +#define EGL_ARM_implicit_external_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_IMPLICIT_EXTERNAL_ARM 0x328A +#endif /* EGL_ARM_implicit_external_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_ARM_pixmap_multisample_discard +#define EGL_ARM_pixmap_multisample_discard 1 +#define EGL_DISCARD_SAMPLES_ARM 0x3286 +#endif /* EGL_ARM_pixmap_multisample_discard */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_bind_to_front +#define EGL_EXT_bind_to_front 1 +#define EGL_FRONT_BUFFER_EXT 0x3464 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_bind_to_front */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_buffer_age +#define EGL_EXT_buffer_age 1 +#define EGL_BUFFER_AGE_EXT 0x313D +#endif /* EGL_EXT_buffer_age */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_client_extensions +#define EGL_EXT_client_extensions 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_client_extensions */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_client_sync +#define EGL_EXT_client_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_CLIENT_EXT 0x3364 +#define EGL_SYNC_CLIENT_SIGNAL_EXT 0x3365 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTSIGNALSYNCEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglClientSignalSyncEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_client_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_compositor +#define EGL_EXT_compositor 1 +#define EGL_PRIMARY_COMPOSITOR_CONTEXT_EXT 0x3460 +#define EGL_EXTERNAL_REF_ID_EXT 0x3461 +#define EGL_COMPOSITOR_DROP_NEWEST_FRAME_EXT 0x3462 +#define EGL_COMPOSITOR_KEEP_NEWEST_FRAME_EXT 0x3463 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETCONTEXTLISTEXTPROC) (const EGLint *external_ref_ids, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETCONTEXTATTRIBUTESEXTPROC) (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *context_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETWINDOWLISTEXTPROC) (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *external_win_ids, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETWINDOWATTRIBUTESEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id, const EGLint *window_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORBINDTEXWINDOWEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSETSIZEEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint width, EGLint height); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOMPOSITORSWAPPOLICYEXTPROC) (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint policy); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetContextListEXT (const EGLint *external_ref_ids, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetContextAttributesEXT (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *context_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetWindowListEXT (EGLint external_ref_id, const EGLint *external_win_ids, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetWindowAttributesEXT (EGLint external_win_id, const EGLint *window_attributes, EGLint num_entries); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorBindTexWindowEXT (EGLint external_win_id); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSetSizeEXT (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint width, EGLint height); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCompositorSwapPolicyEXT (EGLint external_win_id, EGLint policy); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_compositor */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_create_context_robustness +#define EGL_EXT_create_context_robustness 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS_EXT 0x30BF +#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY_EXT 0x3138 +#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION_EXT 0x31BE +#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET_EXT 0x31BF +#endif /* EGL_EXT_create_context_robustness */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_base +#define EGL_EXT_device_base 1 +typedef void *EGLDeviceEXT; +#define EGL_NO_DEVICE_EXT EGL_CAST(EGLDeviceEXT,0) +#define EGL_BAD_DEVICE_EXT 0x322B +#define EGL_DEVICE_EXT 0x322C +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEVICEATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEVICESTRINGEXTPROC) (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDEVICESEXTPROC) (EGLint max_devices, EGLDeviceEXT *devices, EGLint *num_devices); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDISPLAYATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDeviceAttribEXT (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDeviceStringEXT (EGLDeviceEXT device, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDevicesEXT (EGLint max_devices, EGLDeviceEXT *devices, EGLint *num_devices); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDisplayAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_drm +#define EGL_EXT_device_drm 1 +#define EGL_DRM_DEVICE_FILE_EXT 0x3233 +#define EGL_DRM_MASTER_FD_EXT 0x333C +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_drm */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_enumeration +#define EGL_EXT_device_enumeration 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_enumeration */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_openwf +#define EGL_EXT_device_openwf 1 +#define EGL_OPENWF_DEVICE_ID_EXT 0x3237 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_openwf */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_device_query +#define EGL_EXT_device_query 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_device_query */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_linear +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_linear 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_BT2020_LINEAR_EXT 0x333F +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_linear */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_pq +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_pq 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_BT2020_PQ_EXT 0x3340 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_bt2020_pq */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3 +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DISPLAY_P3_EXT 0x3363 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3 */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_linear +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_linear 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DISPLAY_P3_LINEAR_EXT 0x3362 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_linear */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_passthrough +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_passthrough 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DISPLAY_P3_PASSTHROUGH_EXT 0x3490 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_display_p3_passthrough */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SCRGB_EXT 0x3351 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb_linear +#define EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb_linear 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SCRGB_LINEAR_EXT 0x3350 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_gl_colorspace_scrgb_linear */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import +#define EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import 1 +#define EGL_LINUX_DMA_BUF_EXT 0x3270 +#define EGL_LINUX_DRM_FOURCC_EXT 0x3271 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_FD_EXT 0x3272 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_OFFSET_EXT 0x3273 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_PITCH_EXT 0x3274 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_FD_EXT 0x3275 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_OFFSET_EXT 0x3276 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_PITCH_EXT 0x3277 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_FD_EXT 0x3278 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_OFFSET_EXT 0x3279 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_PITCH_EXT 0x327A +#define EGL_YUV_COLOR_SPACE_HINT_EXT 0x327B +#define EGL_SAMPLE_RANGE_HINT_EXT 0x327C +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_HORIZONTAL_SITING_HINT_EXT 0x327D +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_VERTICAL_SITING_HINT_EXT 0x327E +#define EGL_ITU_REC601_EXT 0x327F +#define EGL_ITU_REC709_EXT 0x3280 +#define EGL_ITU_REC2020_EXT 0x3281 +#define EGL_YUV_FULL_RANGE_EXT 0x3282 +#define EGL_YUV_NARROW_RANGE_EXT 0x3283 +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_SITING_0_EXT 0x3284 +#define EGL_YUV_CHROMA_SITING_0_5_EXT 0x3285 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers +#define EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers 1 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_FD_EXT 0x3440 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_OFFSET_EXT 0x3441 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_PITCH_EXT 0x3442 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3443 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE0_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x3444 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3445 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE1_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x3446 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3447 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE2_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x3448 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_MODIFIER_LO_EXT 0x3449 +#define EGL_DMA_BUF_PLANE3_MODIFIER_HI_EXT 0x344A +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDMABUFFORMATSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint max_formats, EGLint *formats, EGLint *num_formats); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDMABUFMODIFIERSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint format, EGLint max_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLBoolean *external_only, EGLint *num_modifiers); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDmaBufFormatsEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint max_formats, EGLint *formats, EGLint *num_formats); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDmaBufModifiersEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint format, EGLint max_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLBoolean *external_only, EGLint *num_modifiers); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_gl_colorspace +#define EGL_EXT_image_gl_colorspace 1 +#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT_EXT 0x314D +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_gl_colorspace */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_image_implicit_sync_control +#define EGL_EXT_image_implicit_sync_control 1 +#define EGL_IMPORT_SYNC_TYPE_EXT 0x3470 +#define EGL_IMPORT_IMPLICIT_SYNC_EXT 0x3471 +#define EGL_IMPORT_EXPLICIT_SYNC_EXT 0x3472 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_image_implicit_sync_control */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_multiview_window +#define EGL_EXT_multiview_window 1 +#define EGL_MULTIVIEW_VIEW_COUNT_EXT 0x3134 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_multiview_window */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_output_base +#define EGL_EXT_output_base 1 +typedef void *EGLOutputLayerEXT; +typedef void *EGLOutputPortEXT; +#define EGL_NO_OUTPUT_LAYER_EXT EGL_CAST(EGLOutputLayerEXT,0) +#define EGL_NO_OUTPUT_PORT_EXT EGL_CAST(EGLOutputPortEXT,0) +#define EGL_BAD_OUTPUT_LAYER_EXT 0x322D +#define EGL_BAD_OUTPUT_PORT_EXT 0x322E +#define EGL_SWAP_INTERVAL_EXT 0x322F +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETOUTPUTLAYERSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputLayerEXT *layers, EGLint max_layers, EGLint *num_layers); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETOUTPUTPORTSEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputPortEXT *ports, EGLint max_ports, EGLint *num_ports); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLOUTPUTLAYERATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTLAYERATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTLAYERSTRINGEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint name); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLOUTPUTPORTATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTPORTATTRIBEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYOUTPUTPORTSTRINGEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint name); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetOutputLayersEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputLayerEXT *layers, EGLint max_layers, EGLint *num_layers); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetOutputPortsEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list, EGLOutputPortEXT *ports, EGLint max_ports, EGLint *num_ports); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglOutputLayerAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputLayerAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputLayerStringEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer, EGLint name); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglOutputPortAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputPortAttribEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryOutputPortStringEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLOutputPortEXT port, EGLint name); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_output_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_output_drm +#define EGL_EXT_output_drm 1 +#define EGL_DRM_CRTC_EXT 0x3234 +#define EGL_DRM_PLANE_EXT 0x3235 +#define EGL_DRM_CONNECTOR_EXT 0x3236 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_output_drm */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_output_openwf +#define EGL_EXT_output_openwf 1 +#define EGL_OPENWF_PIPELINE_ID_EXT 0x3238 +#define EGL_OPENWF_PORT_ID_EXT 0x3239 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_output_openwf */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_pixel_format_float +#define EGL_EXT_pixel_format_float 1 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_EXT 0x3339 +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_FIXED_EXT 0x333A +#define EGL_COLOR_COMPONENT_TYPE_FLOAT_EXT 0x333B +#endif /* EGL_EXT_pixel_format_float */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_base +#define EGL_EXT_platform_base 1 +typedef EGLDisplay (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPLATFORMDISPLAYEXTPROC) (EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMWINDOWSURFACEEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMPIXMAPSURFACEEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetPlatformDisplayEXT (EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformWindowSurfaceEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformPixmapSurfaceEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_base */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_device +#define EGL_EXT_platform_device 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_DEVICE_EXT 0x313F +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_device */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_wayland +#define EGL_EXT_platform_wayland 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_WAYLAND_EXT 0x31D8 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_wayland */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_platform_x11 +#define EGL_EXT_platform_x11 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_EXT 0x31D5 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_X11_SCREEN_EXT 0x31D6 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_platform_x11 */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_protected_content +#define EGL_EXT_protected_content 1 +#define EGL_PROTECTED_CONTENT_EXT 0x32C0 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_protected_content */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_protected_surface +#define EGL_EXT_protected_surface 1 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_protected_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_stream_consumer_egloutput +#define EGL_EXT_stream_consumer_egloutput 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMEROUTPUTEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerOutputEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLOutputLayerEXT layer); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_stream_consumer_egloutput */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_surface_CTA861_3_metadata +#define EGL_EXT_surface_CTA861_3_metadata 1 +#define EGL_CTA861_3_MAX_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL_EXT 0x3360 +#define EGL_CTA861_3_MAX_FRAME_AVERAGE_LEVEL_EXT 0x3361 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_surface_CTA861_3_metadata */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_surface_SMPTE2086_metadata +#define EGL_EXT_surface_SMPTE2086_metadata 1 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_RX_EXT 0x3341 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_RY_EXT 0x3342 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_GX_EXT 0x3343 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_GY_EXT 0x3344 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_BX_EXT 0x3345 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_DISPLAY_PRIMARY_BY_EXT 0x3346 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_WHITE_POINT_X_EXT 0x3347 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_WHITE_POINT_Y_EXT 0x3348 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_MAX_LUMINANCE_EXT 0x3349 +#define EGL_SMPTE2086_MIN_LUMINANCE_EXT 0x334A +#define EGL_METADATA_SCALING_EXT 50000 +#endif /* EGL_EXT_surface_SMPTE2086_metadata */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_swap_buffers_with_damage +#define EGL_EXT_swap_buffers_with_damage 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSWITHDAMAGEEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersWithDamageEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, const EGLint *rects, EGLint n_rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_swap_buffers_with_damage */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_sync_reuse +#define EGL_EXT_sync_reuse 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLUNSIGNALSYNCEXTPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglUnsignalSyncEXT (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_EXT_sync_reuse */ + +#ifndef EGL_EXT_yuv_surface +#define EGL_EXT_yuv_surface 1 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_EXT 0x3301 +#define EGL_YUV_NUMBER_OF_PLANES_EXT 0x3311 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_EXT 0x3312 +#define EGL_YUV_DEPTH_RANGE_EXT 0x3317 +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_EXT 0x330A +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_EXT 0x331A +#define EGL_YUV_BUFFER_EXT 0x3300 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YUV_EXT 0x3302 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YVU_EXT 0x3303 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YUYV_EXT 0x3304 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_UYVY_EXT 0x3305 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_YVYU_EXT 0x3306 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_VYUY_EXT 0x3307 +#define EGL_YUV_ORDER_AYUV_EXT 0x3308 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_4_2_0_EXT 0x3313 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_4_2_2_EXT 0x3314 +#define EGL_YUV_SUBSAMPLE_4_4_4_EXT 0x3315 +#define EGL_YUV_DEPTH_RANGE_LIMITED_EXT 0x3318 +#define EGL_YUV_DEPTH_RANGE_FULL_EXT 0x3319 +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_601_EXT 0x330B +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_709_EXT 0x330C +#define EGL_YUV_CSC_STANDARD_2020_EXT 0x330D +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_0_EXT 0x331B +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_8_EXT 0x331C +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE_BPP_10_EXT 0x331D +#endif /* EGL_EXT_yuv_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_HI_clientpixmap +#define EGL_HI_clientpixmap 1 +struct EGLClientPixmapHI { + void *pData; + EGLint iWidth; + EGLint iHeight; + EGLint iStride; +}; +#define EGL_CLIENT_PIXMAP_POINTER_HI 0x8F74 +typedef EGLSurface (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPIXMAPSURFACEHIPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, struct EGLClientPixmapHI *pixmap); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePixmapSurfaceHI (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, struct EGLClientPixmapHI *pixmap); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_HI_clientpixmap */ + +#ifndef EGL_HI_colorformats +#define EGL_HI_colorformats 1 +#define EGL_COLOR_FORMAT_HI 0x8F70 +#define EGL_COLOR_RGB_HI 0x8F71 +#define EGL_COLOR_RGBA_HI 0x8F72 +#define EGL_COLOR_ARGB_HI 0x8F73 +#endif /* EGL_HI_colorformats */ + +#ifndef EGL_IMG_context_priority +#define EGL_IMG_context_priority 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_LEVEL_IMG 0x3100 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_HIGH_IMG 0x3101 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_MEDIUM_IMG 0x3102 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_LOW_IMG 0x3103 +#endif /* EGL_IMG_context_priority */ + +#ifndef EGL_IMG_image_plane_attribs +#define EGL_IMG_image_plane_attribs 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_MULTIPLANE_SEPARATE_IMG 0x3105 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_PLANE_OFFSET_IMG 0x3106 +#endif /* EGL_IMG_image_plane_attribs */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_drm_image +#define EGL_MESA_drm_image 1 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_FORMAT_MESA 0x31D0 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_MESA 0x31D1 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_FORMAT_ARGB32_MESA 0x31D2 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_MESA 0x31D3 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_STRIDE_MESA 0x31D4 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_SCANOUT_MESA 0x00000001 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_SHARE_MESA 0x00000002 +#define EGL_DRM_BUFFER_USE_CURSOR_MESA 0x00000004 +typedef EGLImageKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEDRMIMAGEMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLEXPORTDRMIMAGEMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, EGLint *name, EGLint *handle, EGLint *stride); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLImageKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateDRMImageMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglExportDRMImageMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, EGLint *name, EGLint *handle, EGLint *stride); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_MESA_drm_image */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export +#define EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLEXPORTDMABUFIMAGEQUERYMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fourcc, int *num_planes, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLEXPORTDMABUFIMAGEMESAPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fds, EGLint *strides, EGLint *offsets); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglExportDMABUFImageQueryMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fourcc, int *num_planes, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglExportDMABUFImageMESA (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image, int *fds, EGLint *strides, EGLint *offsets); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_platform_gbm +#define EGL_MESA_platform_gbm 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_GBM_MESA 0x31D7 +#endif /* EGL_MESA_platform_gbm */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_platform_surfaceless +#define EGL_MESA_platform_surfaceless 1 +#define EGL_PLATFORM_SURFACELESS_MESA 0x31DD +#endif /* EGL_MESA_platform_surfaceless */ + +#ifndef EGL_MESA_query_driver +#define EGL_MESA_query_driver 1 +typedef char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYDRIVERCONFIGPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy); +typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYDRIVERNAMEPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI char *EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplayDriverConfig (EGLDisplay dpy); +EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplayDriverName (EGLDisplay dpy); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_MESA_query_driver */ + +#ifndef EGL_NOK_swap_region +#define EGL_NOK_swap_region 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSREGIONNOKPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersRegionNOK (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NOK_swap_region */ + +#ifndef EGL_NOK_swap_region2 +#define EGL_NOK_swap_region2 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSREGION2NOKPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffersRegion2NOK (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint numRects, const EGLint *rects); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NOK_swap_region2 */ + +#ifndef EGL_NOK_texture_from_pixmap +#define EGL_NOK_texture_from_pixmap 1 +#define EGL_Y_INVERTED_NOK 0x307F +#endif /* EGL_NOK_texture_from_pixmap */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_3dvision_surface +#define EGL_NV_3dvision_surface 1 +#define EGL_AUTO_STEREO_NV 0x3136 +#endif /* EGL_NV_3dvision_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_context_priority_realtime +#define EGL_NV_context_priority_realtime 1 +#define EGL_CONTEXT_PRIORITY_REALTIME_NV 0x3357 +#endif /* EGL_NV_context_priority_realtime */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_coverage_sample +#define EGL_NV_coverage_sample 1 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_BUFFERS_NV 0x30E0 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLES_NV 0x30E1 +#endif /* EGL_NV_coverage_sample */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_coverage_sample_resolve +#define EGL_NV_coverage_sample_resolve 1 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLE_RESOLVE_NV 0x3131 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLE_RESOLVE_DEFAULT_NV 0x3132 +#define EGL_COVERAGE_SAMPLE_RESOLVE_NONE_NV 0x3133 +#endif /* EGL_NV_coverage_sample_resolve */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_cuda_event +#define EGL_NV_cuda_event 1 +#define EGL_CUDA_EVENT_HANDLE_NV 0x323B +#define EGL_SYNC_CUDA_EVENT_NV 0x323C +#define EGL_SYNC_CUDA_EVENT_COMPLETE_NV 0x323D +#endif /* EGL_NV_cuda_event */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_depth_nonlinear +#define EGL_NV_depth_nonlinear 1 +#define EGL_DEPTH_ENCODING_NV 0x30E2 +#define EGL_DEPTH_ENCODING_NONE_NV 0 +#define EGL_DEPTH_ENCODING_NONLINEAR_NV 0x30E3 +#endif /* EGL_NV_depth_nonlinear */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_device_cuda +#define EGL_NV_device_cuda 1 +#define EGL_CUDA_DEVICE_NV 0x323A +#endif /* EGL_NV_device_cuda */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_native_query +#define EGL_NV_native_query 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYNATIVEDISPLAYNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeDisplayType *display_id); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYNATIVEWINDOWNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativeWindowType *window); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYNATIVEPIXMAPNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativePixmapType *pixmap); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryNativeDisplayNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLNativeDisplayType *display_id); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryNativeWindowNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativeWindowType *window); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryNativePixmapNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surf, EGLNativePixmapType *pixmap); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_native_query */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_post_convert_rounding +#define EGL_NV_post_convert_rounding 1 +#endif /* EGL_NV_post_convert_rounding */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_post_sub_buffer +#define EGL_NV_post_sub_buffer 1 +#define EGL_POST_SUB_BUFFER_SUPPORTED_NV 0x30BE +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLPOSTSUBBUFFERNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint x, EGLint y, EGLint width, EGLint height); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglPostSubBufferNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLint x, EGLint y, EGLint width, EGLint height); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_post_sub_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_quadruple_buffer +#define EGL_NV_quadruple_buffer 1 +#define EGL_QUADRUPLE_BUFFER_NV 0x3231 +#endif /* EGL_NV_quadruple_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_robustness_video_memory_purge +#define EGL_NV_robustness_video_memory_purge 1 +#define EGL_GENERATE_RESET_ON_VIDEO_MEMORY_PURGE_NV 0x334C +#endif /* EGL_NV_robustness_video_memory_purge */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_consumer_eglimage +#define EGL_NV_stream_consumer_eglimage 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CONSUMER_IMAGE_NV 0x3373 +#define EGL_STREAM_IMAGE_ADD_NV 0x3374 +#define EGL_STREAM_IMAGE_REMOVE_NV 0x3375 +#define EGL_STREAM_IMAGE_AVAILABLE_NV 0x3376 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMIMAGECONSUMERCONNECTNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint num_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMCONSUMEREVENTNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLTime timeout, EGLenum *event, EGLAttrib *aux); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMACQUIREIMAGENVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage *pImage, EGLSync sync); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMRELEASEIMAGENVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage image, EGLSync sync); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamImageConsumerConnectNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint num_modifiers, EGLuint64KHR *modifiers, EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamConsumerEventNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLTime timeout, EGLenum *event, EGLAttrib *aux); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamAcquireImageNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage *pImage, EGLSync sync); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamReleaseImageNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLImage image, EGLSync sync); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_consumer_eglimage */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_consumer_gltexture_yuv +#define EGL_NV_stream_consumer_gltexture_yuv 1 +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE0_TEXTURE_UNIT_NV 0x332C +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE1_TEXTURE_UNIT_NV 0x332D +#define EGL_YUV_PLANE2_TEXTURE_UNIT_NV 0x332E +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMCONSUMERGLTEXTUREEXTERNALATTRIBSNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamConsumerGLTextureExternalAttribsNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_consumer_gltexture_yuv */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_display +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_display 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_DISPLAY_NV 0x334E +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_display */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_object +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_object 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_OBJECT_NV 0x334D +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_object */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_partition +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_partition 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_PARTITION_NV 0x323F +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_partition */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_process +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_process 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_PROCESS_NV 0x3245 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_process */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_cross_system +#define EGL_NV_stream_cross_system 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_CROSS_SYSTEM_NV 0x334F +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_cross_system */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_dma +#define EGL_NV_stream_dma 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_DMA_NV 0x3371 +#define EGL_STREAM_DMA_SERVER_NV 0x3372 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_dma */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_fifo_next +#define EGL_NV_stream_fifo_next 1 +#define EGL_PENDING_FRAME_NV 0x3329 +#define EGL_STREAM_TIME_PENDING_NV 0x332A +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_fifo_next */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_fifo_synchronous +#define EGL_NV_stream_fifo_synchronous 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_FIFO_SYNCHRONOUS_NV 0x3336 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_fifo_synchronous */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_flush +#define EGL_NV_stream_flush 1 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSTREAMFLUSHNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglStreamFlushNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_flush */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_frame_limits +#define EGL_NV_stream_frame_limits 1 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_MAX_FRAME_HINT_NV 0x3337 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_MAX_FRAME_HINT_NV 0x3338 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_frame_limits */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_metadata +#define EGL_NV_stream_metadata 1 +#define EGL_MAX_STREAM_METADATA_BLOCKS_NV 0x3250 +#define EGL_MAX_STREAM_METADATA_BLOCK_SIZE_NV 0x3251 +#define EGL_MAX_STREAM_METADATA_TOTAL_SIZE_NV 0x3252 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_METADATA_NV 0x3253 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_METADATA_NV 0x3254 +#define EGL_PENDING_METADATA_NV 0x3328 +#define EGL_METADATA0_SIZE_NV 0x3255 +#define EGL_METADATA1_SIZE_NV 0x3256 +#define EGL_METADATA2_SIZE_NV 0x3257 +#define EGL_METADATA3_SIZE_NV 0x3258 +#define EGL_METADATA0_TYPE_NV 0x3259 +#define EGL_METADATA1_TYPE_NV 0x325A +#define EGL_METADATA2_TYPE_NV 0x325B +#define EGL_METADATA3_TYPE_NV 0x325C +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYDISPLAYATTRIBNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSETSTREAMMETADATANVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, const void *data); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTREAMMETADATANVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum name, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, void *data); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryDisplayAttribNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint attribute, EGLAttrib *value); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSetStreamMetadataNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, const void *data); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryStreamMetadataNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum name, EGLint n, EGLint offset, EGLint size, void *data); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_metadata */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_origin +#define EGL_NV_stream_origin 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_FRAME_ORIGIN_X_NV 0x3366 +#define EGL_STREAM_FRAME_ORIGIN_Y_NV 0x3367 +#define EGL_STREAM_FRAME_MAJOR_AXIS_NV 0x3368 +#define EGL_CONSUMER_AUTO_ORIENTATION_NV 0x3369 +#define EGL_PRODUCER_AUTO_ORIENTATION_NV 0x336A +#define EGL_LEFT_NV 0x336B +#define EGL_RIGHT_NV 0x336C +#define EGL_TOP_NV 0x336D +#define EGL_BOTTOM_NV 0x336E +#define EGL_X_AXIS_NV 0x336F +#define EGL_Y_AXIS_NV 0x3370 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_origin */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_remote +#define EGL_NV_stream_remote 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_STATE_INITIALIZING_NV 0x3240 +#define EGL_STREAM_TYPE_NV 0x3241 +#define EGL_STREAM_PROTOCOL_NV 0x3242 +#define EGL_STREAM_ENDPOINT_NV 0x3243 +#define EGL_STREAM_LOCAL_NV 0x3244 +#define EGL_STREAM_PRODUCER_NV 0x3247 +#define EGL_STREAM_CONSUMER_NV 0x3248 +#define EGL_STREAM_PROTOCOL_FD_NV 0x3246 +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_remote */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_reset +#define EGL_NV_stream_reset 1 +#define EGL_SUPPORT_RESET_NV 0x3334 +#define EGL_SUPPORT_REUSE_NV 0x3335 +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRESETSTREAMNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglResetStreamNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_reset */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_socket +#define EGL_NV_stream_socket 1 +#define EGL_STREAM_PROTOCOL_SOCKET_NV 0x324B +#define EGL_SOCKET_HANDLE_NV 0x324C +#define EGL_SOCKET_TYPE_NV 0x324D +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_socket */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_socket_inet +#define EGL_NV_stream_socket_inet 1 +#define EGL_SOCKET_TYPE_INET_NV 0x324F +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_socket_inet */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_socket_unix +#define EGL_NV_stream_socket_unix 1 +#define EGL_SOCKET_TYPE_UNIX_NV 0x324E +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_socket_unix */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_stream_sync +#define EGL_NV_stream_sync 1 +#define EGL_SYNC_NEW_FRAME_NV 0x321F +typedef EGLSyncKHR (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESTREAMSYNCNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncKHR EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateStreamSyncNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLStreamKHR stream, EGLenum type, const EGLint *attrib_list); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_NV_stream_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_sync +#define EGL_NV_sync 1 +typedef void *EGLSyncNV; +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTimeNV; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE_NV 0x30E6 +#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS_NV 0x30E7 +#define EGL_SIGNALED_NV 0x30E8 +#define EGL_UNSIGNALED_NV 0x30E9 +#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT_NV 0x0001 +#define EGL_FOREVER_NV 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull +#define EGL_ALREADY_SIGNALED_NV 0x30EA +#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED_NV 0x30EB +#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED_NV 0x30EC +#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE_NV 0x30ED +#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION_NV 0x30EE +#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE_NV 0x30EF +#define EGL_NO_SYNC_NV EGL_CAST(EGLSyncNV,0) +typedef EGLSyncNV (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEFENCESYNCNVPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum condition, const EGLint *attrib_list); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLFENCENVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync); +typedef EGLint (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeNV timeout); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSIGNALSYNCNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLenum mode); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBNVPROC) (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLSyncNV EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateFenceSyncNV (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum condition, const EGLint *attrib_list); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySyncNV (EGLSyncNV sync); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglFenceNV (EGLSyncNV sync); +EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSyncNV (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint flags, EGLTimeNV timeout); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSignalSyncNV (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLenum mode); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttribNV (EGLSyncNV sync, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_NV_sync */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_system_time +#define EGL_NV_system_time 1 +typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLuint64NV; +#ifdef KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +typedef EGLuint64NV (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYSTEMTIMEFREQUENCYNVPROC) (void); +typedef EGLuint64NV (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYSTEMTIMENVPROC) (void); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLuint64NV EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSystemTimeFrequencyNV (void); +EGLAPI EGLuint64NV EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSystemTimeNV (void); +#endif +#endif /* KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 */ +#endif /* EGL_NV_system_time */ + +#ifndef EGL_NV_triple_buffer +#define EGL_NV_triple_buffer 1 +#define EGL_TRIPLE_BUFFER_NV 0x3230 +#endif /* EGL_NV_triple_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_TIZEN_image_native_buffer +#define EGL_TIZEN_image_native_buffer 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_BUFFER_TIZEN 0x32A0 +#endif /* EGL_TIZEN_image_native_buffer */ + +#ifndef EGL_TIZEN_image_native_surface +#define EGL_TIZEN_image_native_surface 1 +#define EGL_NATIVE_SURFACE_TIZEN 0x32A1 +#endif /* EGL_TIZEN_image_native_surface */ + +#ifndef EGL_WL_bind_wayland_display +#define EGL_WL_bind_wayland_display 1 +#define PFNEGLBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWL PFNEGLBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC +#define PFNEGLUNBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWL PFNEGLUNBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC +#define PFNEGLQUERYWAYLANDBUFFERWL PFNEGLQUERYWAYLANDBUFFERWLPROC +struct wl_display; +struct wl_resource; +#define EGL_WAYLAND_BUFFER_WL 0x31D5 +#define EGL_WAYLAND_PLANE_WL 0x31D6 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_Y_U_V_WL 0x31D7 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_Y_UV_WL 0x31D8 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_Y_XUXV_WL 0x31D9 +#define EGL_TEXTURE_EXTERNAL_WL 0x31DA +#define EGL_WAYLAND_Y_INVERTED_WL 0x31DB +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLUNBINDWAYLANDDISPLAYWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +typedef EGLBoolean (EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYWAYLANDBUFFERWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_resource *buffer, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindWaylandDisplayWL (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglUnbindWaylandDisplayWL (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_display *display); +EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryWaylandBufferWL (EGLDisplay dpy, struct wl_resource *buffer, EGLint attribute, EGLint *value); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_WL_bind_wayland_display */ + +#ifndef EGL_WL_create_wayland_buffer_from_image +#define EGL_WL_create_wayland_buffer_from_image 1 +#define PFNEGLCREATEWAYLANDBUFFERFROMIMAGEWL PFNEGLCREATEWAYLANDBUFFERFROMIMAGEWLPROC +struct wl_buffer; +typedef struct wl_buffer *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEWAYLANDBUFFERFROMIMAGEWLPROC) (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#ifdef EGL_EGLEXT_PROTOTYPES +EGLAPI struct wl_buffer *EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateWaylandBufferFromImageWL (EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImageKHR image); +#endif +#endif /* EGL_WL_create_wayland_buffer_from_image */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..826a2b4f --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +#ifndef __eglplatform_h_ +#define __eglplatform_h_ + +/* +** Copyright (c) 2007-2016 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +** the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +/* Platform-specific types and definitions for egl.h + * $Revision: 30994 $ on $Date: 2015-04-30 13:36:48 -0700 (Thu, 30 Apr 2015) $ + * + * Adopters may modify khrplatform.h and this file to suit their platform. + * You are encouraged to submit all modifications to the Khronos group so that + * they can be included in future versions of this file. Please submit changes + * by sending them to the public Khronos Bugzilla (http://khronos.org/bugzilla) + * by filing a bug against product "EGL" component "Registry". + */ + +#include + +/* Macros used in EGL function prototype declarations. + * + * EGL functions should be prototyped as: + * + * EGLAPI return-type EGLAPIENTRY eglFunction(arguments); + * typedef return-type (EXPAPIENTRYP PFNEGLFUNCTIONPROC) (arguments); + * + * KHRONOS_APICALL and KHRONOS_APIENTRY are defined in KHR/khrplatform.h + */ + +#ifndef __HarmonyOS__ +#define __HarmonyOS__ +#endif + +#ifndef EGLAPI +#define EGLAPI KHRONOS_APICALL +#endif + +#ifndef EGLAPIENTRY +#define EGLAPIENTRY KHRONOS_APIENTRY +#endif +#define EGLAPIENTRYP EGLAPIENTRY* + +/* The types NativeDisplayType, NativeWindowType, and NativePixmapType + * are aliases of window-system-dependent types, such as X Display * or + * Windows Device Context. They must be defined in platform-specific + * code below. The EGL-prefixed versions of Native*Type are the same + * types, renamed in EGL 1.3 so all types in the API start with "EGL". + * + * Khronos STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you use the default definitions + * provided below, since these changes affect both binary and source + * portability of applications using EGL running on different EGL + * implementations. + */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__VC32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) /* Win32 and WinCE */ +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1 +#endif +#include + +typedef HDC EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef HBITMAP EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef HWND EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) + +typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef int EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef int EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__WINSCW__) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) /* Symbian */ + +typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(WL_EGL_PLATFORM) + +typedef struct wl_display *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef struct wl_egl_pixmap *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef struct wl_egl_window *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__GBM__) + +typedef struct gbm_device *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef struct gbm_bo *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__HarmonyOS__) || defined(HarmonyOS) + +struct NativeLayer; + +typedef void* EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef void* EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef struct NativeLayer* EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(USE_OZONE) + +typedef intptr_t EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef intptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef intptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__unix__) && defined(EGL_NO_X11) + +typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(USE_X11) + +/* X11 (tentative) */ +#include +#include + +typedef Display *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef Pixmap EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef Window EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + +typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__HAIKU__) + +#include + +typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#elif defined(__Fuchsia__) + +typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType; +typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType; + +#else +#error "Platform not recognized" +#endif + +/* EGL 1.2 types, renamed for consistency in EGL 1.3 */ +typedef EGLNativeDisplayType NativeDisplayType; +typedef EGLNativePixmapType NativePixmapType; +typedef EGLNativeWindowType NativeWindowType; + + +/* Define EGLint. This must be a signed integral type large enough to contain + * all legal attribute names and values passed into and out of EGL, whether + * their type is boolean, bitmask, enumerant (symbolic constant), integer, + * handle, or other. While in general a 32-bit integer will suffice, if + * handles are 64 bit types, then EGLint should be defined as a signed 64-bit + * integer type. + */ +typedef khronos_int32_t EGLint; + + +/* C++ / C typecast macros for special EGL handle values */ +#if defined(__cplusplus) +#define EGL_CAST(type, value) (static_cast(value)) +#else +#define EGL_CAST(type, value) ((type) (value)) +#endif + +#endif /* __eglplatform_h */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..415e153c --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +// OHOS + +#pragma once +#include "../../../../../../sources/khronos/GLES2/gl2ext.h" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/client_info.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_client.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/crash_generation/crash_generation_server.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/mapping_info.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/raw_context_cpu.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/thread_info.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/dump_writer_common/ucontext_reader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/exception_handler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/microdump_extra_info.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/handler/minidump_descriptor.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/microdump_writer/microdump_writer.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/cpu_set.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/directory_reader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/line_reader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_core_dumper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_dumper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/linux_ptrace_dumper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/minidump_writer_unittest_utils.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/client/linux/minidump_writer/proc_cpuinfo_reader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/basictypes.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/byte_cursor.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/convert_UTF.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cfi_to_module.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_cu_to_module.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_line_to_module.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/dwarf_range_list_handler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/language.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/crc32.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/dump_symbols.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/eintr_wrapper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_core_dump.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_gnu_compat.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elf_symbols_to_module.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils-inl.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/elfutils.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/file_id.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/google_crashdump_uploader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/guid_creator.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/http_upload.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/ignore_ret.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/libcurl_wrapper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/linux_libc_support.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/memory_mapped_file.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/safe_readlink.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/symbol_upload.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/linux/synth_elf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/long_string_dictionary.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/md5.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_allocator.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/memory_range.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/minidump_type_helper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/module.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/path_helper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/scoped_ptr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/simple_string_dictionary.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_reader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stabs_to_module.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/stdio_wrapper.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/string_conversion.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/symbol_data.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/test_assembler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/unordered.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/common/using_std_string.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/breakpad_types.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_amd64.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_arm64.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_mips.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_ppc64.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_sparc.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_cpu_x86.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_linux.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_mac.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_ps3.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_solaris.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_exception_win32.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_format.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/google_breakpad/common/minidump_size.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/breakpad_client/third_party/lss/linux_syscall_support.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4666d489 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/freetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,4272 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* freetype.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FREETYPE_H_ +#define FREETYPE_H_ + + +#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H +#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!" +#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files." +#error "Example:" +#error " #include " +#error " #include FT_FREETYPE_H" +#endif + + +#include +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_TYPES_H +#include FT_ERRORS_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /*
*/ + /* header_inclusion */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FreeType's header inclusion scheme */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How client applications should include FreeType header files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* To be as flexible as possible (and for historical reasons), */ + /* FreeType uses a very special inclusion scheme to load header */ + /* files, for example */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #include <ft2build.h> */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* #include FT_OUTLINE_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* A compiler and its preprocessor only needs an include path to find */ + /* the file `ft2build.h'; the exact locations and names of the other */ + /* FreeType header files are hidden by preprocessor macro names, */ + /* loaded by `ft2build.h'. The API documentation always gives the */ + /* header macro name needed for a particular function. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* user_allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* User allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed */ + /* as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other */ + /* words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */ + /* instead of `malloc' for allocation. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S I C T Y P E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* base_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Base Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 base font interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section describes the most important public high-level API */ + /* functions of FreeType~2. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + /* */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER */ + /* */ + /* FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL */ + /* FT_HAS_VERTICAL */ + /* FT_HAS_KERNING */ + /* FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES */ + /* FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES */ + /* FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */ + /* FT_HAS_COLOR */ + /* */ + /* FT_IS_SFNT */ + /* FT_IS_SCALABLE */ + /* FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH */ + /* FT_IS_CID_KEYED */ + /* FT_IS_TRICKY */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* FT_Reference_Face */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* FT_Size_RequestRec */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* FT_Get_First_Char */ + /* FT_Get_Next_Char */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_DEFAULT */ + /* FT_LOAD_RENDER */ + /* FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME */ + /* FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT */ + /* FT_LOAD_COLOR */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT */ + /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM */ + /* FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE */ + /* FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE */ + /* */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* FT_Get_Charmap_Index */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info */ + /* */ + /* FT_Face_Internal */ + /* FT_Size_Internal */ + /* FT_Slot_Internal */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_OPEN_XXX */ + /* FT_LOAD_XXX */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX */ + /* FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The */ + /* values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values */ + /* are expressed in font units instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: */ + /* The glyph's width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: */ + /* The glyph's height. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiAdvance :: */ + /* Advance width for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for vertical layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for vertical layout. Larger positive values */ + /* mean further below the vertical glyph origin. */ + /* */ + /* vertAdvance :: */ + /* Advance height for vertical layout. Positive values mean the */ + /* glyph has a positive advance downward. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent */ + /* dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable). */ + /* */ + /* Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase */ + /* `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these */ + /* values to account for the added width and height. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Metrics_ + { + FT_Pos width; + FT_Pos height; + + FT_Pos horiBearingX; + FT_Pos horiBearingY; + FT_Pos horiAdvance; + + FT_Pos vertBearingX; + FT_Pos vertBearingY; + FT_Pos vertAdvance; + + } FT_Glyph_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set */ + /* of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */ + /* It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two */ + /* consecutive baselines. It is always positive. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the */ + /* strike. */ + /* */ + /* size :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional */ + /* points. This field is not very useful. */ + /* */ + /* x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Windows FNT: */ + /* The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when */ + /* the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */ + /* values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and */ + /* height given in the font, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* TrueType embedded bitmaps: */ + /* `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the */ + /* bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font */ + /* parameters. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_Size_ + { + FT_Short height; + FT_Short width; + + FT_Pos size; + + FT_Pos x_ppem; + FT_Pos y_ppem; + + } FT_Bitmap_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each `library' is */ + /* completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set */ + /* of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a */ + /* scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster). */ + /* */ + /* In multi-threaded applications it is easiest to use one */ + /* `FT_Library' object per thread. In case this is too cumbersome, */ + /* a single `FT_Library' object across threads is possible also */ + /* (since FreeType version 2.5.6), as long as a mutex lock is used */ + /* around @FT_New_Face and @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and */ + /* destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType. If you need reference-counting */ + /* (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use @FT_New_Library and */ + /* @FT_Done_Library. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_ *FT_Library; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a */ + /* font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services */ + /* to the formers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_* FT_Module; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Driver */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver */ + /* is a special module capable of creating faces from font files. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_DriverRec_* FT_Driver; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special */ + /* module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when */ + /* necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */ + /* one or more target surface depths. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RendererRec_* FT_Renderer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* base_interface */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models */ + /* a given typeface, in a given style. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well */ + /* as one or more @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */ + /* a given filepathname or a custom input stream. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes). */ + /* */ + /* An `FT_Face' object can only be safely used from one thread at a */ + /* time. Similarly, creation and destruction of `FT_Face' with the */ + /* same @FT_Library object can only be done from one thread at a */ + /* time. On the other hand, functions like @FT_Load_Glyph and its */ + /* siblings are thread-safe and do not need the lock to be held as */ + /* long as the same `FT_Face' object is not used from multiple */ + /* threads at the same time. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_* FT_Face; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given */ + /* character size. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by */ + /* functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling */ + /* transformation that in turn is used to load and hint glyphs and */ + /* metrics. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, */ + /* @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content */ + /* (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a */ + /* given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until */ + /* you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be */ + /* activated at any given time per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_* FT_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given `glyph slot'. A slot is a container where it */ + /* is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent */ + /* face. */ + /* */ + /* In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or */ + /* @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */ + /* i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and */ + /* other control information. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_* FT_GlyphSlot; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate */ + /* character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its */ + /* parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them */ + /* can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char. */ + /* */ + /* The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the */ + /* `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'. */ + /* You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or */ + /* @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within */ + /* the list and automatically activates it. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given */ + /* character map. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_* FT_CharMap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is */ + /* used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ + +#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG +#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) \ + value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(c) << 8 ) | \ + (FT_UInt32)(d) ) + +#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by */ + /* charmaps. Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character */ + /* repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */ + /* UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* Other encodings might be defined in the future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE :: */ + /* The encoding value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers */ + /* all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and */ + /* Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all */ + /* of them. */ + /* */ + /* For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and */ + /* the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for */ + /* @FT_Get_Char_Index. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode */ + /* mathematical symbols and wingdings. For more information, see */ + /* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/recom.htm', */ + /* `http://www.kostis.net/charsets/symbol.htm', and */ + /* `http://www.kostis.net/charsets/wingding.htm'. */ + /* */ + /* This encoding uses character codes from the PUA (Private Unicode */ + /* Area) in the range U+F020-U+F0FF. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_SJIS :: */ + /* Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at */ + /* at `http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_JIS'. */ + /* See note on multi-byte encodings below. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_GB2312 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */ + /* used in mainland China. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_BIG5 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as */ + /* used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. */ + /* For more information see */ + /* `https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-US/goglobal/cc305154'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_JOHAB :: */ + /* The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which */ + /* corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set */ + /* includes all possible Hangeul character combinations. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 :: */ + /* Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 */ + /* PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM :: */ + /* Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and */ + /* OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN :: */ + /* Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType */ + /* and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since */ + /* older versions of Mac OS are able to use it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 :: */ + /* This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by */ + /* FreeType. Don't use or test for it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap */ + /* for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. */ + /* However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the */ + /* font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe */ + /* values as well. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap */ + /* is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. If, for example, the */ + /* `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', */ + /* the font is encoded in KOI8-R. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the */ + /* winfonts driver. Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the */ + /* `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. For example, */ + /* @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for */ + /* Russian). */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */ + /* and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN). */ + /* */ + /* If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function */ + /* @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID that may */ + /* be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/Readme.txt */ + /* */ + /* to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID */ + /* is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. */ + /* Then examine `encoding_id'. If, for example, `encoding_id' is */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is */ + /* `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi */ + /* variant the Arabic encoding. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Encoding_ + { + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE, 'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS, 's', 'j', 'i', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312, 'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5, 'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, 'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ), + + /* for backwards compatibility */ + FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS = FT_ENCODING_SJIS, + FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 = FT_ENCODING_GB2312, + FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 = FT_ENCODING_BIG5, + FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, + FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1, 'l', 'a', 't', '1' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' ) + + } FT_Encoding; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Encoding' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_encoding_none FT_ENCODING_NONE +#define ft_encoding_unicode FT_ENCODING_UNICODE +#define ft_encoding_symbol FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL +#define ft_encoding_latin_1 FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 +#define ft_encoding_latin_2 FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 +#define ft_encoding_sjis FT_ENCODING_SJIS +#define ft_encoding_gb2312 FT_ENCODING_GB2312 +#define ft_encoding_big5 FT_ENCODING_BIG5 +#define ft_encoding_wansung FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG +#define ft_encoding_johab FT_ENCODING_JOHAB + +#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD +#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT +#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM +#define ft_encoding_apple_roman FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The base charmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* encoding :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use */ + /* this with @FT_Select_Charmap. */ + /* */ + /* platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the */ + /* following encoding ID. This comes directly from */ + /* the TrueType specification and should be emulated */ + /* for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number. This also */ + /* comes from the TrueType specification and should be */ + /* emulated similarly. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_Encoding encoding; + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + + } FT_CharMapRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S E O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Face object. */ + /* */ + /* This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is */ + /* not generally available to client applications. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_* FT_Face_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a */ + /* typeface in a font file. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_faces :: The number of faces in the font file. Some */ + /* font formats can have multiple faces in */ + /* a font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: This field holds two different values. */ + /* Bits 0-15 are the index of the face in the */ + /* font file (starting with value~0). They */ + /* are set to~0 if there is only one face in */ + /* the font file. */ + /* */ + /* Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX variation */ + /* fonts only, holding the named instance */ + /* index for the current face index (starting */ + /* with value~1; value~0 indicates font access */ + /* without GX variation data). For non-GX */ + /* fonts, bits 16-30 are ignored. If we have */ + /* the third named instance of face~4, say, */ + /* `face_index' is set to 0x00030004. */ + /* */ + /* Bit 31 is always zero (this is, */ + /* `face_index' is always a positive value). */ + /* */ + /* face_flags :: A set of bit flags that give important */ + /* information about the face; see */ + /* @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details. */ + /* */ + /* style_flags :: The lower 16~bits contain a set of bit */ + /* flags indicating the style of the face; see */ + /* @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the details. Bits */ + /* 16-30 hold the number of named instances */ + /* available for the current face if we have a */ + /* GX variation (sub)font. Bit 31 is always */ + /* zero (this is, `style_flags' is always a */ + /* positive value). */ + /* */ + /* num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the face. If the */ + /* face is scalable and has sbits (see */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */ + /* of outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the */ + /* highest CID used in the font. */ + /* */ + /* family_name :: The face's family name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, that describes */ + /* the typeface's family (like `Times New */ + /* Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc). This */ + /* is a least common denominator used to list */ + /* fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) */ + /* provide localized and Unicode versions of */ + /* this string. Applications should use the */ + /* format specific interface to access them. */ + /* Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a */ + /* PDF file). */ + /* */ + /* In case the font doesn't provide a specific */ + /* family name entry, FreeType tries to */ + /* synthesize one, deriving it from other name */ + /* entries. */ + /* */ + /* style_name :: The face's style name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, that describes */ + /* the typeface's style (like `Italic', */ + /* `Bold', `Condensed', etc). Not all font */ + /* formats provide a style name, so this field */ + /* is optional, and can be set to NULL. As */ + /* for `family_name', some formats provide */ + /* localized and Unicode versions of this */ + /* string. Applications should use the format */ + /* specific interface to access them. */ + /* */ + /* num_fixed_sizes :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face. */ + /* Even if the face is scalable, there might */ + /* still be bitmap strikes, which are called */ + /* `sbits' in that case. */ + /* */ + /* available_sizes :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap */ + /* strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if */ + /* there is no bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* num_charmaps :: The number of charmaps in the face. */ + /* */ + /* charmaps :: An array of the charmaps of the face. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A field reserved for client uses. See the */ + /* @FT_Generic type description. */ + /* */ + /* bbox :: The font bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in font units (see */ + /* `units_per_EM'). The box is large enough */ + /* to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, */ + /* `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum */ + /* ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum */ + /* descender'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the bounding box might be off by */ + /* (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See */ + /* @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion. */ + /* */ + /* units_per_EM :: The number of font units per EM square for */ + /* this face. This is typically 2048 for */ + /* TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* Only relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The typographic ascender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMax'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The typographic descender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMin'. Note that this field is */ + /* usually negative. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* height :: This value is the vertical distance */ + /* between two consecutive baselines, */ + /* expressed in font units. It is always */ + /* positive. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* If you want the global glyph height, use */ + /* `ascender - descender'. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_width :: The maximum advance width, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This can be */ + /* used to make word wrapping computations */ + /* faster. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_height :: The maximum advance height, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This is only */ + /* relevant for vertical layouts, and is set */ + /* to `height' for fonts that do not provide */ + /* vertical metrics. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_position :: The position, in font units, of the */ + /* underline line for this face. It is the */ + /* center of the underlining stem. Only */ + /* relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the */ + /* underline for this face. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* glyph :: The face's associated glyph slot(s). */ + /* */ + /* size :: The current active size for this face. */ + /* */ + /* charmap :: The current active charmap for this face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_ + { + FT_Long num_faces; + FT_Long face_index; + + FT_Long face_flags; + FT_Long style_flags; + + FT_Long num_glyphs; + + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* style_name; + + FT_Int num_fixed_sizes; + FT_Bitmap_Size* available_sizes; + + FT_Int num_charmaps; + FT_CharMap* charmaps; + + FT_Generic generic; + + /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */ + /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /*# for bitmap fonts. */ + FT_BBox bbox; + + FT_UShort units_per_EM; + FT_Short ascender; + FT_Short descender; + FT_Short height; + + FT_Short max_advance_width; + FT_Short max_advance_height; + + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_Short underline_thickness; + + FT_GlyphSlot glyph; + FT_Size size; + FT_CharMap charmap; + + /*@private begin */ + + FT_Driver driver; + FT_Memory memory; + FT_Stream stream; + + FT_ListRec sizes_list; + + FT_Generic autohint; /* face-specific auto-hinter data */ + void* extensions; /* unused */ + + FT_Face_Internal internal; + + /*@private end */ + + } FT_FaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of */ + /* properties of the corresponding face. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't */ + /* prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and */ + /* and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like */ + /* Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT :: */ + /* Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme. For */ + /* now, this means TrueType and OpenType. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This */ + /* should be set for all common formats. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This */ + /* is only available in some formats, not all of them. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, */ + /* the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the */ + /* vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data */ + /* from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS :: */ + /* THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */ + /* of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters */ + /* specific API for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be */ + /* retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType */ + /* fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function */ + /* @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM :: */ + /* Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */ + /* provided by the client application and should not be destroyed */ + /* when @FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER :: */ + /* Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For */ + /* example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from */ + /* the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */ + /* (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED :: */ + /* Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not */ + /* accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted */ + /* CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index */ + /* values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID */ + /* values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font */ + /* exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */ + /* you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error. */ + /* */ + /* Note that CID-keyed fonts that are in an SFNT wrapper don't */ + /* have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal */ + /* way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to */ + /* the application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY :: */ + /* Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the */ + /* font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. */ + /* A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' that uses */ + /* TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its */ + /* subglyphs. */ + /* */ + /* It is not possible to auto-hint such fonts using */ + /* @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */ + /* probably never want this except for demonstration purposes. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */ + /* tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR :: */ + /* Set if the font has color glyph tables. To access color glyphs */ + /* use @FT_LOAD_COLOR. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ( 1L << 13 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ( 1L << 14 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains + * horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though). + * + * @also: + * @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real + * vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones). + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning + * data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable + * font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF, + * and PFR font formats. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SFNT( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font + * whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually + * means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded + * bitmap fonts. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and + * @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face + * that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.) + * glyphs. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * embedded bitmaps. See the `available_sizes' field of the + * @FT_FaceRec structure. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) + * + * @description: + * Deprecated. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) 0 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph + * names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * multiple masters. The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * are then available to choose the exact design you want. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed + * font. See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more + * details. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are + * available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font. + * See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains + * tables for color glyphs. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used to indicate the style of a given face. */ + /* These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique. */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face is bold. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More */ + /* details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level */ + /* (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in */ + /* SFNT based fonts). */ + /* */ +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ( 1 << 0 ) +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ( 1 << 1 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Size object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_* FT_Size_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x_ppem :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */ + /* the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal width'. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, */ + /* hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal height'. */ + /* */ + /* x_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* y_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. See @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a */ + /* size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the */ + /* driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled */ + /* values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact */ + /* for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable */ + /* with an error margin of at least one pixel! */ + /* */ + /* Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_ */ + /* glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to */ + /* client applications to perform such computations. */ + /* */ + /* The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_Metrics_ + { + FT_UShort x_ppem; /* horizontal pixels per EM */ + FT_UShort y_ppem; /* vertical pixels per EM */ + + FT_Fixed x_scale; /* scaling values used to convert font */ + FT_Fixed y_scale; /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels */ + + FT_Pos ascender; /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos descender; /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos height; /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */ + + } FT_Size_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face */ + /* object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: Handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer, unused by the FreeType library or */ + /* any of its drivers. It can be used by client */ + /* applications to link their own data to each size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_ + { + FT_Face face; /* parent face object */ + FT_Generic generic; /* generic pointer for client uses */ + FT_Size_Metrics metrics; /* size metrics */ + FT_Size_Internal internal; + + } FT_SizeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe */ + /* subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, */ + /* hence the forward structure declaration. */ + /* */ + /* You can however retrieve subglyph information with */ + /* @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_* FT_SubGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Slot_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_* FT_Slot_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a */ + /* container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in */ + /* outline or bitmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library instance */ + /* this slot belongs to. */ + /* */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* next :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */ + /* glyph slots per face object can be a good */ + /* thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are */ + /* listed through a direct, single-linked list */ + /* using its `next' field. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer unused by the FreeType */ + /* library or any of its drivers. It can be */ + /* used by client applications to link their own */ + /* data to each glyph slot object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the */ + /* slot. The returned values depend on the last */ + /* load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API */ + /* function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels or font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that even when the glyph image is */ + /* transformed, the metrics are not. */ + /* */ + /* linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: This shorthand is, depending on */ + /* @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed */ + /* (hinted) advance width for the glyph, in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixel format. As specified with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the */ + /* `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of */ + /* `metrics' field. */ + /* */ + /* format :: This field indicates the format of the image */ + /* contained in the glyph slot. Typically */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are */ + /* possible. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor */ + /* when the slot format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the */ + /* address and content of the bitmap buffer can */ + /* change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a */ + /* few other functions. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_left :: The bitmap's left bearing expressed in */ + /* integer pixels. Only valid if the format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, this is, if the */ + /* glyph slot contains a bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_top :: The bitmap's top bearing expressed in integer */ + /* pixels. Remember that this is the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most glyph */ + /* scanline, upwards y~coordinates being */ + /* *positive*. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph */ + /* image if its format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is */ + /* loaded, `outline' can be transformed, */ + /* distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must */ + /* not be freed. */ + /* */ + /* num_subglyphs :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* This field is only valid for the composite */ + /* glyph format that should normally only be */ + /* loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. */ + /* */ + /* subglyphs :: An array of subglyph descriptors for */ + /* composite glyphs. There are `num_subglyphs' */ + /* elements in there. Currently internal to */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* control_data :: Certain font drivers can also return the */ + /* control data for a given glyph image (e.g. */ + /* TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */ + /* This field is a pointer to such data. */ + /* */ + /* control_len :: This is the length in bytes of the control */ + /* data. */ + /* */ + /* other :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */ + /* present their own glyph image to client */ + /* applications. Note that the application */ + /* needs to know about the image format. */ + /* */ + /* lsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* left side bearing while auto-hinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* rsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* right side bearing while auto-hinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see */ + /* @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in */ + /* its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 */ + /* formats). */ + /* */ + /* This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling */ + /* @FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for */ + /* the native image's format, then invokes it. */ + /* */ + /* The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */ + /* the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a */ + /* bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */ + /* to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen */ + /* position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, */ + /* `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Here is a small pseudo code fragment that shows how to use */ + /* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta': */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Pos origin_x = 0; */ + /* FT_Pos prev_rsb_delta = 0; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* for all glyphs do */ + /* <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */ + /* `origin_x'> */ + /* */ + /* <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'> */ + /* */ + /* if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 ) */ + /* origin_x -= 64; */ + /* else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 ) */ + /* origin_x += 64; */ + /* */ + /* prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta; */ + /* */ + /* <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...> */ + /* */ + /* origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x; */ + /* endfor */ + /* } */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + FT_Face face; + FT_GlyphSlot next; + FT_UInt reserved; /* retained for binary compatibility */ + FT_Generic generic; + + FT_Glyph_Metrics metrics; + FT_Fixed linearHoriAdvance; + FT_Fixed linearVertAdvance; + FT_Vector advance; + + FT_Glyph_Format format; + + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + FT_Int bitmap_left; + FT_Int bitmap_top; + + FT_Outline outline; + + FT_UInt num_subglyphs; + FT_SubGlyph subglyphs; + + void* control_data; + long control_len; + + FT_Pos lsb_delta; + FT_Pos rsb_delta; + + void* other; + + FT_Slot_Internal internal; + + } FT_GlyphSlotRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* F U N C T I O N S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules */ + /* that are registered by this function is determined at build time. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, */ + /* use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module). */ + /* */ + /* See the documentation of @FT_Library and @FT_Face for */ + /* multi-threading issues. */ + /* */ + /* If you need reference-counting (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use */ + /* @FT_New_Library and @FT_Done_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, */ + /* including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OPEN_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit field constants used within the `flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_Open_Args structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY :: This is a memory-based stream. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path */ + /* name. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER :: Use the `driver' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' */ + /* flags are mutually exclusive. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY 0x1 +#define FT_OPEN_STREAM 0x2 +#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME 0x4 +#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER 0x8 +#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS 0x10 + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_OPEN_XXX' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_open_memory FT_OPEN_MEMORY +#define ft_open_stream FT_OPEN_STREAM +#define ft_open_pathname FT_OPEN_PATHNAME +#define ft_open_driver FT_OPEN_DRIVER +#define ft_open_params FT_OPEN_PARAMS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */ + /* @FT_Open_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* tag :: A four-byte identification tag. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A pointer to the parameter data. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific. See the */ + /* various FT_PARAM_TAG_XXX flags for more information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Parameter_ + { + FT_ULong tag; + FT_Pointer data; + + } FT_Parameter; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or */ + /* stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter */ + /* for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the */ + /* structure. */ + /* */ + /* memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* pathname :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname. */ + /* */ + /* stream :: A handle to a source stream object. */ + /* */ + /* driver :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; */ + /* it simply specifies the font driver to use to open */ + /* the face. If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the */ + /* face with each one of the drivers in its list. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of extra parameters. */ + /* */ + /* params :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when */ + /* opening a new face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' that */ + /* are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face: */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_MEMORY bit is set, assume that this is a */ + /* memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'. */ + /* The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for */ + /* releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to */ + /* @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_STREAM bit is set, assume that a */ + /* custom input stream `stream' is used. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME bit is set, assume that this */ + /* is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_DRIVER bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to */ + /* open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_PARAMS bit is set, the parameters given by */ + /* `num_params' and `params' is used. They are ignored otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged */ + /* as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In */ + /* other words, applications should treat them as read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Open_Args_ + { + FT_UInt flags; + const FT_Byte* memory_base; + FT_Long memory_size; + FT_String* pathname; + FT_Stream stream; + FT_Module driver; + FT_Int num_params; + FT_Parameter* params; + + } FT_Open_Args; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pathname :: A path to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this */ + /* parameter. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy the created @FT_Face object (along */ + /* with its slot and sizes). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face( FT_Library library, + const char* filepathname, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font that has been */ + /* loaded into memory. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* file_base :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data. */ + /* */ + /* file_size :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: See @FT_Open_Face for a detailed description of this */ + /* parameter. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Byte* file_base, + FT_Long file_size, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a face object from a given resource described by */ + /* @FT_Open_Args. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* args :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure that must */ + /* be filled by the caller. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: This field holds two different values. Bits 0-15 */ + /* are the index of the face in the font file (starting */ + /* with value~0). Set it to~0 if there is only one */ + /* face in the font file. */ + /* */ + /* Bits 16-30 are relevant to GX variation fonts only, */ + /* specifying the named instance index for the current */ + /* face index (starting with value~1; value~0 makes */ + /* FreeType ignore named instances). For non-GX fonts, */ + /* bits 16-30 are ignored. Assuming that you want to */ + /* access the third named instance in face~4, */ + /* `face_index' should be set to 0x00030004. If you */ + /* want to access face~4 without GX variation handling, */ + /* simply set `face_index' to value~4. */ + /* */ + /* FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be used to quickly */ + /* check whether the font format of a given font */ + /* resource is supported by FreeType. In general, if */ + /* the `face_index' argument is negative, the */ + /* function's return value is~0 if the font format is */ + /* recognized, or non-zero otherwise. The function */ + /* allocates a more or less empty face handle in */ + /* `*aface' (if `aface' isn't NULL); the only two */ + /* useful fields in this special case are */ + /* `face->num_faces' and `face->style_flags'. For any */ + /* negative value of `face_index', `face->num_faces' */ + /* gives the number of faces within the font file. For */ + /* the negative value `-(N+1)' (with `N' a 16-bit */ + /* value), bits 16-30 in `face->style_flags' give the */ + /* number of named instances in face `N' if we have a */ + /* GX variation font (or zero otherwise). After */ + /* examination, the returned @FT_Face structure should */ + /* be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph */ + /* slot for the face object that can be accessed directly through */ + /* `face->glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* Each new face object created with this function also owns a */ + /* default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'. */ + /* */ + /* One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is, */ + /* @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using */ + /* the same `library' argument. */ + /* */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + /* To loop over all faces, use code similar to the following snippet */ + /* (omitting the error handling). */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* ... */ + /* FT_Face face; */ + /* FT_Long i, num_faces; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, -1, &face ); */ + /* if ( error ) { ... } */ + /* */ + /* num_faces = face->num_faces; */ + /* FT_Done_Face( face ); */ + /* */ + /* for ( i = 0; i < num_faces; i++ ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, i, &face ); */ + /* ... */ + /* FT_Done_Face( face ); */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To loop over all valid values for `face_index', use something */ + /* similar to the following snippet, again without error handling. */ + /* The code accesses all faces immediately (thus only a single call */ + /* of `FT_Open_Face' within the do-loop), with and without named */ + /* instances. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* ... */ + /* FT_Face face; */ + /* */ + /* FT_Long num_faces = 0; */ + /* FT_Long num_instances = 0; */ + /* */ + /* FT_Long face_idx = 0; */ + /* FT_Long instance_idx = 0; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* do */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Long id = ( instance_idx << 16 ) + face_idx; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, args, id, &face ); */ + /* if ( error ) { ... } */ + /* */ + /* num_faces = face->num_faces; */ + /* num_instances = face->style_flags >> 16; */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_Done_Face( face ); */ + /* */ + /* if ( instance_idx < num_instances ) */ + /* instance_idx++; */ + /* else */ + /* { */ + /* face_idx++; */ + /* instance_idx = 0; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* } while ( face_idx < num_faces ) */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Open_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Open_Args* args, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* filepathname :: The pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_File( FT_Face face, + const char* filepathname ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* `Attach' data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read */ + /* additional information for the face object. For example, you can */ + /* attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the */ + /* kerning values and other metrics. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args that must be filled by */ + /* the caller. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the */ + /* new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really */ + /* depends on the font format (and thus the font driver). */ + /* */ + /* Client applications are expected to know what they are doing */ + /* when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement */ + /* file attachments. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face face, + FT_Open_Args* parameters ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure */ + /* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Face */ + /* then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */ + /* decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */ + /* reference @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */ + /* sizes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the */ + /* `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Int strike_index ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL :: */ + /* The nominal size. The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is */ + /* used to determine both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM :: */ + /* The real dimension. The sum of the the `ascender' and (minus */ + /* of) the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine */ + /* both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX :: */ + /* The font bounding box. The width and height of the `bbox' field */ + /* of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */ + /* scaling value, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL :: */ + /* The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to */ + /* determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling */ + /* value is determined the same way as */ + /* @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling */ + /* values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you */ + /* want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given */ + /* dimension and 80x24 cells. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES :: */ + /* Specify the scaling values directly. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap */ + /* formats, the behaviour is up to the driver. */ + /* */ + /* See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size */ + /* requesting relates to scaling values. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Size_Request_Type_ + { + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES, + + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX + + } FT_Size_Request_Type; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_RequestRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a size request. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* type :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The desired width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The desired height. */ + /* */ + /* horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* vertResolution :: The vertical resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */ + /* to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ + { + FT_Size_Request_Type type; + FT_Long width; + FT_Long height; + FT_UInt horiResolution; + FT_UInt vertResolution; + + } FT_Size_RequestRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a size request structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ *FT_Size_Request; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* req :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the */ + /* request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a */ + /* particular bitmap strike. Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph */ + /* size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the */ + /* source face. The font designer chooses the final size of each */ + /* glyph relative to this size. For more information refer to */ + /* `http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html' */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Request_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size_Request req ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in points). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_width :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* char_height :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal */ + /* to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */ + /* equal to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if */ + /* both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_F26Dot6 char_width, + FT_F26Dot6 char_height, + FT_UInt horz_resolution, + FT_UInt vert_resolution ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in pixels). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pixel_width :: The nominal width, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching, or being */ + /* constrained, to this pixel size. Refer to @FT_Request_Size to */ + /* understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt pixel_width, + FT_UInt pixel_height ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file. For */ + /* CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) */ + /* this argument specifies the CID value. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The loaded glyph may be transformed. See @FT_Set_Transform for */ + /* the details. */ + /* */ + /* For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is */ + /* returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values that */ + /* don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion */ + /* of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object, according to its character code. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_code :: The glyph's character code, according to the */ + /* current charmap used in the face. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate + * what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_DEFAULT :: + * Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load + * operation. In this case, the following happens: + * + * 1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the + * face's current size. If one is found, the function returns. + * The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note + * below). + * + * 2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a + * scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font + * file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid + * in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from + * the glyph slot (see note below). + * + * Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into + * bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default + * behaviour to more specific and useful cases. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE :: + * Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and + * unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER. + * + * If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the + * subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions. + * This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and + * setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING :: + * Disable hinting. This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs + * when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See + * also the note below. + * + * This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_RENDER :: + * Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the + * glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be + * overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP :: + * Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this + * flag. + * + * @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag. + * + * FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT :: + * Load the glyph for vertical text layout. In particular, the + * `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the + * `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field. + * + * In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use + * this flag currently. Reason is that in this case vertical metrics + * get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across + * various font formats. + * + * FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT :: + * Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native + * hinter. See also the note below. + * + * FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC :: + * Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications + * during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs + * in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also. + * + * In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not + * passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might + * result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's + * bytecode is buggy. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE :: + * Indicate that the font driver should not load composite glyphs + * recursively. Instead, it should set the `num_subglyph' and + * `subglyphs' values of the glyph slot accordingly, and set + * `glyph->format' to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. The description of + * subglyphs can then be accessed with @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM :: + * Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should + * be ignored. + * + * FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME :: + * This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to + * render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with + * 8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data. + * + * Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You + * should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the + * monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used. + * + * FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN :: + * Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance' + * fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See + * @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT :: + * Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below. + * + * FT_LOAD_COLOR :: + * This flag is used to request loading of color embedded-bitmap + * images. The resulting color bitmaps, if available, will have the + * @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA format. When the flag is not used and color + * bitmaps are found, they will be converted to 256-level gray + * bitmaps transparently. Those bitmaps will be in the + * @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format. + * + * FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS :: + * This flag sets computing glyph metrics without the use of bundled + * metrics tables (for example, the `hdmx' table in TrueType fonts). + * Well-behaving fonts have optimized bundled metrics and these should + * be used. This flag is mainly used by font validating or font + * editing applications, which need to ignore, verify, or edit those + * tables. + * + * Currently, this flag is only implemented for TrueType fonts. + * + * FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP :: + * Ignored. Deprecated. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH :: + * Ignored. Deprecated. + * + * @note: + * By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see + * @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can + * disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the + * precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set + * @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be + * used at all. + * + * See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception + * (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts). + * + * Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which + * hinting algorithm to use. See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native + * one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results. If a + * font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the + * character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a + * mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless + * results. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_LOAD_RENDER ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ( 1L << 13 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 15 ) + /* Bits 16..19 are used by `FT_LOAD_TARGET_' */ +#define FT_LOAD_COLOR ( 1L << 20 ) +#define FT_LOAD_COMPUTE_METRICS ( 1L << 21 ) + + /* */ + + /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */ +#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY ( 1L << 14 ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm + * to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your + * `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + * Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you + * have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set + * @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: + * This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for + * standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT :: + * A lighter hinting algorithm for gray-level modes. Many generated + * glyphs are fuzzier but better resemble their original shape. This + * is achieved by snapping glyphs to the pixel grid only vertically + * (Y-axis), as is done by Microsoft's ClearType and Adobe's + * proprietary font renderer. This preserves inter-glyph spacing in + * horizontal text. The snapping is done either by the native font + * driver if the driver itself and the font support it or by the + * auto-hinter. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO :: + * Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome + * output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered + * in non-monochrome modes. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * @note: + * You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your + * `load_flags'. They can't be ORed. + * + * If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the + * corresponding mode (i.e., the mode that matches the used algorithm + * best). An exeption is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies + * @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same + * rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the `light' + * hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD + * pixel mode, with code like + * + * { + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, + * load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ); + * + * FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ); + * } + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x ) ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 ) + +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE + * + * @description: + * Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x ) ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */ + /* images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use~0 for */ + /* the identity matrix. */ + /* delta :: A pointer to the translation vector. Use~0 for the null */ + /* vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */ + /* the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by */ + /* the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */ + /* the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */ + /* *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face face, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by */ + /* FreeType~2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline */ + /* conversion performed on the outline. */ + /* */ + /* For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode' */ + /* field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the */ + /* returned bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity, */ + /* indicating pixel coverage. Use linear alpha blending and gamma */ + /* correction to correctly render non-monochrome glyph bitmaps onto a */ + /* surface; see @FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL :: */ + /* This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT :: */ + /* This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only */ + /* defined as a separate value because render modes are also used */ + /* indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See */ + /* @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of */ + /* opacity). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel */ + /* displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are */ + /* 3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and */ + /* which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */ + /* (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces */ + /* 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original */ + /* glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */ + /* filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */ + /* (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to */ + /* either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the */ + /* filtering itself. */ + /* */ + /* The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. */ + /* Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform */ + /* them into 8-bit pixmaps. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Render_Mode_ + { + FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT, + FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V, + + FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX + + } FT_Render_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Render_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_render_mode_normal FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL +#define ft_render_mode_mono FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting */ + /* the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and */ + /* invoking it. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to */ + /* convert. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph */ + /* image into a bitmap. See @FT_Render_Mode for a */ + /* list of possible values. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */ + /* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* When FreeType outputs a bitmap of a glyph, it really outputs an */ + /* alpha coverage map. If a pixel is completely covered by a */ + /* filled-in outline, the bitmap contains 0xFF at that pixel, meaning */ + /* that 0xFF/0xFF fraction of that pixel is covered, meaning the */ + /* pixel is 100% black (or 0% bright). If a pixel is only 50% */ + /* covered (value 0x80), the pixel is made 50% black (50% bright or a */ + /* middle shade of grey). 0% covered means 0% black (100% bright or */ + /* white). */ + /* */ + /* On high-DPI screens like on smartphones and tablets, the pixels */ + /* are so small that their chance of being completely covered and */ + /* therefore completely black are fairly good. On the low-DPI */ + /* screens, however, the situation is different. The pixels are too */ + /* large for most of the details of a glyph and shades of gray are */ + /* the norm rather than the exception. */ + /* */ + /* This is relevant because all our screens have a second problem: */ + /* they are not linear. 1~+~1 is not~2. Twice the value does not */ + /* result in twice the brightness. When a pixel is only 50% covered, */ + /* the coverage map says 50% black, and this translates to a pixel */ + /* value of 128 when you use 8~bits per channel (0-255). However, */ + /* this does not translate to 50% brightness for that pixel on our */ + /* sRGB and gamma~2.2 screens. Due to their non-linearity, they */ + /* dwell longer in the darks and only a pixel value of about 186 */ + /* results in 50% brightness – 128 ends up too dark on both bright */ + /* and dark backgrounds. The net result is that dark text looks */ + /* burnt-out, pixely and blotchy on bright background, bright text */ + /* too frail on dark backgrounds, and colored text on colored */ + /* background (for example, red on green) seems to have dark halos or */ + /* `dirt' around it. The situation is especially ugly for diagonal */ + /* stems like in `w' glyph shapes where the quality of FreeType's */ + /* anti-aliasing depends on the correct display of grays. On */ + /* high-DPI screens where smaller, fully black pixels reign supreme, */ + /* this doesn't matter, but on our low-DPI screens with all the gray */ + /* shades, it does. 0% and 100% brightness are the same things in */ + /* linear and non-linear space, just all the shades in-between */ + /* aren't. */ + /* */ + /* The blending function for placing text over a background is */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst , */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* which is known as the OVER operator. */ + /* */ + /* To correctly composite an antialiased pixel of a glyph onto a */ + /* surface, */ + /* */ + /* 1. take the foreground and background colors (e.g., in sRGB space) */ + /* and apply gamma to get them in a linear space, */ + /* */ + /* 2. use OVER to blend the two linear colors using the glyph pixel */ + /* as the alpha value (remember, the glyph bitmap is an alpha */ + /* coverage bitmap), and */ + /* */ + /* 3. apply inverse gamma to the blended pixel and write it back to */ + /* the image. */ + /* */ + /* Internal testing at Adobe found that a target inverse gamma of~1.8 */ + /* for step~3 gives good results across a wide range of displays with */ + /* an sRGB gamma curve or a similar one. */ + /* */ + /* This process can cost performance. There is an approximation that */ + /* does not need to know about the background color; see */ + /* https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/ and */ + /* https://bel.fi/alankila/lcd/alpcor.html for details. */ + /* */ + /* *ATTENTION*: Linear blending is even more important when dealing */ + /* with subpixel-rendered glyphs to prevent color-fringing! A */ + /* subpixel-rendered glyph must first be filtered with a filter that */ + /* gives equal weight to the three color primaries and does not */ + /* exceed a sum of 0x100, see section @lcd_filtering. Then the */ + /* only difference to gray linear blending is that subpixel-rendered */ + /* linear blending is done 3~times per pixel: red foreground subpixel */ + /* to red background subpixel and so on for green and blue. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT :: Return grid-fitted kerning distances in */ + /* pixels (value is~0). Whether they are */ + /* scaled depends on @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return un-grid-fitted kerning distances in */ + /* 26.6 fractional pixels. Whether they are */ + /* scaled depends on @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT returns full pixel values; it also makes */ + /* FreeType heuristically scale down kerning distances at small ppem */ + /* values so that they don't become too big. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Kerning_Mode_ + { + FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0, + FT_KERNING_UNFITTED, + FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + } FT_Kerning_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Kerning_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_kerning_default FT_KERNING_DEFAULT +#define ft_kerning_unfitted FT_KERNING_UNFITTED +#define ft_kerning_unscaled FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* left_glyph :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* kern_mode :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. */ + /* Determines the scale and dimension of the returned */ + /* kerning vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning vector. This is either in font units, */ + /* fractional pixels (26.6 format), or pixels for */ + /* scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are */ + /* supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated */ + /* kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */ + /* implemented through format-specific interfaces. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left_glyph, + FT_UInt right_glyph, + FT_UInt kern_mode, + FT_Vector *akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* degree :: The degree of tightness. Increasingly negative */ + /* values represent tighter track kerning, while */ + /* increasingly positive values represent looser track */ + /* kerning. Value zero means no track kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be */ + /* uniformly applied between all glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, */ + /* using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream). */ + /* */ + /* Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */ + /* to the Adobe's AFM specification for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_Fixed point_size, + FT_Int degree, + FT_Fixed* akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only */ + /* works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* buffer_max :: The maximum number of bytes available in the */ + /* buffer. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is */ + /* copied to. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */ + /* the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first */ + /* byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too */ + /* long. The returned string is always zero-terminated. */ + /* */ + /* Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that */ + /* glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called */ + /* `.notdef'). */ + /* */ + /* This function always returns an error if the config macro */ + /* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is not defined in `ftoptions.h'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Pointer buffer, + FT_UInt buffer_max ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. */ + /* This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with */ + /* it. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in */ + /* `freetype.h'). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if no charmap in the face */ + /* corresponds to the encoding queried here. */ + /* */ + /* Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode */ + /* encoding, this function has some special code to select the one */ + /* that covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap is */ + /* preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to */ + /* @FT_Set_Charmap in this case. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_Encoding encoding ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of */ + /* the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps' */ + /* table). */ + /* */ + /* It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_Charmap_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve index of a given charmap. + * + * @input: + * charmap :: + * A handle to a charmap. + * + * @return: + * The index into the array of character maps within the face to which + * `charmap' belongs. If an error occurs, -1 is returned. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function */ + /* uses a charmap object to do the mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: The character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the */ + /* file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to */ + /* the `missing glyph'. If the first glyph is not named `.notdef', */ + /* then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into */ + /* the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to */ + /* the position `.notdef' had. For Type~1 fonts, if there is no */ + /* `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and */ + /* whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42 */ + /* fonts are considered invalid under this condition. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_First_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the first character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face. It also returns the */ + /* corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of first character code. 0~if charmap is */ + /* empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's first character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to */ + /* parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code */ + /* should look like this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ULong charcode; */ + /* FT_UInt gindex; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex ); */ + /* while ( gindex != 0 ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ... */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex ); */ + /* } */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Be aware that character codes can have values up to 0xFFFFFFFF; */ + /* this might happen for non-Unicode or malformed cmaps. However, */ + /* even with regular Unicode encoding, so-called `last resort fonts' */ + /* (using SFNT cmap format 13, see function @FT_Get_CMap_Format) */ + /* normally have entries for all Unicode characters up to 0x1FFFFF, */ + /* which can cause *a lot* of iterations. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty. The */ + /* result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or */ + /* if the value~0 is the first valid character code. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Next_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the next character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code', */ + /* as well as the corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* char_code :: The starting character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of next character code. 0~if charmap */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's next character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk */ + /* over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the */ + /* note for this function for a simple code example. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in */ + /* the charmap. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses */ + /* driver specific objects to do the translation. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_name :: The glyph name. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_String* glyph_name ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the + * TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags. + * + * @values: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS :: + * + */ +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS 1 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE 8 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE 0x40 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 0x80 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS 0x200 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if + * `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is + * returned otherwise. + * + * @input: + * glyph :: + * The source glyph slot. + * + * sub_index :: + * The index of the subglyph. Must be less than + * `glyph->num_subglyphs'. + * + * @output: + * p_index :: + * The glyph index of the subglyph. + * + * p_flags :: + * The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX. + * + * p_arg1 :: + * The subglyph's first argument (if any). + * + * p_arg2 :: + * The subglyph's second argument (if any). + * + * p_transform :: + * The subglyph transformation (if any). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be + * interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'. See the + * TrueType specification for details. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot glyph, + FT_UInt sub_index, + FT_Int *p_index, + FT_UInt *p_flags, + FT_Int *p_arg1, + FT_Int *p_arg2, + FT_Matrix *p_transform ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table */ + /* in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a */ + /* PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by */ + /* @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */ + /* and subsetting restrictions associated with a font. */ + /* */ + /* See */ + /* http://www.adobe.com/content/dam/Adobe/en/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf */ + /* for more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently */ + /* installed on the remote system by an application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */ + /* or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */ + /* the font software copyright owner. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily */ + /* loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & */ + /* Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied */ + /* to the document. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be */ + /* installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview */ + /* & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */ + /* for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to */ + /* embedding. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY :: */ + /* If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be */ + /* embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no */ + /* bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The flags are ORed together, thus more than a single value can be */ + /* returned. */ + /* */ + /* While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */ + /* license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */ + /* font in this way. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0000 +#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING 0x0002 +#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING 0x0004 +#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0008 +#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING 0x0100 +#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY 0x0200 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the fsType flags for a font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */ + /* in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure, which is only guaranteed to */ + /* return the correct results for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.8 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort ) + FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_variants */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Variants */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation */ + /* Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey */ + /* area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically */ + /* distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to */ + /* introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a */ + /* Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors */ + /* (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge */ + /* code range for CJK characters. */ + /* */ + /* An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer */ + /* to Unicode Technical Standard #37, the Ideographic Variation */ + /* Database: */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr37/ */ + /* */ + /* To date (November 2014), the character with the most variants is */ + /* U+9089, having 32 such IVS. */ + /* */ + /* Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable */ + /* (format~14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */ + /* input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants */ + /* supported by the font. */ + /* */ + /* A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'. A default */ + /* variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */ + /* up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a */ + /* different glyph. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by */ + /* the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode code point of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means either `undefined character code', or */ + /* `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap */ + /* subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within */ + /* the file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds */ + /* to the `missing glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only meaningful if */ + /* a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, */ + /* and */ + /* b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */ + /* be found in the `cmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the */ + /* variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation */ + /* selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */ + /* no valid variant selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* for the specified character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of variant selector code points that are */ + /* active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */ + /* the specified variant selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The variant selector code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A list of all the code points that are specified by this selector */ + /* (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */ + /* is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Computations */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Crunching fixed numbers and vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various functions used to perform */ + /* computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */ + /* with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer */ + /* whenever necessary). */ + /* */ + /* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */ + /* operations, but is at least completely portable. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. */ + /* c :: The divisor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */ + /* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */ + /* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulDiv( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b, + FT_Long c ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time this is */ + /* used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */ + /* possible (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute */ + /* value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */ + /* As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to */ + /* fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed */ + /* improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x. */ + /* */ + /* As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the */ + /* _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great */ + /* difference. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time, this is */ + /* used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The numerator. */ + /* b :: The denominator. Use a 16.16 factor here. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_DivFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number to be rounded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* `a' rounded to nearest 16.16 fixed integer, halfway cases away */ + /* from zero. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* `a' rounded towards plus infinity. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* `a' rounded towards minus infinity. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* vector :: The target vector to transform. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector* vec, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* version */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* FreeType Version */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions and macros related to FreeType versions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because */ + /* even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes */ + /* increases the version number. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Library_Version */ + /* */ + /* FREETYPE_MAJOR */ + /* FREETYPE_MINOR */ + /* FREETYPE_PATCH */ + /* */ + /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */ + /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */ + /* */ + /* FREETYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FREETYPE_XXX + * + * @description: + * These three macros identify the FreeType source code version. + * Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime. + * + * @values: + * FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number. + * FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number. + * FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level. + * + * @note: + * The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library + * with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three + * macros. + * + */ +#define FREETYPE_MAJOR 2 +#define FREETYPE_MINOR 6 +#define FREETYPE_PATCH 3 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Library_Version */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is */ + /* useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot */ + /* use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and */ + /* @FREETYPE_PATCH. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A source library handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amajor :: The major version number. */ + /* */ + /* aminor :: The minor version number. */ + /* */ + /* apatch :: The patch version number. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */ + /* certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way */ + /* that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* In such cases, the library version might not be available before */ + /* the library object has been created. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Library_Version( FT_Library library, + FT_Int *amajor, + FT_Int *aminor, + FT_Int *apatch ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, does nothing. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Always returns false. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, does nothing. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* value :: New boolean setting. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Always returns false. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool value ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FREETYPE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b22bb27a --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ft2build.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ft2build.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */ + /* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */ + /* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */ + /* including `ft2build.h'). */ + /* */ + /* A typical example is */ + /* */ + /* #include <ft2build.h> */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_ +#define FT2BUILD_H_ + +#include "config/ftheader.h" + +#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..023dd84b --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftadvanc.h */ +/* */ +/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2008-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTADVANC_H_ +#define FTADVANC_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * quick_advance + * + * @title: + * Quick retrieval of advance values + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing + * glyph outlines, if possible. + * + * @description: + * This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values + * without handling glyph outlines, if possible. + * + * @order: + * FT_Get_Advance + * FT_Get_Advances + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */ + /* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */ + /* */ + /* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */ + /* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */ + /* quick advance computation. */ + /* */ + /* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */ + /* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */ + /* quickly. */ + /* */ + /* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */ + /* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */ + /* comparison. */ + /* */ +#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advance */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */ + /* @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */ + /* of advances you need. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */ + /* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */ + /* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */ + /* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */ + /* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvance ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advances */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */ + /* @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* start :: The first glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */ + /* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */ + /* */ + /* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */ + /* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */ + /* Otherwise, they are in font units. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */ + /* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */ + /* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */ + /* @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt start, + FT_UInt count, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvances ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8052dd23 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftautoh.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2012-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTAUTOH_H_ +#define FTAUTOH_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * auto_hinter + * + * @title: + * The auto-hinter + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the auto-hinting module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for + * historical reasons. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * glyph-to-script-map + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs. + * Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is + * auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and + * the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see + * below. + * + * OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than + * character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.), + * to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features + * can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of + * FreeType. + * + * The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter + * sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an + * array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face + * structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to + * this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the + * modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by + * the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes + * actually uses the modified mapping. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting + * the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter", + * "glyph-to-script-map", &prop ); + * + * // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here + * + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ); + * } + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to + * specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a + * particular glyph. + * + * @values: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE :: + * Don't auto-hint this glyph. + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN :: + * Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a + * very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters + * from those scripts share the same design constraints. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters) + * U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters) + * U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A + * U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B + * U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions + * U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters + * U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks + * U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic + * U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic + * U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement + * U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions + * U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement + * U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement + * U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional + * U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended + * U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation + * U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts + * U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols + * U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms + * U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics + * U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C + * U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A + * U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation + * U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B + * U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D + * U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures) + * U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + * U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK :: + * Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old + * Vietnamese, and some other scripts. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo + * U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement + * U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals + * U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters + * U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation + * U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana + * U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana + * U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo + * U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo + * U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun + * U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended + * U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes + * U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + * U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months + * U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility + * U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A + * U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols + * U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs + * U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A + * U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables + * U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B + * U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs + * U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms + * U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms + * U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms + * U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement + * U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols + * U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement + * U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B + * U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C + * U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D + * U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC :: + * Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the + * Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao, + * or Tibetan. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range + * U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan + * U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu + * U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese + * U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak + * U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri + * U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada + * } + * + * Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue + * zone support. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_UShort* map; + + } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * fallback-script + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a + * fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the + * @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is + * @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property, + * this fallback value can be changed. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "fallback-script", &fallback_script ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The + * creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the + * fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a + * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting + * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created + * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the + * auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * default-script + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make + * the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better + * glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be + * used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table. + * Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not + * explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature, + * containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to + * form a `TEL' ligature. + * + * By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the + * `default-script' property, this default value can be changed. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "default-script", &default_script ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The + * creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the + * default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a + * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting + * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created + * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the + * auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * increase-x-height + * + * @description: + * For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round + * up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value + * is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use + * this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if + * necessary. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * prop.limit = 14; + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "increase-x-height", &prop ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before + * loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter). + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight + * + * @description: + * The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_UInt limit; + + } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * warping + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to + * activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property + * switches warping on and off. + * + * Warping only works in `light' auto-hinting mode. The idea of the + * code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the non-hinted + * dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as much of + * its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid. To find out a + * glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter + * combinations are tried and scored. + * + * By default, warping is off. The example below shows how to switch on + * warping (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Bool warping = 1; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "warping", &warping ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * The warping code can also change advance widths. Have a look at the + * `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure + * for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering. + * + * Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to + * change its value before rendering any face. Otherwise, you should + * reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `light' hinting mode. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * no-stem-darkening[autofit] + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only,* *requires* *linear* *alpha* *blending* *and* + * *gamma* *correction* + * + * Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more + * readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending + * and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph. When not using linear + * alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and + * fuzzy! + * + * Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are + * shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the + * original intention to the reality of our screens. The side-effect is + * that glyphs `thin out'. Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font + * rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at + * smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate. By emboldening a glyph + * slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher + * coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'. This + * counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable + * at smaller sizes. All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will + * be emboldened unless this property is set to TRUE. + * + * See the description of the CFF driver for algorithmic details. Total + * consistency with the CFF driver is currently not achieved because the + * emboldening method differs and glyphs must be scaled down on the + * Y-axis to keep outline points inside their precomputed blue zones. + * The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and down), the higher the loss + * of emboldening versus the CFF driver. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * darkening-parameters[autofit] + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * See the description of the CFF driver for details. This + * implementation appropriates the + * CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_* #defines for consistency. + * Note the differences described in @no-stem-darkening[autofit]. + * + */ + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTAUTOH_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a4d2144 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbbox.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */ + /* boxes. */ + /* */ + /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */ + /* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBBOX_H_ +#define FTBBOX_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */ + /* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */ + /* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */ + /* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */ + /* extract their extrema. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *abbox ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..016dba08 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbdf.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBDF_H_ +#define FTBDF_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bdf_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BDF and PCF Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* BDF and PCF specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */ + /* and PCF fonts. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * BDF_PropertyType + * + * @description: + * A list of BDF property types. + * + * @values: + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE :: + * Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM :: + * Property is a string atom. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER :: + * Property is a 32-bit signed integer. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL :: + * Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ + typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_ + { + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3 + + } BDF_PropertyType; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given + * BDF/PCF property. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * BDF_PropertyRec + * + * @description: + * This structure models a given BDF/PCF property. + * + * @fields: + * type :: + * The property type. + * + * u.atom :: + * The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be + * NULL, indicating an empty string. + * + * u.integer :: + * A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER. + * + * u.cardinal :: + * An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_ + { + BDF_PropertyType type; + union { + const char* atom; + FT_Int32 integer; + FT_UInt32 cardinal; + + } u; + + } BDF_PropertyRec; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to + * the BDF specification. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * acharset_encoding :: + * Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * acharset_registry :: + * Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face, + const char* *acharset_encoding, + const char* *acharset_registry ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * name :: The property name. + * + * @output: + * aproperty :: The property. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error + * otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the + * font. + * + * A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES + * ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the + * `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font. + * + * Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts; + * consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value + * for BDF fonts only. + * + * In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to + * @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face, + const char* prop_name, + BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0eac7b9d --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbitmap.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_ +#define FTBITMAP_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bitmap_handling */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Bitmap Handling */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */ + /* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Init */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /* deprecated */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy a bitmap into another one. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */ + /* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */ + /* borders are kept unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */ + /* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */ + /* */ + /* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */ + /* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */ + /* */ + /* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */ + /* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap* bitmap, + FT_Pos xStrength, + FT_Pos yStrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Convert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */ + /* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */ + /* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: The source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */ + /* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */ + /* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */ + /* */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target, + FT_Int alignment ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: The glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is to be used in combination with */ + /* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap *bitmap ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7f2eee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbzip2.h */ +/* */ +/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2010-2016 by */ +/* Joel Klinghed. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_ +#define FTBZIP2_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bzip2 */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BZIP2 Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenBzip2 + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream + * from it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c9f2c42 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcache.h @@ -0,0 +1,1057 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcache.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Cache subsystem (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTCACHE_H_ +#define FTCACHE_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * <Section> + * cache_subsystem + * + * <Title> + * Cache Sub-System + * + * <Abstract> + * How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2. + * + * <Description> + * This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used + * to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size + * objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph + * images while limiting their maximum memory usage. + * + * Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix. + * + * The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the + * fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies + * the following scheme: + * + * First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by + * @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that + * the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to + * interpret them in any way. + * + * Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function + * to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object. The latter is + * then completely managed by the cache, including its termination + * through @FT_Done_Face. To monitor termination of face objects, the + * finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can + * be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the + * face. + * + * Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple + * usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is + * used to call @FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also + * possible. + * + * Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be + * *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not + * change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid. + * + * If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime), + * you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let + * the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may + * keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour + * or even crashes. + * + * To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new + * @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can + * then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with + * @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively. + * + * If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then + * later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of + * @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster. + * + * If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then + * later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding + * @FT_Glyph objects from the cache. + * + * If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient + * to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This + * returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small + * bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and + * dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers). + * + * We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future. + * + * + * <Order> + * FTC_Manager + * FTC_FaceID + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * FTC_Manager_New + * FTC_Manager_Reset + * FTC_Manager_Done + * FTC_Manager_LookupFace + * FTC_Manager_LookupSize + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * FTC_Node + * FTC_Node_Unref + * + * FTC_ImageCache + * FTC_ImageCache_New + * FTC_ImageCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_SBit + * FTC_SBitCache + * FTC_SBitCache_New + * FTC_SBitCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_CMapCache + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + *************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: FTC_FaceID + * + * @description: + * An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The + * contents of such objects is application-dependent. + * + * These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined + * structure containing a font file path, and face index. + * + * @note: + * Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID. + * + * Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager that calls, + * when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new + * @FT_Face objects. + * + * If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value + * becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should + * immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache + * function. + * + * Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even + * memory leaks and crashes. + */ + typedef FT_Pointer FTC_FaceID; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @functype: + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * @description: + * A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by + * the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid + * @FT_Face object, on demand. + * + * <Input> + * face_id :: + * The face ID to resolve. + * + * library :: + * A handle to a FreeType library object. + * + * req_data :: + * Application-provided request data (see note below). + * + * <Output> + * aface :: + * A new @FT_Face handle. + * + * <Return> + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * <Note> + * The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the + * client when @FTC_Manager_New is called. + * + * The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned + * face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a + * transformation through @FT_Set_Transform! + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Library library, + FT_Pointer req_data, + FT_Face* aface ); + + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CACHE MANAGER OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Manager */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. */ + /* It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with */ + /* corresponding @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened */ + /* @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the */ + /* `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New. */ + /* */ + /* The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while */ + /* limiting their total memory usage. */ + /* */ + /* All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects */ + /* in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room */ + /* for new ones. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_* FTC_Manager; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Node */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is */ + /* reference-counted. A node with a count of~0 might be flushed */ + /* out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed. */ + /* */ + /* If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, */ + /* i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the */ + /* node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly */ + /* `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref). */ + /* */ + /* See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_* FTC_Node; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: The parent FreeType library handle to use. */ + /* */ + /* max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */ + /* Use~0 for defaults. Note that this value does not */ + /* account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate */ + /* face IDs into real @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* req_data :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester */ + /* each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amanager :: A handle to a new manager object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt max_faces, + FT_UInt max_sizes, + FT_ULong max_bytes, + FTC_Face_Requester requester, + FT_Pointer req_data, + FTC_Manager *amanager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Reset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the */ + /* currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the manager. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given manager after emptying it. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupFace */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID */ + /* through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* face_id :: The ID of the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it yourself. */ + /* */ + /* The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */ + /* (i.e., face->size can be~0). If you need a specific `font size', */ + /* use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead. */ + /* */ + /* Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call */ + /* the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need */ + /* to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading. */ + /* */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given character size in either */ + /* pixels or points to the cache manager. See */ + /* @FTC_Manager_LookupSize. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face_id :: The source face ID. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The character width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The character height. */ + /* */ + /* pixel :: A Boolean. If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are */ + /* interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. */ + /* Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points. */ + /* */ + /* x_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* y_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the */ + /* cache manager. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_UInt width; + FT_UInt height; + FT_Int pixel; + FT_UInt x_res; + FT_UInt y_res; + + } FTC_ScalerRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_Scaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_* FTC_Scaler; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupSize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given */ + /* @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A scaler handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to the size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it by yourself. */ + /* */ + /* You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face' */ + /* if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the */ + /* manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_Size *asize ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Node_Unref */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count */ + /* reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */ + /* cache flushes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The cache node handle. */ + /* */ + /* manager :: The cache manager handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node node, + FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * @description: + * A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that + * a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its + * content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * The cache manager handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The @FTC_FaceID to be removed. + * + * @note: + * This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this + * `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference + * count. + * + * Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear + * in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately + * destroyed when released by all their users. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_CMapCache + * + * @description: + * An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to + * hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_* FTC_CMapCache; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new charmap cache. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * A handle to the cache manager. + * + * @output: + * acache :: + * A new cache handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache + * manager. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_CMapCache *acache ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + * @description: + * Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap + * cache. + * + * @input: + * cache :: + * A charmap cache handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The source face ID. + * + * cmap_index :: + * The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value + * means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap. + * + * char_code :: + * The character code (in the corresponding charmap). + * + * @return: + * Glyph index. 0~means `no glyph'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache cache, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Int cmap_index, + FT_UInt32 char_code ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** IMAGE CACHE OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FTC_ImageTypeRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache. + * + * @fields: + * face_id :: + * The face ID. + * + * width :: + * The width in pixels. + * + * height :: + * The height in pixels. + * + * flags :: + * The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_UInt width; + FT_UInt height; + FT_Int32 flags; + + } FTC_ImageTypeRec; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_ImageType + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_* FTC_ImageType; + + + /* */ + + +#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 ) \ + ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \ + (d1)->width == (d2)->width && \ + (d1)->flags == (d2)->flags ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a glyph image cache object. They are designed to */ + /* hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain */ + /* memory threshold. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_* FTC_ImageCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: The parent manager for the image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_ImageCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + /* Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached */ + /* glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBit */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the @FTC_SBitRec */ + /* structure for details. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_* FTC_SBit; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_SBitRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: The bitmap width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The bitmap height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the */ + /* left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or */ + /* `lsb'). */ + /* */ + /* top :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the */ + /* baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top */ + /* side bearing'). The distance is positive for upwards */ + /* y~coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray). */ + /* */ + /* max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255). */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive */ + /* or negative. */ + /* */ + /* xadvance :: The horizontal advance width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* yadvance :: The vertical advance height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_ + { + FT_Byte width; + FT_Byte height; + FT_Char left; + FT_Char top; + + FT_Byte format; + FT_Byte max_grays; + FT_Short pitch; + FT_Char xadvance; + FT_Char yadvance; + + FT_Byte* buffer; + + } FTC_SBitRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects */ + /* used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a */ + /* much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache */ + /* implemented by @FTC_ImageCache. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_* FTC_SBitCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the source cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_SBitCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and */ + /* `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTCACHE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9dea980a --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcffdrv.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTCFFDRV_H_ +#define FTCFFDRV_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * cff_driver + * + * @title: + * The CFF driver + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the CFF driver module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The list below gives the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * The CFF driver's module name is `cff'. + * + * *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine* + * + * The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender + * height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the + * amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical + * features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus + * representing the stem position and weight accurately. Sometimes the + * vertical stems may be only partially black. In this context, + * `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel + * borders, causing a fuzzy appearance. + * + * There are two principles behind this approach. + * + * 1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted' + * TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular + * inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in + * representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing + * designed for the font. This makes the screen display as close as it + * can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while + * preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph. + * Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at + * small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be + * noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied. + * + * One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD + * screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three + * vertical sub-pixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible + * pixel. On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is + * present a rasterizer can take advantage of the sub-pixels to add + * increments of weight. In Western writing systems this turns out to + * be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of + * vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek, + * and Latin type designs. Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale + * antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one + * doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical + * features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than + * aliased type would. + * + * 2) Aligment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the + * y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual + * alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height). The + * sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit + * edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of + * 1/3 pixels) is less of a problem. + * + * On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender, + * x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called + * `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently, + * each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of + * overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling. + * + * Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align + * horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be + * `captured' and are aligned to that zone. Uncaptured stems are moved + * in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down. + * Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken + * to minimize distortion. + * + * @order: + * hinting-engine + * no-stem-darkening[cff] + * darkening-parameters[cff] + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * hinting-engine + * + * @description: + * Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing) + * engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if + * compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE. If this configuration + * macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing. + * + * The default engine is `freetype' if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is + * defined, and `adobe' otherwise. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting + * engine (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select + * the hinting engine for CFF fonts. + * + * @values: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE :: + * Use the old FreeType hinting engine. + * + * FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE :: + * Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0 +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * no-stem-darkening[cff] + * + * @description: + * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes, + * regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. This feature requires + * a rendering system with proper gamma correction. Setting this + * property, stem darkening gets switched off. + * + * Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * darkening-parameters[cff] + * + * @description: + * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems as follows (if the + * `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set): + * + * { + * stem width <= 0.5px: darkening amount = 0.4px + * stem width = 1px: darkening amount = 0.275px + * stem width = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px + * stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px + * } + * + * and piecewise linear in-between. At configuration time, these four + * control points can be set with the macro + * `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'. At runtime, the control + * points can be changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as + * the following example demonstrates. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Int darken_params[8] = { 500, 300, // x1, y1 + * 1000, 200, // x2, y2 + * 1500, 100, // x3, y3 + * 2000, 0 }; // x4, y4 + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "darkening-parameters", darken_params ); + * } + * + * The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening + * amount. The unit is 1000th of pixels. All coordinate values must be + * positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the + * y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or + * equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each + * linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4). + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTCFFDRV_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab438953 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */ +/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* general_remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* General Remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* header_inclusion */ +/* user_allocation */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* core_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Core API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* version */ +/* basic_types */ +/* base_interface */ +/* glyph_variants */ +/* glyph_management */ +/* mac_specific */ +/* sizes_management */ +/* header_file_macros */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* format_specific */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Format-Specific API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* multiple_masters */ +/* truetype_tables */ +/* type1_tables */ +/* sfnt_names */ +/* bdf_fonts */ +/* cid_fonts */ +/* pfr_fonts */ +/* winfnt_fonts */ +/* font_formats */ +/* gasp_table */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* module_specific */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Controlling FreeType Modules */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* auto_hinter */ +/* cff_driver */ +/* tt_driver */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Cache Sub-System */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* support_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Support API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* computations */ +/* list_processing */ +/* outline_processing */ +/* quick_advance */ +/* bitmap_handling */ +/* raster */ +/* glyph_stroker */ +/* system_interface */ +/* module_management */ +/* gzip */ +/* lzw */ +/* bzip2 */ +/* lcd_filtering */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* error_codes */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Error Codes */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* error_enumerations */ +/* error_code_values */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..140f2f87 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftcid.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcid.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */ +/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTCID_H_ +#define FTCID_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cid_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* CID Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* CID-keyed font specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the + * "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * registry :: + * The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * ordering :: + * The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * supplement :: + * The supplement. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.6 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face, + const char* *registry, + const char* *ordering, + FT_Int *supplement); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In + * constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns + * successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * is_cid :: + * The type of the face as an @FT_Bool. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool *is_cid ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * glyph_index :: + * The input glyph index. + * + * @output: + * cid :: + * The CID as an @FT_UInt. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_UInt *cid ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTCID_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f53dd58 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrdef.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error codes (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* error_code_values */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Error Code Values */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */ + /* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */ + /* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */ + /* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */ + /* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */ + /* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */ + /* used by FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */ + /* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */ + /* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */ + /* */ + /* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */ + /* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */ + /* generate a list of error strings. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Err_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /* generic errors */ + + FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, + "no error" ) + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, + "cannot open resource" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, + "unknown file format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, + "broken file" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, + "invalid FreeType version" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, + "module version is too low" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, + "invalid argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, + "unimplemented feature" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, + "broken table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, + "broken offset within table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, + "array allocation size too large" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, + "missing module" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, + "missing property" ) + + /* glyph/character errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, + "invalid glyph index" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, + "invalid character code" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, + "unsupported glyph image format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, + "cannot render this glyph format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, + "invalid outline" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, + "invalid composite glyph" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, + "too many hints" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, + "invalid pixel size" ) + + /* handle errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, + "invalid object handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, + "invalid library handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, + "invalid module handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, + "invalid face handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, + "invalid size handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, + "invalid glyph slot handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, + "invalid charmap handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, + "invalid cache manager handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, + "invalid stream handle" ) + + /* driver errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, + "too many modules" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, + "too many extensions" ) + + /* memory errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, + "out of memory" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, + "unlisted object" ) + + /* stream errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, + "cannot open stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, + "invalid stream seek" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, + "invalid stream skip" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, + "invalid stream read" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, + "invalid stream operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, + "invalid frame operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, + "nested frame access" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, + "invalid frame read" ) + + /* raster errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, + "raster uninitialized" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, + "raster corrupted" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, + "raster overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, + "negative height while rastering" ) + + /* cache errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, + "too many registered caches" ) + + /* TrueType and SFNT errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, + "invalid opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, + "too few arguments" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, + "stack overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, + "code overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, + "bad argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, + "division by zero" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, + "invalid reference" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, + "found debug opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, + "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, + "nested DEFS" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, + "invalid code range" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, + "execution context too long" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, + "too many function definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, + "too many instruction definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, + "SFNT font table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, + "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, + "locations (loca) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, + "name table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, + "character map (cmap) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, + "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, + "PostScript (post) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, + "invalid horizontal metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, + "invalid character map (cmap) format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, + "invalid ppem value" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, + "invalid vertical metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, + "could not find context" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, + "invalid PostScript (post) table format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, + "invalid PostScript (post) table" ) + + /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, + "opcode syntax error" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, + "argument stack underflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, + "ignore" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, + "no Unicode glyph name found" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, + "glyph too big for hinting" ) + + /* BDF errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, + "`STARTFONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, + "`FONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, + "`SIZE' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, + "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, + "`CHARS' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, + "`STARTCHAR' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, + "`ENCODING' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, + "`BBX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, + "`BBX' too big" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, + "Font header corrupted or missing fields" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, + "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" ) + + /* */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e15bfb00 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fterrors.h @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrors.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* error_enumerations */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Error Enumerations */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to handle errors and error strings. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */ + /* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */ + /* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */ + /* with a small macro trick explained below. */ + /* */ + /* *Error* *Formats* */ + /* */ + /* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */ + /* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */ + /* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */ + /* with standard builds of FreeType 2, however). See the file */ + /* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */ + /* */ + /* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */ + /* */ + /* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */ + /* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */ + /* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType 2 to */ + /* save space (most client applications do not use them). */ + /* */ + /* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */ + /* this file. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */ + /* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */ + /* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */ + /* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* This macro ends the list. */ + /* */ + /* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including */ + /* this file. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a simple example. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef FTERRORS_H_ */ + /* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int err_code; */ + /* const char* err_msg; */ + /* } ft_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */ + /* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /* */ + + /* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'. However, */ + /* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */ + /* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */ + /* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */ + /* */ + /* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */ + /* */ + /* work for backwards compatibility. */ + /* */ +#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) ) +#define FTERRORS_H_ +#define __FTERRORS_H__ + + + /* include module base error codes */ +#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */ + /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_ +#endif + + + /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + +#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base +#endif + +#else + +#undef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE 0 + +#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */ + + + /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */ + /* enumeration type. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF + +#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v, +#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */ + + + /* this macro is used to define an error */ +#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s ) + + /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */ +#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s ) + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST + FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#endif + + + /* now include the error codes */ +#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + FT_ERROR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + +#undef FT_ERRORDEF +#undef FT_ERRORDEF_ +#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_ + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C +#undef FT_ERR_BASE + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */ +#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#endif + +#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd423247 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftfntfmt.h */ +/* */ +/* Support functions for font formats. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_ +#define FTFNTFMT_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* font_formats */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Font Formats */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Getting the font format. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */ + /* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */ + /* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */ + /* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Font_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */ + /* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */ + /* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */ + /* */ + /* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* Input face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* A deprecated name for the same function is */ + /* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face ); + + + /* deprecated */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f5b3bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgasp.h */ +/* */ +/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGASP_H_ +#define FTGASP_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * gasp_table + * + * @title: + * Gasp Table + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries. + * + * @description: + * The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType + * font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is + * mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the + * bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results. + */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_GASP_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp + * function. + * + * @values: + * FT_GASP_NO_TABLE :: + * This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face. + * It is up to the client to decide what to do. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem. + * This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit + * is not set, no hinting gets applied. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRAY :: + * Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem. + * If not set, do monochrome rendering. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING :: + * If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing. + * + * @note: + * The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be + * used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that, + * `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to + * be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and + * `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored). + * + * `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly + * protected by patents. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ +#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_Gasp + * + * @description: + * Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and + * return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size. + * + * @input: + * face :: The source face handle. + * ppem :: The vertical character pixel size. + * + * @return: + * Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no + * `gasp' table in the face. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt ppem ); + + /* */ + + +#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9840a81 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h @@ -0,0 +1,605 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftglyph.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */ + /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */ + /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */ + /* */ + /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */ + /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */ + /* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_ +#define FTGLYPH_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */ + /* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */ + /* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* forward declaration to a private type */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */ + /* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */ + /* bitmap or pointer. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */ + /* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */ + /* @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */ + /* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz; + FT_Glyph_Format format; + FT_Vector advance; + + } FT_GlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */ + /* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */ + /* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */ + /* from the current pen position to the left border of the */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */ + /* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */ + /* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */ + /* the bitmap's contents easily. */ + /* */ + /* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Int left; + FT_Int top; + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + + } FT_BitmapGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */ + /* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */ + /* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */ + /* the outline's content easily. */ + /* */ + /* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */ + /* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */ + /* */ + /* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */ + /* destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Outline outline; + + } FT_OutlineGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */ + /* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Glyph *aglyph ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */ + /* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */ + /* advance vector. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */ + /* Return unscaled font units. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */ + /* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */ + /* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_ + { + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3 + + } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED +#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS +#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT +#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE +#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */ + /* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */ + /* bounding box values. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */ + /* convention. */ + /* */ + /* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */ + /* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */ + /* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */ + /* is another name for this constant. */ + /* */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */ + /* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */ + /* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */ + /* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */ + /* which corresponds to: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */ + /* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */ + /* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */ + /* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */ + /* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_UInt bbox_mode, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */ + /* rendered. */ + /* */ + /* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */ + /* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */ + /* translation). The origin is expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixels. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */ + /* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */ + /* never destroyed in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */ + /* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */ + /* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyph; */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* // load glyph */ + /* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */ + /* */ + /* // extract glyph image */ + /* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */ + /* */ + /* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */ + /* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */ + /* { */ + /* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */ + /* 0, 1 ); */ + /* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* // access bitmap content by typecasting */ + /* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */ + /* */ + /* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Here another example, again without error handling: */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */ + /* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode, + FT_Vector* origin, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + /* */ + + + /* other helpful functions */ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a, + FT_Matrix* b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */ + /* case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a58e86a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgxval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */ +/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */ +/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_ +#define FTGXVAL_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gx_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */ + /* trak, prop, lcar). */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */ + /* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */ + /* FT_ClassicKern_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */ + /* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0 +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1 +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2 +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3 +#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4 +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5 +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6 +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7 +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8 +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * + * @description: + * The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter + * for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1) + + /* */ + + /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid. + Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \ + ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to + * indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_feat :: + * Validate `feat' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_mort :: + * Validate `mort' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_morx :: + * Validate `morx' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_bsln :: + * Validate `bsln' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_just :: + * Validate `just' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_kern :: + * Validate `kern' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_opbd :: + * Validate `opbd' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_trak :: + * Validate `trak' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_prop :: + * Validate `prop' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_lcar :: + * Validate `lcar' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GX :: + * Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, + * opbd, trak, prop and lcar). + * + */ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \ + FT_VALIDATE_mort | \ + FT_VALIDATE_morx | \ + FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \ + FT_VALIDATE_just | \ + FT_VALIDATE_kern | \ + FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \ + FT_VALIDATE_trak | \ + FT_VALIDATE_prop | \ + FT_VALIDATE_lcar ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values. + * + * table_length :: + * The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * should be passed. + * + * @output: + * tables :: + * The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. + * The array itself must be allocated by a client. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the + * application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have + * the ability to validate the sfnt table. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH], + FT_UInt table_length ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected + * type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as + * invalid. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_MS :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_APPLE :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERN :: + * Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets + * and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without error + * checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both + * the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * ckern_table :: + * A pointer to the kern table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *ckern_table ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e658b0d --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgzip.h */ +/* */ +/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTGZIP_H_ +#define FTGZIP_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gzip */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* GZIP Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using gzip-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenGzip + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from + * it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Gzip_Uncompress + * + * @description: + * Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function + * is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A FreeType memory handle. + * + * input :: + * The input buffer. + * + * input_len :: + * The length of the input buffer. + * + * @output: + * output:: + * The output buffer. + * + * @inout: + * output_len :: + * Before calling the function, this is the the total size of the + * output buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire + * uncompressed data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be + * known in advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the + * size of the used data in `output'. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Byte* output, + FT_ULong* output_len, + const FT_Byte* input, + FT_ULong input_len ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d557c93 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftimage.h @@ -0,0 +1,1214 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftimage.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render */ + /* FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTIMAGE_H_ +#define FTIMAGE_H_ + + + /* STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */ +#ifndef STANDALONE_ +#include <ft2build.h> +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending */ + /* on the context, these can represent distances in integer font */ + /* units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Pos; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of */ + /* the FT_Pos type. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The horizontal coordinate. */ + /* y :: The vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Vector_ + { + FT_Pos x; + FT_Pos y; + + } FT_Vector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the */ + /* coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most). */ + /* */ + /* xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower */ + /* left and the upper right corner. In PostScript, those values are */ + /* often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively. */ + /* */ + /* If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender. */ + /* Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline. */ + /* Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's */ + /* ascender. */ + /* */ + /* `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to */ + /* the left edge of the glyph's bounding box. If `xMin' is negative, */ + /* the glyph extends to the left of the origin. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BBox_ + { + FT_Pos xMin, yMin; + FT_Pos xMax, yMax; + + } FT_BBox; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a */ + /* given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the */ + /* future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel. Note that pixels */ + /* are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that */ + /* the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph */ + /* images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number */ + /* of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the */ + /* @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256). */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 :: */ + /* A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType */ + /* specification. We haven't found a single font using this */ + /* format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 :: */ + /* A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased */ + /* bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. */ + /* We haven't found a single font using this format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times */ + /* wider than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three */ + /* times taller than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA :: */ + /* An image with four 8-bit channels per pixel, representing a */ + /* color image (such as emoticons) with alpha channel. For each */ + /* pixel, the format is BGRA, which means, the blue channel comes */ + /* first in memory. The color channels are pre-multiplied and in */ + /* the sRGB colorspace. For example, full red at half-translucent */ + /* opacity will be represented as `00,00,80,80', not `00,00,FF,80'. */ + /* See also @FT_LOAD_COLOR. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Pixel_Mode_ + { + FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA, + + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_Pixel_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Pixel_Mode' */ + /* values instead. */ +#define ft_pixel_mode_none FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE +#define ft_pixel_mode_mono FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO +#define ft_pixel_mode_grays FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. */ + /* Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the */ + /* `pixel_mode' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* rows :: The number of bitmap rows. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The number of pixels in bitmap row. */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes */ + /* taken by one bitmap row, including padding. */ + /* However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */ + /* a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up' */ + /* flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */ + /* to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `padding' means the alignment of a */ + /* bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions */ + /* normally align to the smallest possible integer */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even */ + /* number. */ + /* */ + /* To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */ + /* multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert. */ + /* Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */ + /* directly render to the application's surface; see */ + /* the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a */ + /* demonstration. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This */ + /* value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in */ + /* most cases. */ + /* */ + /* num_grays :: This field is only used with */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray */ + /* levels used in the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_mode :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. */ + /* See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values. */ + /* */ + /* palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; */ + /* it indicates how the palette is stored. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + /* palette :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this */ + /* field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_ + { + unsigned int rows; + unsigned int width; + int pitch; + unsigned char* buffer; + unsigned short num_grays; + unsigned char pixel_mode; + unsigned char palette_mode; + void* palette; + + } FT_Bitmap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* n_points :: The number of points in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* points :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector */ + /* elements, giving the outline's point coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* tags :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving */ + /* each outline point's type. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve, */ + /* i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is `on' if */ + /* set. */ + /* */ + /* Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only. If set, */ + /* it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */ + /* and a second-order control point if unset. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode */ + /* (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */ + /* is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE */ + /* instruction). */ + /* */ + /* Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes. */ + /* */ + /* contours :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end */ + /* point of each contour within the outline. For */ + /* example, the first contour is defined by the points */ + /* `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by */ + /* the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc. */ + /* */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline */ + /* and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on */ + /* how to convert/grid-fit it. See @FT_OUTLINE_XXX. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the */ + /* first point of each contour. The drop-out mode as given with */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_ + { + short n_contours; /* number of contours in glyph */ + short n_points; /* number of points in the glyph */ + + FT_Vector* points; /* the outline's points */ + char* tags; /* the points flags */ + short* contours; /* the contour end points */ + + int flags; /* outline masks */ + + } FT_Outline; + + /* */ + + /* Following limits must be consistent with */ + /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points} */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX SHRT_MAX +#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX SHRT_MAX + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's */ + /* `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_OWNER :: */ + /* If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays */ + /* (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the */ + /* outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */ + /* If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill */ + /* rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer). */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in */ + /* clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. */ + /* This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction */ + /* (typically for Type~1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in */ + /* an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent */ + /* shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line */ + /* converter to ignore such cases. See below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout */ + /* control. Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See */ + /* below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS :: */ + /* If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them. */ + /* Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See below for */ + /* more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION :: */ + /* This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to */ + /* convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible */ + /* quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note */ + /* that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a */ + /* given scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS :: */ + /* This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a */ + /* single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. */ + /* Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only */ + /* a hint that might be completely ignored by a given */ + /* scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */ + /* and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth */ + /* rasterizer. */ + /* */ + /* There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the */ + /* B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline. */ + /* */ + /* Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in */ + /* the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple */ + /* drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE 0x0 +#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER 0x1 +#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL 0x2 +#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL 0x4 +#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS 0x8 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS 0x10 +#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS 0x20 + +#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION 0x100 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS 0x200 + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_OUTLINE_XXX' values instead */ +#define ft_outline_none FT_OUTLINE_NONE +#define ft_outline_owner FT_OUTLINE_OWNER +#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL +#define ft_outline_reverse_fill FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL +#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS +#define ft_outline_high_precision FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION +#define ft_outline_single_pass FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS + + /* */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag ) ( flag & 3 ) + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON 1 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC 0 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC 2 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE 4 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X 8 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y 16 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \ + FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y ) + +#define FT_Curve_Tag_On FT_CURVE_TAG_ON +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func FT_Outline_MoveToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func FT_Outline_LineToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in */ + /* the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */ + /* and the new target in `to'. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func FT_Outline_ConicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control1, + const FT_Vector* control2, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func FT_Outline_CubicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline */ + /* decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* move_to :: The `move to' emitter. */ + /* */ + /* line_to :: The segment emitter. */ + /* */ + /* conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* shift :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter, but after the shift. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed */ + /* version of the original coordinates (this is important for high */ + /* accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* y' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original */ + /* point coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_Funcs_ + { + FT_Outline_MoveToFunc move_to; + FT_Outline_LineToFunc line_to; + FT_Outline_ConicToFunc conic_to; + FT_Outline_CubicToFunc cubic_to; + + int shift; + FT_Pos delta; + + } FT_Outline_Funcs; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG +#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (unsigned long)_x4 ) +#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph */ + /* image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */ + /* formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register */ + /* their own format. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE :: */ + /* The value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This */ + /* format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to */ + /* report compound glyphs (like accented characters). */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP :: */ + /* The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an */ + /* @FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of */ + /* the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments */ + /* and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you */ + /* generally want to access the `outline' field of the */ + /* @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside */ + /* contours. Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, */ + /* contain glyphs in this format. These are described as */ + /* @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering */ + /* them correctly. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_Format_ + { + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, 'b', 'i', 't', 's' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER, 'p', 'l', 'o', 't' ) + + } FT_Glyph_Format; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Glyph_Format' values instead. */ +#define ft_glyph_format_none FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE +#define ft_glyph_format_composite FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE +#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP +#define ft_glyph_format_outline FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE +#define ft_glyph_format_plotter FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** R A S T E R D E F I N I T I O N S *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into */ + /* a a bitmap. This section contains the public API for rasters. */ + /* */ + /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within */ + /* specific modules called `renderers'. See `ftrender.h' for more */ + /* details on renderers. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* raster */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Scanline Converter */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains technical definitions. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Raster */ + /* FT_Span */ + /* FT_SpanFunc */ + /* */ + /* FT_Raster_Params */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_Funcs */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Raster */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be */ + /* used independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RasterRec_* FT_Raster; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Span */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a single span of gray pixels when */ + /* rendering an anti-aliased bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The span's horizontal start position. */ + /* */ + /* len :: The span's length in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) */ + /* to 255 (foreground). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named */ + /* @FT_SpanFunc that takes the y~coordinate of the span as a */ + /* parameter. */ + /* */ + /* The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less */ + /* gray values, the callback function has to reduce them. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Span_ + { + short x; + unsigned short len; + unsigned char coverage; + + } FT_Span; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_SpanFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in */ + /* order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel */ + /* spans on each scan line. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* y :: The scanline's y~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline. */ + /* */ + /* spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This callback allows client applications to directly render the */ + /* gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces. */ + /* */ + /* This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a */ + /* given background bitmap, and even perform translucency. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value */ + /* defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in */ + /* `ftoption.h'. By default, this value is set to~32, which means */ + /* that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the */ + /* callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in */ + /* order to draw all callbacks. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and */ + /* only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_SpanFunc)( int y, + int count, + const FT_Span* spans, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Raster_Span_Func FT_SpanFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitTest_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, unimplemented. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitSet_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, unimplemented. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA :: This flag is set to indicate that an */ + /* anti-aliased glyph image should be */ + /* generated. Otherwise, it will be */ + /* monochrome (1-bit). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT :: This flag is set to indicate direct */ + /* rendering. In this mode, client */ + /* applications must provide their own span */ + /* callback. This lets them directly */ + /* draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */ + /* If this bit is not set, the target */ + /* pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* Direct rendering is only possible with */ + /* anti-aliased glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP :: This flag is only used in direct */ + /* rendering mode. If set, the output will */ + /* be clipped to a box specified in the */ + /* `clip_box' field of the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* Note that by default, the glyph bitmap */ + /* is clipped to the target pixmap, except */ + /* in direct rendering mode where all spans */ + /* are generated if no clipping box is set. */ + /* */ +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA 0x1 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT 0x2 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP 0x4 + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX' values instead */ +#define ft_raster_flag_default FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT +#define ft_raster_flag_aa FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA +#define ft_raster_flag_direct FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT +#define ft_raster_flag_clip FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Params */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render */ + /* function. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an */ + /* @FT_Outline). */ + /* */ + /* flags :: The rendering flags. */ + /* */ + /* gray_spans :: The gray span drawing callback. */ + /* */ + /* black_spans :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* bit_test :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* bit_set :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing */ + /* callback. */ + /* */ + /* clip_box :: An optional clipping box. It is only used in */ + /* direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here */ + /* should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */ + /* 26.6 fixed-point units). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA */ + /* bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome */ + /* bitmap is generated. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the */ + /* raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel */ + /* spans. This allows direct composition over a pre-existing bitmap */ + /* through user-provided callbacks to perform the span drawing and */ + /* composition. Not supported by the monochrome rasterizer. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Params_ + { + const FT_Bitmap* target; + const void* source; + int flags; + FT_SpanFunc gray_spans; + FT_SpanFunc black_spans; /* unused */ + FT_Raster_BitTest_Func bit_test; /* unused */ + FT_Raster_BitSet_Func bit_set; /* unused */ + void* user; + FT_BBox clip_box; + + } FT_Raster_Params; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to create a new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the memory allocator. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid */ + /* un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In */ + /* practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the */ + /* standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be */ + /* completely ignored by a given raster implementation. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void* memory, + FT_Raster* raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_New_Func FT_Raster_NewFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to destroy a given raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_Done_Func FT_Raster_DoneFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType used to provide an area of memory called the `render */ + /* pool' available to all registered rasters. This was not thread */ + /* safe however and now FreeType never allocates this pool. NULL */ + /* is always passed in as pool_base. */ + /* */ + /* This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */ + /* after a new raster object is created. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Rasters should ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic or stack */ + /* allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is */ + /* passed to the raster constructor). */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned char* pool_base, + unsigned long pool_size ); + +#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func FT_Raster_ResetFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes */ + /* in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or */ + /* simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given */ + /* raster module. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property. */ + /* */ + /* args :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned long mode, + void* args ); + +#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func FT_Raster_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a */ + /* target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* store the rendering parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */ + /* format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an */ + /* @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of */ + /* glyph formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note also that the render function can fail and return a */ + /* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does */ + /* not support direct composition. */ + /* */ + /* XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct */ + /* composition but this should change for the final release (see */ + /* the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c' */ + /* for examples of distinct implementations that support direct */ + /* composition). */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + const FT_Raster_Params* params ); + +#define FT_Raster_Render_Func FT_Raster_RenderFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* glyph_format :: The supported glyph format for this raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_new :: The raster constructor. */ + /* */ + /* raster_reset :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* raster_done :: The raster destructor. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Funcs_ + { + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Raster_NewFunc raster_new; + FT_Raster_ResetFunc raster_reset; + FT_Raster_SetModeFunc raster_set_mode; + FT_Raster_RenderFunc raster_render; + FT_Raster_DoneFunc raster_done; + + } FT_Raster_Funcs; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTIMAGE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46b58b79 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftincrem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTINCREM_H_ +#define FTINCREM_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * incremental + * + * @title: + * Incremental Loading + * + * @abstract: + * Custom Glyph Loading. + * + * @description: + * This section contains various functions used to perform so-called + * `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded + * from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application. + * + * Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font + * file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another + * engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor. + * + * To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an + * @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an + * @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for + * @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example. + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental + * + * @description: + * An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement + * `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support + * embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters), + * where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by + * different values. + * + * @note: + * It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental + * objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + * See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how + * to use incremental objects with FreeType. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_MetricsRec + * + * @description: + * A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned + * by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method. + * + * @fields: + * bearing_x :: + * Left bearing, in font units. + * + * bearing_y :: + * Top bearing, in font units. + * + * advance :: + * Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * advance_v :: + * Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * @note: + * These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the + * value of the `vertical' argument to the function + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_ + { + FT_Long bearing_x; + FT_Long bearing_y; + FT_Long advance; + FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */ + + } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_Metrics + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes + * during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is + * enabled. + * + * Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font + * file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within + * the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the + * *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is + * undefined for any other format. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * @output: + * adata :: + * A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be + * accessed as a read-only byte block). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If this function returns successfully the method + * @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release + * the data bytes. + * + * Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for + * compound glyphs. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Data* adata ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a + * successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * data :: + * A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed + * as a read-only byte block). + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_Data* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index + * before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain + * formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from + * the glyph images proper. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * vertical :: + * If true, return vertical metrics. + * + * ametrics :: + * This parameter is used for both input and output. + * The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are + * not available all the values must be set to zero. + * + * @output: + * ametrics :: + * The replacement glyph metrics in font units. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc) + ( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Bool vertical, + FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_FuncsRec + * + * @description: + * A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data + * incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec. + * + * @fields: + * get_glyph_data :: + * The function to get glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * free_glyph_data :: + * The function to release glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * get_glyph_metrics :: + * The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does + * not provide overriding glyph metrics. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_ + { + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics; + + } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec + * + * @description: + * A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user + * wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with + * @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int; + * FT_Parameter parameter; + * FT_Open_Args open_args; + * + * + * // set up incremental descriptor + * inc_int.funcs = my_funcs; + * inc_int.object = my_object; + * + * // set up optional parameter + * parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL; + * parameter.data = &inc_int; + * + * // set up FT_Open_Args structure + * open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; + * open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; + * open_args.num_params = 1; + * open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument + * + * // open the font + * error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); + * ... + * } + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_ + { + const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs; + FT_Incremental object; + + } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_Interface + * + * @description: + * A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure. + * + */ + typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate + * an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e06a8957 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlcdfil.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2006-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_ +#define FTLCDFIL_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * lcd_filtering + * + * @title: + * LCD Filtering + * + * @abstract: + * Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps. + * + * @description: + * Subpixel rendering exploits the color-striped structure of LCD + * pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of the + * stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these + * subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe + * color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a + * low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps + * generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of + * the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image + * slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain. + * + * Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is + * *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to + * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file + * in order to activate it and explicitly call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter + * to enable it. + * + * A filter should have two properties: + * + * 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components + * should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this + * target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going + * over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that + * increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion + * and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem + * darkening. + * + * 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}' + * where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one + * subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution + * but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements + * remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized + * when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph + * onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph. + * + * Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled' + * filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal + * gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are + * fuzzier but more tolerant. + * + * Examples: + * + * - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor + * normalized. + * + * - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not + * normalized. + * + * - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not + * balanced. + * + * - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not + * balanced. + * + * - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost + * balanced. + * + * - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost + * balanced. + * + * The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, + * @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. It does _not_ affect the output + * of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap. + * + * If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are + * either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding + * outline with regard to the pixel grid. For example, for + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and + * 3~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are adjusted + * accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and + * glyph positioning code when enabling the filter. + * + * It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma + * correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces + * without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is + * involved. + * + * Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend + * one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the + * text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The + * distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes + * alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts + * cancel out. + */ + + + /**************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LcdFilter + * + * @description: + * A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters. + * + * @values: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE :: + * Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this + * results in sometimes severe color fringes. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT :: + * The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost + * of a slight blurriness in the output. + * + * It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter + * that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and + * viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can + * only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma + * correction to render glyphs onto surfaces. The default filter + * weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08]. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT :: + * The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of + * slightly more color fringes than the default one. + * + * It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that + * is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and + * viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system + * uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs + * onto surfaces. The light filter weights are + * [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00]. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY :: + * This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It + * provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color + * fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid. + * In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode + * interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used. + * + * This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be + * disabled or stay unsupported in the future. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 :: + * For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different + * enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that + * (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to + * @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest + * to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to + * `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2) + */ + typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_ + { + FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0, + FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16, + + FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_LcdFilter; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilter + * + * @description: + * This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated + * bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * filter :: + * The filter type. + * + * You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work + * well on most LCD screens. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an + * explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it. + * + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library, + FT_LcdFilter filter ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights + * + * @description: + * This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights, + * instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * weights :: + * A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and + * uses them to specify the filter weights. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library, + unsigned char *weights ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82f437ac --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlist.h */ +/* */ +/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */ + /* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTLIST_H_ +#define FTLIST_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* List Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Simple management of lists. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to list */ + /* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find the list node for a given listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* data :: The address of the listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode ) + FT_List_Find( FT_List list, + void* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Append an element to the end of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to append. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Add( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Insert an element at the head of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to insert. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Insert( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */ + /* the node is in the list! */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The node to remove. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Remove( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */ + /* lists. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to move. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Up( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */ + /* by @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The current iteration list node. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */ + /* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */ + /* returns a non-zero value. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */ + /* argument to the iterator. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list, + FT_List_Iterator iterator, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */ + /* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */ + /* given list. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* system :: The current system object. */ + /* */ + /* data :: The current object to destroy. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */ + /* be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory, + void* data, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */ + /* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */ + /* */ + /* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */ + /* argument to the destructor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */ + /* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list, + FT_List_Destructor destroy, + FT_Memory memory, + void* user ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..582e2c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlzw.h */ +/* */ +/* LZW-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTLZW_H_ +#define FTLZW_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* lzw */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* LZW Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using LZW-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenLZW + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream + * + * In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it + * and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..adb15cad --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmac.h */ +/* */ +/* Additional Mac-specific API. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */ +/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */ +/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMAC_H_ +#define FTMAC_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */ +#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#if defined(__GNUC__) && \ + ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))) +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* mac_specific */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Mac Specific Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Only available on the Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */ + /* compiled on a Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fond :: A FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Notes> */ + /* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */ + /* that are installed in the system as follows. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */ + /* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library, + Handle fond, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */ + /* Bold). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */ + /* name that is handled by ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */ + /* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */ + /* buffer before calling this function. */ + /* */ + /* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + UInt8* path, + UInt32 maxPathSize, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library, + const FSSpec *spec, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library, + const FSRef *ref, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c05f0c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmm.h @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmm.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMM_H_ +#define FTMM_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* multiple_masters */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Multiple Masters */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */ + /* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */ + /* setting design axis coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */ + /* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */ + /* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */ + /* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */ + /* consistent interface makes sense. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + FT_Long minimum; + FT_Long maximum; + + } FT_MM_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */ + /* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */ + /* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */ + /* This number cannot exceed~16. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + } FT_Multi_Master; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* Not always meaningful for GX. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */ + /* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */ + /* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */ + /* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */ + /* `name'). */ + /* Not meaningful for MM. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + + FT_Fixed minimum; + FT_Fixed def; + FT_Fixed maximum; + + FT_ULong tag; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Named_Style */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */ + /* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_ + { + FT_Fixed* coords; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Named_Style; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* or GX var distortable font. */ + /* */ + /* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */ + /* MM; no limit in GX. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */ + /* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */ + /* (where every glyph could have a different */ + /* number of designs). */ + /* */ + /* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */ + /* GX that allows certain design coordinates to */ + /* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */ + /* associated with them. The font can tell the */ + /* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */ + /* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */ + /* Memory management of this pointer is done */ + /* internally by FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* namedstyle :: A named style table. */ + /* Only meaningful with GX. */ + /* Memory management of this pointer is done */ + /* internally by FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Var_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_namedstyles; + FT_Var_Axis* axis; + FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle; + + } FT_MM_Var; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face, + FT_Multi_Master *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */ + /* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */ + /* deallocate with `free' after use. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face, + FT_MM_Var* *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */ + /* through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */ + /* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */ + /* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */ + /* use default values for the remaining axes. */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Long* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */ + /* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */ + /* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */ + /* use default values for the remaining axes. */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through normalized blend coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */ + /* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */ + /* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */ + /* use default values for the remaining axes. */ + /* */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */ + /* between 0 and 1.0). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTMM_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4d2758e --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,667 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmodapi.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_ +#define FTMODAPI_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Module Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */ + /* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */ + /* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */ + /* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* autofitter */ + /* bdf */ + /* cff */ + /* gxvalid */ + /* otvalid */ + /* pcf */ + /* pfr */ + /* psaux */ + /* pshinter */ + /* psnames */ + /* raster1 */ + /* sfnt */ + /* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */ + /* truetype */ + /* type1 */ + /* type42 */ + /* t1cid */ + /* winfonts */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Module */ + /* FT_Module_Constructor */ + /* FT_Module_Destructor */ + /* FT_Module_Requester */ + /* FT_Module_Class */ + /* */ + /* FT_Add_Module */ + /* FT_Get_Module */ + /* FT_Remove_Module */ + /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */ + /* */ + /* FT_Property_Set */ + /* FT_Property_Get */ + /* */ + /* FT_New_Library */ + /* FT_Done_Library */ + /* FT_Reference_Library */ + /* */ + /* FT_Renderer */ + /* FT_Renderer_Class */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_Renderer */ + /* FT_Set_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* module bit flags */ +#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */ +#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */ +#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */ +#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */ + +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */ + /* scalable fonts */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */ + /* support vector outlines */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */ + /* own hinter */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */ + /* produces LIGHT hints */ + + + /* deprecated values */ +#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER +#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER +#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER +#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER + +#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE +#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES +#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER +#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY + + + typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Constructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to initialize. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to finalize. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Requester */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to be searched. */ + /* */ + /* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Module_Interface + (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module, + const char* name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Module_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */ + /* bytes. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The name of the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */ + /* (major.minor). */ + /* */ + /* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */ + /* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */ + /* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */ + /* */ + /* module_init :: The initializing function. */ + /* */ + /* module_done :: The finalizing function. */ + /* */ + /* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Module_Class_ + { + FT_ULong module_flags; + FT_Long module_size; + const FT_String* module_name; + FT_Fixed module_version; + FT_Fixed module_requires; + + const void* module_interface; + + FT_Module_Constructor module_init; + FT_Module_Destructor module_done; + FT_Module_Requester get_interface; + + } FT_Module_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add a new module to a given library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library, + const FT_Module_Class* clazz ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find a module by its name. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */ + /* should look up the source code for details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Module ) + FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library, + const char* module_name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Remove_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a given module from a library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: A handle to a module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library, + FT_Module module ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Set + * + * @description: + * Set a property for a given module. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * Note that only a few modules have properties. + * + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in + * module `foo' to value~1. + * + * { + * FT_UInt bar; + * + * + * bar = 1; + * FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar ); + * } + * + * Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module + * property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache + * you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if + * a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been + * called. + * + * It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set + * instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + const void* value ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Get + * + * @description: + * Get a module's property value. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * @inout: + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'. + * + * { + * typedef range_ + * { + * FT_Int32 min; + * FT_Int32 max; + * + * } range; + * + * range baz; + * + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz ); + * } + * + * It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + void* value ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */ + /* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */ + /* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */ + /* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */ + /* reference @FT_Library objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */ + /* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */ + /* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */ + /* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */ + /* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */ + /* */ + /* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */ + /* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */ + /* library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */ + /* discards all resource objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library ); + + /* */ + + typedef void + (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */ + /* format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */ + /* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */ + /* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */ + /* */ + /* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */ + /* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */ + /* */ + /* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */ + /* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */ + /* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt hook_index, + FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */ + /* This is only useful when you create a library object with */ + /* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library ); + + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * truetype_engine + * + * @title: + * The TrueType Engine + * + * @abstract: + * TrueType bytecode support. + * + * @description: + * This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType + * bytecode support compiled in this version of the library. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_TrueTypeEngineType + * + * @description: + * A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode + * engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used + * by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function. + * + * @values: + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE :: + * The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED :: + * Deprecated and removed. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED :: + * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers + * the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this + * was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name). + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_ + { + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED + + } FT_TrueTypeEngineType; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type + * + * @description: + * Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of + * the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A library instance. + * + * @return: + * A value indicating which level is supported. + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType ) + FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a7671c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmoderr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */ + /* */ + /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */ + /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */ + /* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */ + /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */ + /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */ + /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */ + /* including the high byte. */ + /* */ + /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */ + /* an error value is set to zero. */ + /* */ + /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */ + /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR( err ) */ + /* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */ + /* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */ + /* the line */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */ + /* */ + /* expands to */ + /* */ + /* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */ + /* */ + /* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */ + /* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */ + /* and inequality, respectively. Example: */ + /* */ + /* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */ + /* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */ + /* the same as */ + /* */ + /* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */ + /* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */ + /* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */ + /* with something like */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef FTMODERR_H_ */ + /* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int mod_err_offset; */ + /* const char* mod_err_msg */ + /* } ft_mod_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTMODERR_H_ +#define FTMODERR_H_ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + +#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v, +#else +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0, +#endif + +#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST + FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#endif + + + FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" ) + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST + FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#undef FT_MODERRDEF +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + +#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c678ef34 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftotval.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftotval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* */ +/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */ +/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */ +/* OpenType specification. */ +/* */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_ +#define FTOTVAL_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* ot_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* OpenType Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate OpenType tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_OpenType_Validate */ + /* FT_OpenType_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to + * indicate which OpenType tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_BASE :: + * Validate BASE table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GDEF :: + * Validate GDEF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GPOS :: + * Validate GPOS table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GSUB :: + * Validate GSUB table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_JSTF :: + * Validate JSTF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_MATH :: + * Validate MATH table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_OT :: + * Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). + * + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800 +#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000 + +#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \ + FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_MATH + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * BASE_table :: + * A pointer to the BASE table. + * + * GDEF_table :: + * A pointer to the GDEF table. + * + * GPOS_table :: + * A pointer to the GPOS table. + * + * GSUB_table :: + * A pointer to the GSUB table. + * + * JSTF_table :: + * A pointer to the JSTF table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with + * @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either + * doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for + * validation. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *BASE_table, + FT_Bytes *GDEF_table, + FT_Bytes *GPOS_table, + FT_Bytes *GSUB_table, + FT_Bytes *JSTF_table ); + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a645120 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftoutln.h */ +/* */ +/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */ +/* most scalable font formats (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_ +#define FTOUTLN_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Outline Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */ + /* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */ + /* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* FT_Orientation */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */ + /* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */ + /* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */ + /* */ + /* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */ + /* called during decomposition to indicate path */ + /* operations. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */ + /* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */ + /* used to store the state during the */ + /* decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */ + /* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */ + /* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */ + /* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */ + /* visible dot when round caps are used). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new outline of a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */ + /* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */ + /* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */ + /* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */ + /* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */ + /* */ + /* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */ + /* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */ + /* to use the library's memory allocator. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */ + /* outline. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */ + /* descriptor will be released. */ + /* */ + /* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */ + /* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */ + /* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The outline's control box. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */ + /* */ + /* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xOffset, + FT_Pos yOffset ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */ + /* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */ + /* function is called. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source, + FT_Outline *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */ + /* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */ + /* outline's points. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */ + /* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */ + /* bottom borders as unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */ + /* possible also. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */ + /* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */ + /* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */ + /* handled incorrectly. */ + /* */ + /* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */ + /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */ + /* */ + /* Example call: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */ + /* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */ + /* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos strength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */ + /* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */ + /* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xstrength, + FT_Pos ystrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */ + /* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */ + /* the outline's `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */ + /* knows what it is doing. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */ + /* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */ + /* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */ + /* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */ + /* */ + /* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */ + /* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */ + /* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */ + /* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */ + /* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */ + /* etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* describe the rendering operation. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */ + /* to use this function. */ + /* */ + /* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */ + /* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */ + /* actually ignored. */ + /* */ + /* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */ + /* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */ + /* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Raster_Params* params ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Orientation + * + * @description: + * A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation. + * + * The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions + * to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled. + * + * @values: + * FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE :: + * According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must + * be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT :: + * According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours + * must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to + * remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to + * remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_NONE :: + * The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of + * the glyph have different orientation. + * + */ + typedef enum FT_Orientation_ + { + FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0, + FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, + FT_ORIENTATION_NONE + + } FT_Orientation; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_Get_Orientation + * + * @description: + * This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its + * fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating + * the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral + * corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT + * is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise + * orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned. + * + * Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty + * outlines. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * A handle to the source outline. + * + * @return: + * The orientation. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation ) + FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e1bff2f --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftpfr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTPFR_H_ +#define FTPFR_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* pfr_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* PFR Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * + * @description: + * Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face. + * + * @input: + * face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face. + * + * @output: + * aoutline_resolution :: + * Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_resolution :: + * Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_x_scale :: + * A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed + * in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to + * `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter + * can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_y_scale :: + * Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction. + * optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error. + * However, in all cases, it will return valid values. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution, + FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Kerning + * + * @description: + * Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face. + * The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of + * @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * left :: Index of the left glyph. + * + * right :: Index of the right glyph. + * + * @output: + * avector :: A kerning vector. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function always return distances in original PFR metrics + * units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + * mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units. + * + * You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters + * returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left, + FT_UInt right, + FT_Vector *avector ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Advance + * + * @description: + * Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units, + * from a PFR font. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * gindex :: The glyph index. + * + * @output: + * aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels). + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Pos *aadvance ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f7ed9e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftrender.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftrender.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTRENDER_H_ +#define FTRENDER_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_MODULE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* create a new glyph object */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* destroys a given glyph object */ + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_BBox* abbox ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph target ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + +/* deprecated */ +#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc +#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc + + + struct FT_Glyph_Class_ + { + FT_Long glyph_size; + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init; + FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done; + FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy; + FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform; + FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox; + FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare; + }; + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_UInt mode, + const FT_Vector* origin ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + + typedef void + (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_BBox* cbox ); + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_ULong mode_tag, + FT_Pointer mode_ptr ); + +/* deprecated identifiers */ +#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc +#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc +#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc +#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Renderer_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The renderer module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */ + /* */ + /* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */ + /* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */ + /* a given glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */ + /* */ + /* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */ + /* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_ + { + FT_Module_Class root; + + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + + FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph; + FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph; + FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox; + FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode; + + FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class; + + } FT_Renderer_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + /* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */ + /* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer ) + FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Glyph_Format format ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* parameters :: Additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */ + /* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */ + /* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_UInt num_params, + FT_Parameter* parameters ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55e0d5cc --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsizes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */ + /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */ + /* where they are needed. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSIZES_H_ +#define FTSIZES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sizes_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Size Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Managing multiple sizes per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */ + /* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */ + /* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */ + /* field. */ + /* */ + /* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */ + /* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */ + /* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */ + /* */ + /* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */ + /* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */ + /* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */ + /* */ + /* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */ + /* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */ + /* when using these. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new size object from a given face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */ + /* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size* size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */ + /* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */ + /* @FT_New_Size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Activate_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */ + /* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */ + /* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */ + /* */ + /* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */ + /* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7b51c2c --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsnames.h */ +/* */ +/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */ +/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */ +/* */ +/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_ +#define FTSNAMES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sfnt_names */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* SFNT Names */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */ + /* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */ + /* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */ + /* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */ + /* */ + /* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SfntName */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */ + /* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */ + /* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Generally speaking, the string is not */ + /* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */ + /* specification for details. */ + /* */ + /* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */ + /* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */ + /* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */ + /* */ + /* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */ + /* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SfntName_ + { + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + FT_UShort language_id; + FT_UShort name_id; + + FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */ + FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */ + + } FT_SfntName; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The number of strings in the `name' table. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */ + /* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */ + /* longer in use. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */ + /* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */ + /* platform, encoding, and name ID. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt idx, + FT_SfntName *aname ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name' + * table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with + * legacy systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' ) + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since + * OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy + * systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3b9922d --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h @@ -0,0 +1,785 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftstroke.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_ +#define FTSTROKE_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_OUTLINE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @section: + * glyph_stroker + * + * @title: + * Glyph Stroker + * + * @abstract: + * Generating bordered and stroked glyphs. + * + * @description: + * This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial + * glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the + * `inside' borders of the stroke. + * + * This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs + * displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their + * shape. + * + * @order: + * FT_Stroker + * + * FT_Stroker_LineJoin + * FT_Stroker_LineCap + * FT_StrokerBorder + * + * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder + * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder + * + * FT_Glyph_Stroke + * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder + * + * FT_Stroker_New + * FT_Stroker_Set + * FT_Stroker_Rewind + * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline + * FT_Stroker_Done + * + * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath + * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath + * + * FT_Stroker_LineTo + * FT_Stroker_ConicTo + * FT_Stroker_CubicTo + * + * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts + * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder + * FT_Stroker_GetCounts + * FT_Stroker_Export + * + */ + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Stroker + * + * @description: + * Opaque handle to a path stroker object. + */ + typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineJoin + * + * @description: + * These values determine how two joining lines are rendered + * in a stroker. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND :: + * Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used + * to join two lines smoothly. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL :: + * Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of + * the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular + * region of the corner with a straight line between the + * outer corners of each stroke. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the + * miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes + * for the two segments are extended until they meet at an + * angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such + * that the miter would extend from the intersection of the + * segments a distance greater than the product of the miter + * limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see + * above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being + * created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter + * line join as used in PostScript and PDF. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE :: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if + * the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the + * strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector + * of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the + * intersection of the segments equal to the product of the + * miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents + * long spikes being created. + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line + * join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias + * for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for + * backwards compatibility. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3 + + } FT_Stroker_LineJoin; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineCap + * + * @description: + * These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are + * rendered in a stroke. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last + * point itself. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the + * last point. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a square around the + * last point. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE + + } FT_Stroker_LineCap; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_StrokerBorder + * + * @description: + * These values are used to select a given stroke border + * in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT :: + * Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT :: + * Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * @note: + * Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside' + * borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the + * `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's + * drawing orientation, which varies between font formats. + * + * You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and + * @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these. + */ + typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_ + { + FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0, + FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT + + } FT_StrokerBorder; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `inside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `outside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new stroker object. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * FreeType library handle. + * + * @output: + * astroker :: + * A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library, + FT_Stroker *astroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Set + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object's attributes. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * radius :: + * The border radius. + * + * line_cap :: + * The line cap style. + * + * line_join :: + * The line join style. + * + * miter_limit :: + * The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles, + * expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value. + * + * @note: + * The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline + * coordinates. + * + * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Fixed radius, + FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap, + FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join, + FT_Fixed miter_limit ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Rewind + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. + * You should call this function before beginning a new + * series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline + * + * @description: + * A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with + * the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved + * later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The source outline. + * + * opened :: + * A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead + * of a closed one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed + * path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines. + * + * If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the + * stroker generates a single `stroke' outline. + * + * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Bool opened ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath + * + * @description: + * Start a new sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the start vector. + * + * open :: + * A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is + * not stored as an @FT_Outline object. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to, + FT_Bool open ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath + * + * @description: + * Close the current sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. + * If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a + * single line segment to the start position when needed. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_LineTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ConicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control :: + * A pointer to a Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_CubicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control1 :: + * A pointer to the first Bézier control point. + * + * control2 :: + * A pointer to second Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control1, + FT_Vector* control2, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke' + * outlines generated by the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'. + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to + * retrieve the counts associated to both borders. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline + * structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + * + * @note: + * Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to + * receive all new data. + * + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'. + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to + * retrieve all borders at once. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked + * outline/path. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Export + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Done + * + * @description: + * Destroy a stroker object. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. Can be NULL. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_Stroke + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but + * only return either its inside or outside border. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * inside :: + * A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise + * the outside border. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool inside, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdfcb691 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsynth.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2000-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /********* *********/ + /********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/ + /********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/ + /********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/ + /********* *********/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */ + /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */ + /* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */ + /* code resource that should be copied into the application and */ + /* adapted to the particular needs. */ + + +#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_ +#define FTSYNTH_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */ + /* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */ + /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */ + /* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */ + /* mono-width fonts! */ + /* */ + /* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..908ae07f --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsystem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_ +#define FTSYSTEM_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* system_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* System Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to memory */ + /* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */ + /* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */ + /* i/o streams. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Memory + * + * @description: + * A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an + * @FT_MemoryRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Alloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * size :: + * The size in bytes to allocate. + * + * @return: + * Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long size ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Free_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to release a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * block :: + * The address of the target memory block. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Realloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * cur_size :: + * The block's current size in bytes. + * + * new_size :: + * The block's requested new size. + * + * block :: + * The block's current address. + * + * @return: + * New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage. + * + * @note: + * In case of error, the old block must still be available. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long cur_size, + long new_size, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_MemoryRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2. + * + * @fields: + * user :: + * A generic typeless pointer for user data. + * + * alloc :: + * A pointer type to an allocation function. + * + * free :: + * A pointer type to an memory freeing function. + * + * realloc :: + * A pointer type to a reallocation function. + * + */ + struct FT_MemoryRec_ + { + void* user; + FT_Alloc_Func alloc; + FT_Free_Func free; + FT_Realloc_Func realloc; + }; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Stream + * + * @description: + * A handle to an input stream. + * + * @also: + * See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given + * stream object. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamDesc + * + * @description: + * A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used + * to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream. + * + */ + typedef union FT_StreamDesc_ + { + long value; + void* pointer; + + } FT_StreamDesc; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_IoFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the source stream. + * + * offset :: + * The offset of read in stream (always from start). + * + * buffer :: + * The address of the read buffer. + * + * count :: + * The number of bytes to read from the stream. + * + * @return: + * The number of bytes effectively read by the stream. + * + * @note: + * This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation + * with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an + * error. + * + */ + typedef unsigned long + (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream, + unsigned long offset, + unsigned char* buffer, + unsigned long count ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_CloseFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to close a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the target stream. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe an input stream. + * + * @input: + * base :: + * For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream + * byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for + * disk-based streams. + * + * size :: + * The stream size in bytes. + * + * In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before + * actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF. + * (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is + * thus just a hint.) + * + * pos :: + * The current position within the stream. + * + * descriptor :: + * This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is + * used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*' + * pointers. + * + * pathname :: + * This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often + * useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename + * (where available). + * + * read :: + * The stream's input function. + * + * close :: + * The stream's close function. + * + * memory :: + * The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set + * internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream + * implementations. + * + * cursor :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + * limit :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_ + { + unsigned char* base; + unsigned long size; + unsigned long pos; + + FT_StreamDesc descriptor; + FT_StreamDesc pathname; + FT_Stream_IoFunc read; + FT_Stream_CloseFunc close; + + FT_Memory memory; + unsigned char* cursor; + unsigned char* limit; + + } FT_StreamRec; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f789b524 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttrigon.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_ +#define FTTRIGON_H_ + +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Angle + * + * @description: + * This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the + * angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees. + * + */ + typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI + * + * @description: + * The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_2PI + * + * @description: + * The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI2 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI4 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Sin + * + * @description: + * Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The sinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Cos + * + * @description: + * Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The cosinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Tan + * + * @description: + * Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The tangent value. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Atan2 + * + * @description: + * Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in + * the 2d plane. + * + * @input: + * x :: + * The horizontal vector coordinate. + * + * y :: + * The vertical vector coordinate. + * + * @return: + * The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle). + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x, + FT_Fixed y ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Angle_Diff + * + * @description: + * Return the difference between two angles. The result is always + * constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval. + * + * @input: + * angle1 :: + * First angle. + * + * angle2 :: + * Second angle. + * + * @return: + * Constrained value of `value2-value1'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1, + FT_Angle angle2 ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Unit + * + * @description: + * Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the + * call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of + * `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'. + * + * This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a + * given angle quickly. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Rotate + * + * @description: + * Rotate a vector by a given angle. + * + * @inout: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Length + * + * @description: + * Return the length of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @return: + * The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original + * vector coordinates. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Polarize + * + * @description: + * Compute both the length and angle of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed *length, + FT_Angle *angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_From_Polar + * + * @description: + * Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @input: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed length, + FT_Angle angle ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c02e657 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftttdrv.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the TrueType driver */ +/* (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTTTDRV_H_ +#define FTTTDRV_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * tt_driver + * + * @title: + * The TrueType driver + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the TrueType driver module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by + * itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set + * and @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'. + * + * We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg + * Hitchcock. + * + * _Bi-Level_ _Rendering_ + * + * Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of + * TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft. Microsoft's GDI interface + * supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the + * advance width could be non-linear. Most often this was done to + * achieve some level of glyph symmetry. To enable reasonable + * performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to + * get the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the + * side bearing was hinted, and additional tables, `hdmx' and `LTSH', to + * cache hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios. + * + * _Font_ _Smoothing_ + * + * Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing. Not traditional + * anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling. The + * widths matched the bi-level rendering. + * + * _ClearType_ _Rendering_ + * + * Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD + * (and other) displays. Because of the higher resolution, many methods + * of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side + * bearing were no longer necessary. This lead to what GDI calls + * `natural widths' ClearType, see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21. Since hinting + * has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still + * possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode. + * + * _ClearType_ _Compatible_ _Widths_ + * + * One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the + * implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and + * documents to reflow. To address this, a compatible method of + * rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once + * to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in + * ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font + * hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20. Somewhat by + * definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths, + * but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths. + * + * _ClearType_ _Subpixel_ _Positioning_ + * + * One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply + * display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer + * bitmaps did not support this. However, the WPF and Direct Write + * frameworks do support fractional widths. DWrite calls this `natural + * mode', not to be confused with GDI's `natural widths'. Subpixel + * positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write, + * unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22. Note that the + * TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in + * this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes. + * + * _ClearType_ _Backwards_ _Compatibility_ + * + * This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to + * minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra + * resolution of ClearType; see + * http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and + * http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx. + * This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible + * widths. ClearType backwards compatibility has no direct impact on + * changing advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on + * disabling some deltas. This could be worked around in backwards + * compatibility mode. + * + * _Native_ _ClearType_ _Mode_ + * + * (Not to be confused with `natural widths'.) This mode removes all + * the exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with + * ClearType. Any issues on widths would still apply, though. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * interpreter-version + * + * @description: + * Currently, two versions are available, representing the bytecode + * interpreter with and without subpixel hinting support, + * respectively. The default is subpixel support if + * TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel + * support otherwise (since it isn't available then). + * + * If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave + * differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if `native + * ClearType' is selected by the font). The main idea is to render at a + * much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down the created + * output to subpixel precision. However, many older fonts are not + * suited to this and must be specially taken care of by applying + * (hardcoded) font-specific tweaks. + * + * Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be + * found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at + * `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to activate subpixel + * hinting (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_UInt interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype", + * "interpreter-version", + * &interpreter_version ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to + * select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts. + * + * The numeric value in the constant names represents the version + * number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction. + * + * @values: + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 :: + * Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in + * Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported. + * + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 :: + * Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly + * equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as + * can be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on + * Windows~7). + * + * @note: + * This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter + * and thus how outlines get hinted. It does *not* control how glyph + * get rasterized! In particular, it does not control subpixel color + * filtering. + * + * If FreeType has not been compiled with configuration option + * FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 causes an + * `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error. + * + * Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different + * bytecode and rendering engines. As a consequence, the version + * numbers returned by a call to the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction are + * more convoluted than desired. + * + * Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible + * values for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional + * features introduced by it. + * + * { + * GETINFO framework version feature + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + * 3 GDI (Win 3.1), v1.0 16-bit, first version + * TrueImage + * 33 GDI (Win NT 3.1), v1.5 32-bit + * HP Laserjet + * 34 GDI (Win 95) v1.6 font smoothing, + * new SCANTYPE opcode + * 35 GDI (Win 98/2000) v1.7 (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET + * bits in composite glyphs + * 36 MGDI (Win CE 2) v1.6+ classic ClearType + * 37 GDI (XP and later), v1.8 ClearType + * GDI+ old (before Vista) + * 38 GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7), v1.9 subpixel ClearType, + * WPF Y-direction ClearType, + * additional error checking + * 39 DWrite (before Win 8) v2.0 subpixel ClearType flags + * in GETINFO opcode, + * bug fixes + * 40 GDI+ (after Win 7), v2.1 Y-direction ClearType flag + * DWrite (Win 8) in GETINFO opcode, + * Gray ClearType + * } + * + * The `version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some + * applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example, + * Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in + * Windows 2000). Similarly, updates to a given framework might include + * improved hinting support. + * + * { + * version sampling rendering comment + * x y x y + * -------------------------------------------------------------- + * v1.0 normal normal B/W B/W bi-level + * v1.6 high high gray gray grayscale + * v1.8 high normal color-filter B/W (GDI) ClearType + * v1.9 high high color-filter gray Color ClearType + * v2.1 high normal gray B/W Gray ClearType + * v2.1 high high gray gray Gray ClearType + * } + * + * Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of + * `Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the + * Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this + * feature is `symmetric smoothing'. `Classic ClearType' is the + * original algorithm used before introducing a modified version in + * Win~XP. Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is `font + * smoothing', and `Color ClearType' is sometimes also called `DWrite + * ClearType'. To differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the + * earlier ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis, + * the latter is sometimes called `GDI ClearType'. + * + * `Normal' and `high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to + * access the rasterized outline after the hinting process. `Normal' + * means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W). In the current Microsoft + * implementation, `high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or + * 16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like `MIRP'. + * After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid + * lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated. + * + * Note that `Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's + * grayscale rendering. However, the GETINFO instruction handles it + * differently: v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1 + * returns bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing), + * and~19 (Gray ClearType). Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for + * the version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while + * v1.6 only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1). + * + * FreeType doesn't provide all capabilities of the most recent + * ClearType incarnation, thus we identify our subpixel support as + * version~38. + * + */ +#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 35 +#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 38 + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* FTTTDRV_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2673e79c --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/fttypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttypes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTTYPES_H_ +#define FTTYPES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_SYSTEM_H +#include FT_IMAGE_H + +#include <stddef.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Basic Data Types */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The basic data types defined by the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */ + /* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */ + /* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* FT_Int16 */ + /* FT_UInt16 */ + /* FT_Int32 */ + /* FT_UInt32 */ + /* FT_Int64 */ + /* FT_UInt64 */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* FT_String */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* FT_Data */ + /* */ + /* FT_MAKE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* FT_Palette_Mode */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */ + /* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Bool; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */ + /* font units. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed char FT_Char; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Byte; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for constant memory areas. */ + /* */ + typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */ + /* */ + typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_String */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */ + /* */ + typedef char FT_String; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed short. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_Short; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned short. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UShort; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the int type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed int FT_Int; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed long. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Long; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned long. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned long FT_ULong; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */ + /* coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */ + /* values or matrix coefficients. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Fixed; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */ + /* as a successful operation. */ + /* */ + typedef int FT_Error; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */ + /* */ + typedef void* FT_Pointer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */ + /* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */ + /* or a memory block size. */ + /* */ + typedef size_t FT_Offset; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */ + /* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */ + /* between two pointers. */ + /* */ + typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 types. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* y :: Vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_UnitVector_ + { + FT_F2Dot14 x; + FT_F2Dot14 y; + + } FT_UnitVector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */ + /* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = x*xx + y*xy */ + /* y' = x*yx + y*yy */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Matrix_ + { + FT_Fixed xx, xy; + FT_Fixed yx, yy; + + } FT_Matrix; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Data */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* pointer :: The data. */ + /* */ + /* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Data_ + { + const FT_Byte* pointer; + FT_Int length; + + } FT_Data; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */ + /* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */ + /* details of usage. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */ + /* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */ + /* */ + typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */ + /* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */ + /* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */ + /* */ + /* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */ + /* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */ + /* servers. */ + /* */ + /* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */ + /* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */ + /* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */ + /* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */ + /* in the `finalizer' field). */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */ + /* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */ + /* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */ + /* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Generic_ + { + void* data; + FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer; + + } FT_Generic; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_MAKE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */ + /* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */ + /* this macro. */ + /* */ +#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + (FT_Tag) \ + ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (FT_ULong)_x4 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */ + /* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */ + /* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a single list element. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */ + /* */ + /* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_ + { + FT_ListNode prev; + FT_ListNode next; + void* data; + + } FT_ListNodeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */ + /* used in many parts of FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + /* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_ + { + FT_ListNode head; + FT_ListNode tail; + + } FT_ListRec; + + /* */ + + +#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 ) +#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) ) + + /* concatenate C tokens */ +#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y +#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) + + /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */ + +#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ) + +#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF ) +#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U ) + +#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) +#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1a715ba --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftwinfnt.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_ +#define FTWINFNT_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* winfnt_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Window FNT Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Windows FNT specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in + * @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX + * encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at + * ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS + * subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of + * MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT. + * + * @values: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT :: + * This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a + * `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value. + * When querying for information about the character set of the font + * that is currently selected into a specified device context, this + * return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL :: + * There is no known mapping table available. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC :: + * Mac Roman encoding. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM :: + * From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>: + * + * The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM + * is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon', + * `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows. + * + * The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value + * specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent. + * + * The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver + * Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific + * character set. The OEM character set is system dependent. + * + * In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the + * second default codepage that most international versions of + * Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from + * + * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655, + * + * and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications. + * A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage + * 1252 and OEM codepage 850. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 :: + * A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 :: + * A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 :: + * A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 :: + * A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 :: + * A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 :: + * A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different + * ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 :: + * A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 :: + * ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 :: + * A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 :: + * A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 :: + * A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 :: + * A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 :: + * A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 :: + * For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary + * characters. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 :: + * Korean (Johab). + */ + +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Windows FNT Header info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_ + { + FT_UShort version; + FT_ULong file_size; + FT_Byte copyright[60]; + FT_UShort file_type; + FT_UShort nominal_point_size; + FT_UShort vertical_resolution; + FT_UShort horizontal_resolution; + FT_UShort ascent; + FT_UShort internal_leading; + FT_UShort external_leading; + FT_Byte italic; + FT_Byte underline; + FT_Byte strike_out; + FT_UShort weight; + FT_Byte charset; + FT_UShort pixel_width; + FT_UShort pixel_height; + FT_Byte pitch_and_family; + FT_UShort avg_width; + FT_UShort max_width; + FT_Byte first_char; + FT_Byte last_char; + FT_Byte default_char; + FT_Byte break_char; + FT_UShort bytes_per_row; + FT_ULong device_offset; + FT_ULong face_name_offset; + FT_ULong bits_pointer; + FT_ULong bits_offset; + FT_Byte reserved; + FT_ULong flags; + FT_UShort A_space; + FT_UShort B_space; + FT_UShort C_space; + FT_UShort color_table_offset; + FT_ULong reserved1[4]; + + } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_WinFNT_Header + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * aheader :: The WinFNT header. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face, + FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e272324b --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/t1tables.h @@ -0,0 +1,761 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* t1tables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */ +/* only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef T1TABLES_H_ +#define T1TABLES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* type1_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Type 1 Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */ + /* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* PS_FontInfoRec */ + /* PS_FontInfo */ + /* PS_PrivateRec */ + /* PS_Private */ + /* */ + /* CID_FaceDictRec */ + /* CID_FaceDict */ + /* CID_FaceInfoRec */ + /* CID_FaceInfo */ + /* */ + /* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */ + /* */ + /* T1_Blend_Flags */ + /* T1_EncodingType */ + /* PS_Dict_Keys */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */ + /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* version; + FT_String* notice; + FT_String* full_name; + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* weight; + FT_Long italic_angle; + FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch; + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_UShort underline_thickness; + + } PS_FontInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_PrivateRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* Private dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_ + { + FT_Int unique_id; + FT_Int lenIV; + + FT_Byte num_blue_values; + FT_Byte num_other_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_other_blues; + + FT_Short blue_values[14]; + FT_Short other_blues[10]; + + FT_Short family_blues [14]; + FT_Short family_other_blues[10]; + + FT_Fixed blue_scale; + FT_Int blue_shift; + FT_Int blue_fuzz; + + FT_UShort standard_width[1]; + FT_UShort standard_height[1]; + + FT_Byte num_snap_widths; + FT_Byte num_snap_heights; + FT_Bool force_bold; + FT_Bool round_stem_up; + + FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */ + FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */ + + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Long language_group; + FT_Long password; + + FT_Short min_feature[2]; + + } PS_PrivateRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_Blend_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */ + /* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_ + { + /* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0, + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, + T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE, + + /* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES, + T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD, + + T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } T1_Blend_Flags; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */ +#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION +#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS +#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE +#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES +#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH +#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS +#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE +#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT +#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES +#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD +#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX + + /* */ + + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16 + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4 + + /* maximum number of elements in a design map */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20 + + + /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */ + typedef struct PS_DesignMap_ + { + FT_Byte num_points; + FT_Long* design_points; + FT_Fixed* blend_points; + + } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap; + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap; + + + typedef struct PS_BlendRec_ + { + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_axis; + + FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + FT_Fixed* weight_vector; + FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector; + + PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + FT_ULong blend_bitflags; + + FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + /* since 2.3.0 */ + + /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */ + /* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */ + /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */ + /* in the font and associated metrics files */ + FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + FT_UInt num_default_design_vector; + + } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend; + + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDictRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_ + { + PS_PrivateRec private_dict; + + FT_UInt len_buildchar; + FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold; + FT_Pos stroke_width; + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Byte paint_type; + FT_Byte font_type; + FT_Matrix font_matrix; + FT_Vector font_offset; + + FT_UInt num_subrs; + FT_ULong subrmap_offset; + FT_Int sd_bytes; + + } CID_FaceDictRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDict */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FontDict */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* cid_font_name; + FT_Fixed cid_version; + FT_Int cid_font_type; + + FT_String* registry; + FT_String* ordering; + FT_Int supplement; + + PS_FontInfoRec font_info; + FT_BBox font_bbox; + FT_ULong uid_base; + + FT_Int num_xuid; + FT_ULong xuid[16]; + + FT_ULong cidmap_offset; + FT_Int fd_bytes; + FT_Int gd_bytes; + FT_ULong cid_count; + + FT_Int num_dicts; + CID_FaceDict font_dicts; + + FT_ULong data_offset; + + } CID_FaceInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_Info */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names + * + * @description: + * Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph + * names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, + * except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect + * glyph name tables. + * + * When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph + * names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * face handle + * + * @return: + * Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_info :: + * Output font info structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries + * in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will + * return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face, + PS_FontInfo afont_info ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Private + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_private :: + * Output private dictionary structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face, + PS_Private afont_private ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_EncodingType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */ + /* dictionary. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_EncodingType_ + { + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT + + } T1_EncodingType; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* PS_Dict_Keys */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */ + /* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */ + /* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */ + /* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */ + /* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */ + /* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */ + /* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */ + /* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */ + /* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */ + /* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_ + { + /* conventionally in the font dictionary */ + PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */ + + /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */ + PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */ + PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */ + + /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */ + PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */ + + PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE + + } PS_Dict_Keys; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Value + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * key :: + * An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve. + * + * idx :: + * For array values, this specifies the index to be returned. + * + * value :: + * A pointer to memory into which to write the value. + * + * valen_len :: + * The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value. + * + * @output: + * value :: + * The value matching the above key, if it exists. + * + * @return: + * The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested + * value (if it exists, -1 otherwise). + * + * @note: + * The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of + * the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them + * belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the + * `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be + * used to manipulate the face. + * + * `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of + * various types. + * + * If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the + * required memory size for the requested entry is returned. + * + * The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for + * example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys + * from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It + * is ignored for atomic values. + * + * PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To + * get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by + * 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale). + * + * IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can + * be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, + * ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be + * available either. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face, + PS_Dict_Keys key, + FT_UInt idx, + void *value, + FT_Long value_len ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce707f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h @@ -0,0 +1,1237 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttnameid.h */ +/* */ +/* TrueType name ID definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTNAMEID_H_ +#define TTNAMEID_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name */ + /* records of the TTF `name' table. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_PLATFORM_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in + * @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures. + * + * @values: + * TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry. + * See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note + * that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2 + * character codes _only_. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry. + * See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note that + * most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on + * MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ISO :: + * This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps. It is however + * now deprecated. See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding + * `encoding_id' values. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT :: + * Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See + * @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values. + * Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using + * (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM :: + * Used to indicate application-specific charmaps. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE :: + * This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used + * by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec + * structure. See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX. + */ + +#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0 +#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3 +#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM 4 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE 7 /* artificial */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_APPLE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT :: + * Unicode version 1.0. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 :: + * Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 :: + * Deprecated (identical to preceding). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 :: + * Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 :: + * Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR :: + * From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations + * on a real cmap. + */ + +#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0 /* Unicode 1.0 */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3 /* or later */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR 5 /* variation selector data */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MAC_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GREEK :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KHMER :: + * TT_MAC_ID_THAI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP :: + */ + +#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0 +#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4 +#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8 +#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20 +#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21 +#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29 +#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31 +#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ISO_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries. + * + * Their use is now deprecated. + * + * @values: + * TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII :: + * ASCII. + * TT_ISO_ID_10646 :: + * ISO/10646. + * TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 :: + * Also known as Latin-1. + */ + +#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0 +#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1 +#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MS_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS :: + * Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See + * @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS :: + * Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See + * @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE. + * + * TT_MS_ID_SJIS :: + * Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS. + * + * TT_MS_ID_GB2312 :: + * Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See + * @FT_ENCODING_GB2312. + * + * TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 :: + * Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. + * See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5. + * + * TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG :: + * Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. + * + * TT_MS_ID_JOHAB :: + * Corresponds to Johab encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 :: + * Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to + * the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.) + */ + +#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0 +#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1 +#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2 +#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3 +#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4 +#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5 +#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6 +#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 10 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension! + * + * @values: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD :: + * Adobe standard encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT :: + * Adobe expert encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM :: + * Adobe custom encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 :: + * Adobe Latin~1 encoding. + */ + +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD 0 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT 1 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM 2 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 3 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH. These values are also used as return values */ + /* for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at */ + /* */ + /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6name.html */ + /* */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139 + + +#if 0 /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */ + +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141 + +#endif + + + /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS 141 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 144 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC 145 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 146 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN 147 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC 148 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC 149 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT 150 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCIDs is */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx */ + /* */ + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL 0x0001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL 0x0004 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0C04 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004 + +#if 1 /* this looks like the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404 +#else /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind... + the most recent Word reference has the following: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG +#endif + +#if 0 /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 0x7C04 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0C07 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408 + + /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */ +#if 0 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2 0x2008 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL 0x0009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x3809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG 0x3C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x4009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x4409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x4809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES 0x540A + /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */ + /* sublanguage > 0x1F. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA 0xE40AU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES 0x1C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION 0x200C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO 0x240C + /* which was formerly: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x280C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x2C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE 0x300C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI 0x340C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x380C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI 0x3C0C + /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40AU) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA 0xE40CU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0C1A + +#if 0 /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101A +#else /* current sources say */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x141A + /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */ + /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN 0x181A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC 0x181A +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA 0x0820 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN 0x0428 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043A + /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY 0x043B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN 0x083B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND 0x0C3B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY 0x103B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN 0x143B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY 0x183B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN 0x1C3B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND 0x203B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND 0x243B + /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043B + +#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083C +#else +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043C +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY 0x043D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \ + TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN 0x0442 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x0845 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN 0x0846 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN 0x0850 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA 0x0451 + /* Don't use the next constant! It has */ + /* (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka) */ + /* (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */ + /* at least it is not in the List of Local */ + /* ID Values. */ + /* (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as */ + /* Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway. */ + /* */ + /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN 0x0851 + +#if 0 + /* the following used to be defined */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN 0x0451 + /* ... but it was changed; */ +#else + /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES 0x0452 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA 0x0453 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS 0x0454 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR 0x0455 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN 0x0456 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA /* Bengali */ 0x0458 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */ 0x0459 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x0859 + /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA 0x045A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA 0x045B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES 0x045C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA 0x045D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA 0x045E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */ 0x045F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN 0x085F + /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */ 0x0460 + /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ + /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA 0x0860 + /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL 0x0461 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA 0x0861 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS 0x0462 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN 0x0463 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES 0x0464 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES 0x0465 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES +#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA 0x0466 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA 0x0467 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA 0x0468 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA 0x0469 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA 0x046A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA 0x046B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR 0x086B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU 0x0C6B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x046C + /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \ + TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA + /* language codes 0x046D, 0x046E and 0x046F are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA 0x0470 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA 0x0471 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA 0x0472 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA 0x0473 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA 0x0873 + /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY 0x0474 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES 0x0475 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN 0x0476 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA 0x0477 + /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */ + /* not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth */ + /* studying). */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA 0x0478 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES 0x0479 + /* language codes from 0x047A to 0x047F are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA 0x0480 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0481 + +#if 0 /* not deemed useful for fonts */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE 0x04FF +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */ + /* the TTF `name' table. These values are platform independent. */ + /* */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2 +#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6 +#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7 + + /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14 + /* number 15 is reserved */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17 +#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18 + + /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT 19 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME 20 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY 21 +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY 22 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table. */ + /* */ + /* Updated 08-Nov-2008. */ + /* */ + + /* Bit 0 Basic Latin */ +#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0020-U+007E */ + /* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */ + /* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */ + /* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */ + /* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */ + /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */ + /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */ + /* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */ + /* Modifier Tone Letters */ +#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */ + /* U+A700-U+A71F */ + /* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */ + /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */ + /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */ + /* Bit 7 Greek and Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */ + /* Bit 8 Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_COPTIC (1L << 8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */ + /* Bit 9 Cyrillic */ + /* Cyrillic Supplement */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-A */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */ + /* U+0500-U+052F */ + /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */ + /* U+A640-U+A69F */ + /* Bit 10 Armenian */ +#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */ + /* Bit 11 Hebrew */ +#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */ + /* Bit 12 Vai */ +#define TT_UCR_VAI (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */ + /* Bit 13 Arabic */ + /* Arabic Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */ + /* U+0750-U+077F */ + /* Bit 14 NKo */ +#define TT_UCR_NKO (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */ + /* Bit 15 Devanagari */ +#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */ + /* Bit 16 Bengali */ +#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */ + /* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */ +#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */ + /* Bit 18 Gujarati */ +#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */ + /* Bit 19 Oriya */ +#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */ + /* Bit 20 Tamil */ +#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */ + /* Bit 21 Telugu */ +#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */ + /* Bit 22 Kannada */ +#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */ + /* Bit 23 Malayalam */ +#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */ + /* Bit 24 Thai */ +#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */ + /* Bit 25 Lao */ +#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */ + /* Bit 26 Georgian */ + /* Georgian Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */ + /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */ + /* Bit 27 Balinese */ +#define TT_UCR_BALINESE (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */ + /* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */ + /* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */ + /* Latin Extended-C */ + /* Latin Extended-D */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */ + /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */ + /* U+A720-U+A7FF */ + /* Bit 30 Greek Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */ + /* Bit 31 General Punctuation */ + /* Supplemental Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */ + /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */ + /* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */ +#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */ + /* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */ + /* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */ + /* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */ + /* Bit 36 Number Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */ + /* Bit 37 Arrows */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-A */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-B */ + /* Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */ +#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */ + /* U+27F0-U+27FF */ + /* U+2900-U+297F */ + /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */ + /* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */ + /* Supplemental Mathematical Operators */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */ +#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */ + /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */ + /* U+27C0-U+27EF */ + /* U+2980-U+29FF */ + /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */ + /* Bit 40 Control Pictures */ +#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */ + /* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */ +#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */ + /* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */ + /* Bit 43 Box Drawing */ +#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */ + /* Bit 44 Block Elements */ +#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */ + /* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */ +#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */ + /* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */ + /* Bit 47 Dingbats */ +#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */ + /* Bit 48 CJK Symbols and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */ + /* Bit 49 Hiragana */ +#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */ + /* Bit 50 Katakana */ + /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */ +#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */ + /* U+31F0-U+31FF */ + /* Bit 51 Bopomofo */ + /* Bopomofo Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */ + /* U+31A0-U+31BF */ + /* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */ + /* Bit 53 Phags-Pa */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */ +#define TT_UCR_KANBUN TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA + /* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */ + /* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */ + /* Bit 56 Hangul Syllables */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */ + /* Bit 57 High Surrogates */ + /* High Private Use Surrogates */ + /* Low Surrogates */ + /* */ + /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, */ + /* setting bit 57 implies that there is */ + /* at least one codepoint beyond the */ + /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is */ + /* supported by this font. So it really */ + /* means >= U+10000 */ +#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */ + /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */ + /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */ +#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0 TT_UCR_SURROGATES + /* Bit 58 Phoenician */ +#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/ + /* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */ + /* CJK Radicals Supplement */ + /* Kangxi Radicals */ + /* Ideographic Description Characters */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */ + /* Kanbun */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */ + /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */ + /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */ + /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */ + /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */ + /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/ + /* U+3190-U+319F */ + /* Bit 60 Private Use */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */ + /* Bit 61 CJK Strokes */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */ + /* U+F900-U+FAFF */ + /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/ + /* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */ + /* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */ + /* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */ + /* Bit 65 Vertical forms */ + /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */ + /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */ + /* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */ +#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */ + /* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */ + /* Bit 68 Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */ + /* Bit 69 Specials */ +#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */ + /* Bit 70 Tibetan */ +#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */ + /* Bit 71 Syriac */ +#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC (1L << 7) /* U+0700-U+074F */ + /* Bit 72 Thaana */ +#define TT_UCR_THAANA (1L << 8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */ + /* Bit 73 Sinhala */ +#define TT_UCR_SINHALA (1L << 9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */ + /* Bit 74 Myanmar */ +#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */ + /* Bit 75 Ethiopic */ + /* Ethiopic Supplement */ + /* Ethiopic Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */ + /* U+1380-U+139F */ + /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */ + /* Bit 76 Cherokee */ +#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */ + /* Bit 77 Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */ +#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */ + /* Bit 78 Ogham */ +#define TT_UCR_OGHAM (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */ + /* Bit 79 Runic */ +#define TT_UCR_RUNIC (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */ + /* Bit 80 Khmer */ + /* Khmer Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_KHMER (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */ + /* U+19E0-U+19FF */ + /* Bit 81 Mongolian */ +#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */ + /* Bit 82 Braille Patterns */ +#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */ + /* Bit 83 Yi Syllables */ + /* Yi Radicals */ +#define TT_UCR_YI (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */ + /* U+A490-U+A4CF */ + /* Bit 84 Tagalog */ + /* Hanunoo */ + /* Buhid */ + /* Tagbanwa */ +#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */ + /* U+1720-U+173F */ + /* U+1740-U+175F */ + /* U+1760-U+177F */ + /* Bit 85 Old Italic */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/ + /* Bit 86 Gothic */ +#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/ + /* Bit 87 Deseret */ +#define TT_UCR_DESERET (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/ + /* Bit 88 Byzantine Musical Symbols */ + /* Musical Symbols */ + /* Ancient Greek Musical Notation */ +#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/ + /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/ + /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/ + /* Bit 89 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/ + /* Bit 90 Private Use (plane 15) */ + /* Private Use (plane 16) */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/ + /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/ + /* Bit 91 Variation Selectors */ + /* Variation Selectors Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */ + /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/ + /* Bit 92 Tags */ +#define TT_UCR_TAGS (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/ + /* Bit 93 Limbu */ +#define TT_UCR_LIMBU (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */ + /* Bit 94 Tai Le */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */ + /* Bit 95 New Tai Lue */ +#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */ + /* Bit 96 Buginese */ +#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE (1L << 0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */ + /* Bit 97 Glagolitic */ +#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC (1L << 1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */ + /* Bit 98 Tifinagh */ +#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH (1L << 2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */ + /* Bit 99 Yijing Hexagram Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_YIJING (1L << 3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */ + /* Bit 100 Syloti Nagri */ +#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI (1L << 4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */ + /* Bit 101 Linear B Syllabary */ + /* Linear B Ideograms */ + /* Aegean Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B (1L << 5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/ + /*U+10080-U+100FF*/ + /*U+10100-U+1013F*/ + /* Bit 102 Ancient Greek Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS (1L << 6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/ + /* Bit 103 Ugaritic */ +#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC (1L << 7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/ + /* Bit 104 Old Persian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN (1L << 8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/ + /* Bit 105 Shavian */ +#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN (1L << 9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/ + /* Bit 106 Osmanya */ +#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/ + /* Bit 107 Cypriot Syllabary */ +#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/ + /* Bit 108 Kharoshthi */ +#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/ + /* Bit 109 Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/ + /* Bit 110 Cuneiform */ + /* Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/ + /*U+12400-U+1247F*/ + /* Bit 111 Counting Rod Numerals */ +#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/ + /* Bit 112 Sundanese */ +#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */ + /* Bit 113 Lepcha */ +#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */ + /* Bit 114 Ol Chiki */ +#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */ + /* Bit 115 Saurashtra */ +#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */ + /* Bit 116 Kayah Li */ +#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */ + /* Bit 117 Rejang */ +#define TT_UCR_REJANG (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */ + /* Bit 118 Cham */ +#define TT_UCR_CHAM (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */ + /* Bit 119 Ancient Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/ + /* Bit 120 Phaistos Disc */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/ + /* Bit 121 Carian */ + /* Lycian */ + /* Lydian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/ + /*U+10280-U+1029F*/ + /*U+10920-U+1093F*/ + /* Bit 122 Domino Tiles */ + /* Mahjong Tiles */ +#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/ + /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/ + /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */ + /* */ +#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ ) +#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS +#endif + + +#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer. */ + /* */ + /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit, */ + /* which some compilers have. */ + /* */ + /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern */ + /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit. */ + /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch. */ + /* */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B + +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB + + +#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* TTNAMEID_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfe3bcb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttables.h @@ -0,0 +1,829 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */ +/* (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTTABLES_H_ +#define TTTABLES_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueType Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* TrueType specific table types and functions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */ + /* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* TT_Header */ + /* TT_HoriHeader */ + /* TT_VertHeader */ + /* TT_OS2 */ + /* TT_Postscript */ + /* TT_PCLT */ + /* TT_MaxProfile */ + /* */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */ + /* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */ + /* */ + /* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */ + /* fields follow the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Header_ + { + FT_Fixed Table_Version; + FT_Fixed Font_Revision; + + FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust; + FT_Long Magic_Number; + + FT_UShort Flags; + FT_UShort Units_Per_EM; + + FT_Long Created [2]; + FT_Long Modified[2]; + + FT_Short xMin; + FT_Short yMin; + FT_Short xMax; + FT_Short yMax; + + FT_UShort Mac_Style; + FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM; + + FT_Short Font_Direction; + FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format; + FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format; + + } TT_Header; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_HoriHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */ + /* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of all */ + /* glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */ + /* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */ + /* the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. It */ + /* is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */ + /* widths found in the font. It can be */ + /* used to compute the maximum width of an */ + /* arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */ + /* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */ + /* table -- this value can be smaller than */ + /* the total number of glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields, */ + /* which are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */ + FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */ + FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_HoriHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_VertHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */ + /* the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */ + /* distance from the baseline to the */ + /* bottom-most of all glyph points found */ + /* in the font. It is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */ + /* advance heights found in the font. It */ + /* can be used to compute the maximum */ + /* height of an arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */ + /* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */ + /* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */ + /* version 1.0. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */ + /* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */ + /* smaller than the total number of glyphs */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields, */ + /* which are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_VertHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */ + FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */ + FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_VertHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_OS2 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. All fields */ + /* comply to the OpenType specification. */ + /* */ + /* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an OS/2 */ + /* table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to 0xFFFF. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_OS2_ + { + FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */ + FT_Short xAvgCharWidth; + FT_UShort usWeightClass; + FT_UShort usWidthClass; + FT_UShort fsType; + FT_Short ySubscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset; + FT_Short yStrikeoutSize; + FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition; + FT_Short sFamilyClass; + + FT_Byte panose[10]; + + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */ + + FT_Char achVendID[4]; + + FT_UShort fsSelection; + FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex; + FT_UShort usLastCharIndex; + FT_Short sTypoAscender; + FT_Short sTypoDescender; + FT_Short sTypoLineGap; + FT_UShort usWinAscent; + FT_UShort usWinDescent; + + /* only version 1 and higher: */ + + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + + /* only version 2 and higher: */ + + FT_Short sxHeight; + FT_Short sCapHeight; + FT_UShort usDefaultChar; + FT_UShort usBreakChar; + FT_UShort usMaxContext; + + /* only version 5 and higher: */ + + FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */ + FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */ + + } TT_OS2; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Postscript */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */ + /* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */ + /* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Postscript_ + { + FT_Fixed FormatType; + FT_Fixed italicAngle; + FT_Short underlinePosition; + FT_Short underlineThickness; + FT_ULong isFixedPitch; + FT_ULong minMemType42; + FT_ULong maxMemType42; + FT_ULong minMemType1; + FT_ULong maxMemType1; + + /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */ + /* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */ + + } TT_Postscript; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_PCLT */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_PCLT_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_ULong FontNumber; + FT_UShort Pitch; + FT_UShort xHeight; + FT_UShort Style; + FT_UShort TypeFamily; + FT_UShort CapHeight; + FT_UShort SymbolSet; + FT_Char TypeFace[16]; + FT_Char CharacterComplement[8]; + FT_Char FileName[6]; + FT_Char StrokeWeight; + FT_Char WidthType; + FT_Byte SerifStyle; + FT_Byte Reserved; + + } TT_PCLT; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_MaxProfile */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values, which */ + /* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */ + /* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* version :: The version number. */ + /* */ + /* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositePoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositeContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */ + /* glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */ + /* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */ + /* storage area used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */ + /* during bytecode interpretation. */ + /* */ + /* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */ + /* used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */ + /* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */ + /* glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is only used during font loading. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_ + { + FT_Fixed version; + FT_UShort numGlyphs; + FT_UShort maxPoints; + FT_UShort maxContours; + FT_UShort maxCompositePoints; + FT_UShort maxCompositeContours; + FT_UShort maxZones; + FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints; + FT_UShort maxStorage; + FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs; + FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs; + FT_UShort maxStackElements; + FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions; + FT_UShort maxComponentElements; + FT_UShort maxComponentDepth; + + } TT_MaxProfile; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */ + /* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader struture. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_ + { + FT_SFNT_HEAD, + FT_SFNT_MAXP, + FT_SFNT_OS2, + FT_SFNT_HHEA, + FT_SFNT_VHEA, + FT_SFNT_POST, + FT_SFNT_PCLT, + + FT_SFNT_MAX + + } FT_Sfnt_Tag; + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD +#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP +#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2 +#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA +#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA +#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST +#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */ + /* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */ + /* from the file. */ + /* */ + /* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */ + /* elements. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */ + /* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */ + /* a list. */ + /* */ + /* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* vert_header = */ + /* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void* ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_Sfnt_Tag tag ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Load_Sfnt_Table + * + * @description: + * Load any font table into client memory. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * tag :: + * The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want + * to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the + * definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new + * one with @FT_MAKE_TAG. + * + * offset :: + * The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0). + * + * @output: + * buffer :: + * The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory + * array is big enough to hold the data. + * + * @inout: + * length :: + * If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table. + * Return an error code if it fails. + * + * Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the + * table's (or file) full size in it. + * + * Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the + * starting offset. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this + * function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_ULong length = 0; + * + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... } + * + * buffer = malloc( length ); + * if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... } + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... } + * } + * + * Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with + * this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that + * those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying + * size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian). + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong tag, + FT_Long offset, + FT_Byte* buffer, + FT_ULong* length ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Sfnt_Table_Info + * + * @description: + * Return information on an SFNT table. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * table_index :: + * The index of an SFNT table. The function returns + * FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value. + * + * @inout: + * tag :: + * The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index' + * is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the + * font. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending + * on `tag'). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as + * missing. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt table_index, + FT_ULong *tag, + FT_ULong *length ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */ + /* language ID values are in `ttnameid.h'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */ + /* */ + /* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */ + /* 0xFFFFFFFF. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3c9aa5f --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/tttags.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttags.h */ +/* */ +/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTAGS_H_ +#define TTAGS_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' ) +#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' ) +#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' ) +#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' ) +#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' ) +#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' ) +#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' ) +#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' ) +#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' ) +#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' ) +#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' ) +#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' ) +#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' ) +#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' ) +#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca4676ba --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttunpat.h */ +/* */ +/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system. */ +/* Obsolete, retained for backwards compatibility. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef TTUNPAT_H_ +#define TTUNPAT_H_ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING + * + * @description: + * Deprecated. + * + * Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to + * indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType + * bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* TTUNPAT_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d05a3b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */ +/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */ +/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */ + +#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1 +/* #undef void */ +/* #undef const */ +/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 +#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1 +/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */ +/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */ +/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */ +/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ +/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */ +/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + +/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not enum, on Windows systems. */ +#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */ +typedef unsigned char boolean; +#endif +#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */ +#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */ +#endif +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif +#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */ +#endif + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS + +/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */ +/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */ +/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */ + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ + +#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG + +#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */ +#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */ +#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */ +/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */ +#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */ + +/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */ +/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */ +/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */ + +/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */ +/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */ + +#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db608b9c --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jerror.h @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +/* + * jerror.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 1997-2018 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library. + * Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to + * some other language. + * A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using + * the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes + * and/or the macros. + */ + +/* + * To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without + * defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it + * again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example). + */ +#ifndef JMESSAGE +#ifndef JERROR_H +/* First time through, define the enum list */ +#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST +#else +/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */ +#define JMESSAGE(code,string) +#endif /* JERROR_H */ +#endif /* JMESSAGE */ + +#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST + +typedef enum { + +#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code , + +#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */ + +JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */ + +/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */ +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CROP_SPEC, "Invalid crop request") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "DCT scaled block size %dx%d not supported") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DROP_SAMPLING, + "Component index %d: mismatching sampling ratio %d:%d, %d:%d, %c") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, + "Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION, + "Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, + "Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE, + "JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OUTOFBOUNDS, "Huffman code size table out of bounds") +JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry") +JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels") +JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE, + "Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, "Arithmetic table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS, + "Cannot quantize more than %d color components") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_BEFORE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: %s before SOF") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE, + "Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines") +JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up") +JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation") +JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT) +JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION) +JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES, + "Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE, + "Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE, + "Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION, + "JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL, + "Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG, + "JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE, + "JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB, + "JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS, + "Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad arithmetic code") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION, + "Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA, + "Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC, + "Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines") + +#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST + + JMSG_LASTMSGCODE +} J_MESSAGE_CODE; + +#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST +#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */ + +/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */ +#undef JMESSAGE + + +#ifndef JERROR_H +#define JERROR_H + +/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */ +/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */ + +/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */ +#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT6(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[4] = (p5), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[5] = (p6), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) + +#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0) + +/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */ +#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) +#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) +#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) + +/* Informational/debugging messages */ +#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + _mp[4] = (p5); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + _mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) + +#endif /* JERROR_H */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..679d68bd --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/* + * jmorecfg.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 1997-2013 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file contains additional configuration options that customize the + * JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent + * optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file. + */ + + +/* + * Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either + * 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting) + * 9 for 9-bit sample values + * 10 for 10-bit sample values + * 11 for 11-bit sample values + * 12 for 12-bit sample values + * Only 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 bits sample data precision are supported for + * full-feature DCT processing. Further depths up to 16-bit may be added + * later for the lossless modes of operation. + * Run-time selection and conversion of data precision will be added later + * and are currently not supported, sorry. + * Exception: The transcoding part (jpegtran) supports all settings in a + * single instance, since it operates on the level of DCT coefficients and + * not sample values. The DCT coefficients are of the same type (16 bits) + * in all cases (see below). + */ + +#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 */ + + +/* + * Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image. + * To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn + * few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha + * mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are + * really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so + * bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.) + */ + +#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */ + + +/* + * Basic data types. + * You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data + * type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits, + * or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits, + * but it had better be at least 16. + */ + +/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value). + * We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep + * them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short + * arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these. + */ + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255. + * You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JSAMPLE; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) +#else +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 255 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..511. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 511 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 256 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..1023. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 1023 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 512 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..2047. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 2047 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 1024 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */ + + +/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient. + * This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK. + * Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int + * if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow. + */ + +typedef short JCOEF; + + +/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET. + * These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to + * external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination + * managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JOCTET; +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JOCTET; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) +#else +#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + + +/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth. + * They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big + * won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special + * extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these + * typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.) + */ + +/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR +typedef unsigned char UINT8; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +typedef char UINT8; +#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +typedef short UINT8; +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT +typedef unsigned short UINT16; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ +typedef unsigned int UINT16; +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ + +/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */ +typedef short INT16; +#endif + +/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */ +#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */ +typedef long INT32; +#endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + +/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports + * images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore + * "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to + * handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you + * can change this datatype. + */ + +typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION; + +#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */ + + +/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations. + * You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions; + * in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL. + * Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers + * or code profilers that require it. + */ + +/* a function called through method pointers: */ +#define METHODDEF(type) static type +/* a function used only in its module: */ +#define LOCAL(type) static type +/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */ +#define GLOBAL(type) type +/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */ +#define EXTERN(type) extern type + + +/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer. + * We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope. + * Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized! + * Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist +#else +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) () +#endif + + +/* The noreturn type identifier is used to declare functions + * which cannot return. + * Compilers can thus create more optimized code and perform + * better checks for warnings and errors. + * Static analyzer tools can make improved inferences about + * execution paths and are prevented from giving false alerts. + * + * Unfortunately, the proposed specifications of corresponding + * extensions in the Dec 2011 ISO C standard revision (C11), + * GCC, MSVC, etc. are not viable. + * Thus we introduce a user defined type to declare noreturn + * functions at least for clarity. A proper compiler would + * have a suitable noreturn type to match in place of void. + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_NORETURN_T +typedef void noreturn_t; +#endif + + +/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far" + * on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled + * by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places + * explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol. + */ + +#ifndef FAR +#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS +#define FAR far +#else +#define FAR +#endif +#endif + + +/* + * On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear + * in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application- + * specific header files that you want to include together with these files. + * Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work. + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN +#if defined FALSE || defined TRUE || defined QGLOBAL_H +/* Qt3 defines FALSE and TRUE as "const" variables in qglobal.h */ +typedef int boolean; +#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */ +#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */ +#endif +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif +#else +typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE = 1 } boolean; +#endif +#endif + + +/* + * The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library, + * but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library. + * To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be + * defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS +#endif + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS + + +/* + * These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions. + * Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable + * library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the + * compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols. + * (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.) + */ + +/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */ + +#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ +#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */ +#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ + +/* Encoder capability options: */ + +#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/ +#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */ +/* Note: if you selected more than 8-bit data precision, it is dangerous to + * turn off ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only + * good for 8-bit precision, so arithmetic coding is recommended for higher + * precision. The Huffman encoder normally uses entropy optimization to + * compute usable tables for higher precision. Otherwise, you'll have to + * supply different default Huffman tables. + * The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables + * don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.) + */ +#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */ + +/* Decoder capability options: */ + +#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/ +#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */ +#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */ +#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */ +#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */ +#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */ +#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */ + +/* more capability options later, no doubt */ + + +/* + * Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application. + * If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just + * change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X + * (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing + * the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized. + * RESTRICTIONS: + * 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats. + * 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE + * is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you + * can't use color quantization if you change that value. + */ + +#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */ +#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */ +#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */ +#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */ + + +/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */ + + +/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE + * as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty. + */ + +#ifndef INLINE +#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +#endif +#ifndef INLINE +#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */ +#endif +#endif + + +/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying + * two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER + * as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide. + */ + +#ifndef MULTIPLIER +#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */ +#endif + + +/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster + * by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point + * DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.) + * Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in + * pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway). + * The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes. + */ + +#ifndef FAST_FLOAT +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define FAST_FLOAT float +#else +#define FAST_FLOAT double +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..591a2cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h @@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@ +/* + * jpeglib.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 2002-2019 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file defines the application interface for the JPEG library. + * Most applications using the library need only include this file, + * and perhaps jerror.h if they want to know the exact error codes. + */ + +#ifndef JPEGLIB_H +#define JPEGLIB_H + +/* + * First we include the configuration files that record how this + * installation of the JPEG library is set up. jconfig.h can be + * generated automatically for many systems. jmorecfg.h contains + * manual configuration options that most people need not worry about. + */ + +#ifndef JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* in case jinclude.h already did */ +#include "jconfig.h" /* widely used configuration options */ +#endif +#include "jmorecfg.h" /* seldom changed options */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +extern "C" { +#endif +#endif + +/* Version IDs for the JPEG library. + * Might be useful for tests like "#if JPEG_LIB_VERSION >= 90". + */ + +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION 90 /* Compatibility version 9.0 */ +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MAJOR 9 +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MINOR 4 + + +/* Various constants determining the sizes of things. + * All of these are specified by the JPEG standard, + * so don't change them if you want to be compatible. + */ + +#define DCTSIZE 8 /* The basic DCT block is 8x8 coefficients */ +#define DCTSIZE2 64 /* DCTSIZE squared; # of elements in a block */ +#define NUM_QUANT_TBLS 4 /* Quantization tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_HUFF_TBLS 4 /* Huffman tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_ARITH_TBLS 16 /* Arith-coding tables are numbered 0..15 */ +#define MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN 4 /* JPEG limit on # of components in one scan */ +#define MAX_SAMP_FACTOR 4 /* JPEG limit on sampling factors */ +/* Unfortunately, some bozo at Adobe saw no reason to be bound by the standard; + * the PostScript DCT filter can emit files with many more than 10 blocks/MCU. + * If you happen to run across such a file, you can up D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU + * to handle it. We even let you do this from the jconfig.h file. However, + * we strongly discourage changing C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; just because Adobe + * sometimes emits noncompliant files doesn't mean you should too. + */ +#define C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* compressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#ifndef D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU +#define D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* decompressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#endif + + +/* Data structures for images (arrays of samples and of DCT coefficients). + * On 80x86 machines, the image arrays are too big for near pointers, + * but the pointer arrays can fit in near memory. + */ + +typedef JSAMPLE FAR *JSAMPROW; /* ptr to one image row of pixel samples. */ +typedef JSAMPROW *JSAMPARRAY; /* ptr to some rows (a 2-D sample array) */ +typedef JSAMPARRAY *JSAMPIMAGE; /* a 3-D sample array: top index is color */ + +typedef JCOEF JBLOCK[DCTSIZE2]; /* one block of coefficients */ +typedef JBLOCK FAR *JBLOCKROW; /* pointer to one row of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKROW *JBLOCKARRAY; /* a 2-D array of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKARRAY *JBLOCKIMAGE; /* a 3-D array of coefficient blocks */ + +typedef JCOEF FAR *JCOEFPTR; /* useful in a couple of places */ + + +/* Types for JPEG compression parameters and working tables. */ + + +/* DCT coefficient quantization tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* This array gives the coefficient quantizers in natural array order + * (not the zigzag order in which they are stored in a JPEG DQT marker). + * CAUTION: IJG versions prior to v6a kept this array in zigzag order. + */ + UINT16 quantval[DCTSIZE2]; /* quantization step for each coefficient */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JQUANT_TBL; + + +/* Huffman coding tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* These two fields directly represent the contents of a JPEG DHT marker */ + UINT8 bits[17]; /* bits[k] = # of symbols with codes of */ + /* length k bits; bits[0] is unused */ + UINT8 huffval[256]; /* The symbols, in order of incr code length */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JHUFF_TBL; + + +/* Basic info about one component (color channel). */ + +typedef struct { + /* These values are fixed over the whole image. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOF marker. */ + int component_id; /* identifier for this component (0..255) */ + int component_index; /* its index in SOF or cinfo->comp_info[] */ + int h_samp_factor; /* horizontal sampling factor (1..4) */ + int v_samp_factor; /* vertical sampling factor (1..4) */ + int quant_tbl_no; /* quantization table selector (0..3) */ + /* These values may vary between scans. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOS marker. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int dc_tbl_no; /* DC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + int ac_tbl_no; /* AC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + + /* Remaining fields should be treated as private by applications. */ + + /* These values are computed during compression or decompression startup: */ + /* Component's size in DCT blocks. + * Any dummy blocks added to complete an MCU are not counted; therefore + * these values do not depend on whether a scan is interleaved or not. + */ + JDIMENSION width_in_blocks; + JDIMENSION height_in_blocks; + /* Size of a DCT block in samples, + * reflecting any scaling we choose to apply during the DCT step. + * Values from 1 to 16 are supported. + * Note that different components may receive different DCT scalings. + */ + int DCT_h_scaled_size; + int DCT_v_scaled_size; + /* The downsampled dimensions are the component's actual, unpadded number + * of samples at the main buffer (preprocessing/compression interface); + * DCT scaling is included, so + * downsampled_width = + * ceil(image_width * Hi/Hmax * DCT_h_scaled_size/block_size) + * and similarly for height. + */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_width; /* actual width in samples */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_height; /* actual height in samples */ + /* For decompression, in cases where some of the components will be + * ignored (eg grayscale output from YCbCr image), we can skip most + * computations for the unused components. + * For compression, some of the components will need further quantization + * scale by factor of 2 after DCT (eg BG_YCC output from normal RGB input). + * The field is first set TRUE for decompression, FALSE for compression + * in initial_setup, and then adapted in color conversion setup. + */ + boolean component_needed; + + /* These values are computed before starting a scan of the component. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int MCU_width; /* number of blocks per MCU, horizontally */ + int MCU_height; /* number of blocks per MCU, vertically */ + int MCU_blocks; /* MCU_width * MCU_height */ + int MCU_sample_width; /* MCU width in samples: MCU_width * DCT_h_scaled_size */ + int last_col_width; /* # of non-dummy blocks across in last MCU */ + int last_row_height; /* # of non-dummy blocks down in last MCU */ + + /* Saved quantization table for component; NULL if none yet saved. + * See jdinput.c comments about the need for this information. + * This field is currently used only for decompression. + */ + JQUANT_TBL * quant_table; + + /* Private per-component storage for DCT or IDCT subsystem. */ + void * dct_table; +} jpeg_component_info; + + +/* The script for encoding a multiple-scan file is an array of these: */ + +typedef struct { + int comps_in_scan; /* number of components encoded in this scan */ + int component_index[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* their SOF/comp_info[] indexes */ + int Ss, Se; /* progressive JPEG spectral selection parms */ + int Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG successive approx. parms */ +} jpeg_scan_info; + +/* The decompressor can save APPn and COM markers in a list of these: */ + +typedef struct jpeg_marker_struct FAR * jpeg_saved_marker_ptr; + +struct jpeg_marker_struct { + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr next; /* next in list, or NULL */ + UINT8 marker; /* marker code: JPEG_COM, or JPEG_APP0+n */ + unsigned int original_length; /* # bytes of data in the file */ + unsigned int data_length; /* # bytes of data saved at data[] */ + JOCTET FAR * data; /* the data contained in the marker */ + /* the marker length word is not counted in data_length or original_length */ +}; + +/* Known color spaces. */ + +typedef enum { + JCS_UNKNOWN, /* error/unspecified */ + JCS_GRAYSCALE, /* monochrome */ + JCS_RGB, /* red/green/blue, standard RGB (sRGB) */ + JCS_YCbCr, /* Y/Cb/Cr (also known as YUV), standard YCC */ + JCS_CMYK, /* C/M/Y/K */ + JCS_YCCK, /* Y/Cb/Cr/K */ + JCS_BG_RGB, /* big gamut red/green/blue, bg-sRGB */ + JCS_BG_YCC /* big gamut Y/Cb/Cr, bg-sYCC */ +} J_COLOR_SPACE; + +/* Supported color transforms. */ + +typedef enum { + JCT_NONE = 0, + JCT_SUBTRACT_GREEN = 1 +} J_COLOR_TRANSFORM; + +/* DCT/IDCT algorithm options. */ + +typedef enum { + JDCT_ISLOW, /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ + JDCT_IFAST, /* faster, less accurate integer method */ + JDCT_FLOAT /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ +} J_DCT_METHOD; + +#ifndef JDCT_DEFAULT /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_DEFAULT JDCT_ISLOW +#endif +#ifndef JDCT_FASTEST /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_FASTEST JDCT_IFAST +#endif + +/* Dithering options for decompression. */ + +typedef enum { + JDITHER_NONE, /* no dithering */ + JDITHER_ORDERED, /* simple ordered dither */ + JDITHER_FS /* Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion dither */ +} J_DITHER_MODE; + + +/* Common fields between JPEG compression and decompression master structs. */ + +#define jpeg_common_fields \ + struct jpeg_error_mgr * err; /* Error handler module */\ + struct jpeg_memory_mgr * mem; /* Memory manager module */\ + struct jpeg_progress_mgr * progress; /* Progress monitor, or NULL if none */\ + void * client_data; /* Available for use by application */\ + boolean is_decompressor; /* So common code can tell which is which */\ + int global_state /* For checking call sequence validity */ + +/* Routines that are to be used by both halves of the library are declared + * to receive a pointer to this structure. There are no actual instances of + * jpeg_common_struct, only of jpeg_compress_struct and jpeg_decompress_struct. + */ +struct jpeg_common_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields common to both master struct types */ + /* Additional fields follow in an actual jpeg_compress_struct or + * jpeg_decompress_struct. All three structs must agree on these + * initial fields! (This would be a lot cleaner in C++.) + */ +}; + +typedef struct jpeg_common_struct * j_common_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_compress_struct * j_compress_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_decompress_struct * j_decompress_ptr; + + +/* Master record for a compression instance */ + +struct jpeg_compress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_decompress_struct */ + + /* Destination for compressed data */ + struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest; + + /* Description of source image --- these fields must be filled in by + * outer application before starting compression. in_color_space must + * be correct before you can even call jpeg_set_defaults(). + */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* input image width */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* input image height */ + int input_components; /* # of color components in input image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE in_color_space; /* colorspace of input image */ + + double input_gamma; /* image gamma of input image */ + + /* Compression parameters --- these fields must be set before calling + * jpeg_start_compress(). We recommend calling jpeg_set_defaults() to + * initialize everything to reasonable defaults, then changing anything + * the application specifically wants to change. That way you won't get + * burnt when new parameters are added. Also note that there are several + * helper routines to simplify changing parameters. + */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + JDIMENSION jpeg_width; /* scaled JPEG image width */ + JDIMENSION jpeg_height; /* scaled JPEG image height */ + /* Dimensions of actual JPEG image that will be written to file, + * derived from input dimensions by scaling factors above. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_compress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_compress(). + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + int q_scale_factor[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined, + * and corresponding scale factors (percentage, initialized 100). + */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + int num_scans; /* # of entries in scan_info array */ + const jpeg_scan_info * scan_info; /* script for multi-scan file, or NULL */ + /* The default value of scan_info is NULL, which causes a single-scan + * sequential JPEG file to be emitted. To create a multi-scan file, + * set num_scans and scan_info to point to an array of scan definitions. + */ + + boolean raw_data_in; /* TRUE=caller supplies downsampled data */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + boolean optimize_coding; /* TRUE=optimize entropy encoding parms */ + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + boolean do_fancy_downsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy downsampling */ + int smoothing_factor; /* 1..100, or 0 for no input smoothing */ + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* DCT algorithm selector */ + + /* The restart interval can be specified in absolute MCUs by setting + * restart_interval, or in MCU rows by setting restart_in_rows + * (in which case the correct restart_interval will be figured + * for each scan). + */ + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart, or 0 for no restart */ + int restart_in_rows; /* if > 0, MCU rows per restart interval */ + + /* Parameters controlling emission of special markers. */ + + boolean write_JFIF_header; /* should a JFIF marker be written? */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* What to write for the JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + /* These three values are not used by the JPEG code, merely copied */ + /* into the JFIF APP0 marker. density_unit can be 0 for unknown, */ + /* 1 for dots/inch, or 2 for dots/cm. Note that the pixel aspect */ + /* ratio is defined by X_density/Y_density even when density_unit=0. */ + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean write_Adobe_marker; /* should an Adobe marker be written? */ + + J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform; + /* Color transform identifier, writes LSE marker if nonzero */ + + /* State variable: index of next scanline to be written to + * jpeg_write_scanlines(). Application may use this to control its + * processing loop, e.g., "while (next_scanline < image_height)". + */ + + JDIMENSION next_scanline; /* 0 .. image_height-1 */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout compressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during compression startup + */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if scan script uses progressive mode */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows to be input to coef ctlr */ + /* The coefficient controller receives data in units of MCU rows as defined + * for fully interleaved scans (whether the JPEG file is interleaved or not). + * There are v_samp_factor * DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of each component + * in an "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) row. + */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) */ + + /* + * Links to compression subobjects (methods and private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_comp_master * master; + struct jpeg_c_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_c_prep_controller * prep; + struct jpeg_c_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_marker_writer * marker; + struct jpeg_color_converter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_downsampler * downsample; + struct jpeg_forward_dct * fdct; + struct jpeg_entropy_encoder * entropy; + jpeg_scan_info * script_space; /* workspace for jpeg_simple_progression */ + int script_space_size; +}; + + +/* Master record for a decompression instance */ + +struct jpeg_decompress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_compress_struct */ + + /* Source of compressed data */ + struct jpeg_source_mgr * src; + + /* Basic description of image --- filled in by jpeg_read_header(). */ + /* Application may inspect these values to decide how to process image. */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* nominal image width (from SOF marker) */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* nominal image height */ + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + /* Decompression processing parameters --- these fields must be set before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress(). Note that jpeg_read_header() initializes + * them to default values. + */ + + J_COLOR_SPACE out_color_space; /* colorspace for output */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + double output_gamma; /* image gamma wanted in output */ + + boolean buffered_image; /* TRUE=multiple output passes */ + boolean raw_data_out; /* TRUE=downsampled data wanted */ + + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* IDCT algorithm selector */ + boolean do_fancy_upsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy upsampling */ + boolean do_block_smoothing; /* TRUE=apply interblock smoothing */ + + boolean quantize_colors; /* TRUE=colormapped output wanted */ + /* the following are ignored if not quantize_colors: */ + J_DITHER_MODE dither_mode; /* type of color dithering to use */ + boolean two_pass_quantize; /* TRUE=use two-pass color quantization */ + int desired_number_of_colors; /* max # colors to use in created colormap */ + /* these are significant only in buffered-image mode: */ + boolean enable_1pass_quant; /* enable future use of 1-pass quantizer */ + boolean enable_external_quant;/* enable future use of external colormap */ + boolean enable_2pass_quant; /* enable future use of 2-pass quantizer */ + + /* Description of actual output image that will be returned to application. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_decompress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_output_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_decompress(). + */ + + JDIMENSION output_width; /* scaled image width */ + JDIMENSION output_height; /* scaled image height */ + int out_color_components; /* # of color components in out_color_space */ + int output_components; /* # of color components returned */ + /* output_components is 1 (a colormap index) when quantizing colors; + * otherwise it equals out_color_components. + */ + int rec_outbuf_height; /* min recommended height of scanline buffer */ + /* If the buffer passed to jpeg_read_scanlines() is less than this many rows + * high, space and time will be wasted due to unnecessary data copying. + * Usually rec_outbuf_height will be 1 or 2, at most 4. + */ + + /* When quantizing colors, the output colormap is described by these fields. + * The application can supply a colormap by setting colormap non-NULL before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress; otherwise a colormap is created during + * jpeg_start_decompress or jpeg_start_output. + * The map has out_color_components rows and actual_number_of_colors columns. + */ + int actual_number_of_colors; /* number of entries in use */ + JSAMPARRAY colormap; /* The color map as a 2-D pixel array */ + + /* State variables: these variables indicate the progress of decompression. + * The application may examine these but must not modify them. + */ + + /* Row index of next scanline to be read from jpeg_read_scanlines(). + * Application may use this to control its processing loop, e.g., + * "while (output_scanline < output_height)". + */ + JDIMENSION output_scanline; /* 0 .. output_height-1 */ + + /* Current input scan number and number of iMCU rows completed in scan. + * These indicate the progress of the decompressor input side. + */ + int input_scan_number; /* Number of SOS markers seen so far */ + JDIMENSION input_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows completed */ + + /* The "output scan number" is the notional scan being displayed by the + * output side. The decompressor will not allow output scan/row number + * to get ahead of input scan/row, but it can fall arbitrarily far behind. + */ + int output_scan_number; /* Nominal scan number being displayed */ + JDIMENSION output_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows read */ + + /* Current progression status. coef_bits[c][i] indicates the precision + * with which component c's DCT coefficient i (in zigzag order) is known. + * It is -1 when no data has yet been received, otherwise it is the point + * transform (shift) value for the most recent scan of the coefficient + * (thus, 0 at completion of the progression). + * This pointer is NULL when reading a non-progressive file. + */ + int (*coef_bits)[DCTSIZE2]; /* -1 or current Al value for each coef */ + + /* Internal JPEG parameters --- the application usually need not look at + * these fields. Note that the decompressor output side may not use + * any parameters that can change between scans. + */ + + /* Quantization and Huffman tables are carried forward across input + * datastreams when processing abbreviated JPEG datastreams. + */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + /* These parameters are never carried across datastreams, since they + * are given in SOF/SOS markers or defined to be reset by SOI. + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + boolean is_baseline; /* TRUE if Baseline SOF0 encountered */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if SOFn specifies progressive mode */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart interval, or 0 for no restart */ + + /* These fields record data obtained from optional markers recognized by + * the JPEG library. + */ + boolean saw_JFIF_marker; /* TRUE iff a JFIF APP0 marker was found */ + /* Data copied from JFIF marker; only valid if saw_JFIF_marker is TRUE: */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean saw_Adobe_marker; /* TRUE iff an Adobe APP14 marker was found */ + UINT8 Adobe_transform; /* Color transform code from Adobe marker */ + + J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform; + /* Color transform identifier derived from LSE marker, otherwise zero */ + + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + + /* Aside from the specific data retained from APPn markers known to the + * library, the uninterpreted contents of any or all APPn and COM markers + * can be saved in a list for examination by the application. + */ + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr marker_list; /* Head of list of saved markers */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout decompressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during decompression startup + */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows in image */ + /* The coefficient controller's input and output progress is measured in + * units of "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) rows. These are the same as MCU rows + * in fully interleaved JPEG scans, but are used whether the scan is + * interleaved or not. We define an iMCU row as v_samp_factor DCT block + * rows of each component. Therefore, the IDCT output contains + * v_samp_factor * DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of a component per iMCU row. + */ + + JSAMPLE * sample_range_limit; /* table for fast range-limiting */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + * Note that the decompressor output side must not use these fields. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + /* These fields are derived from Se of first SOS marker. + */ + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array for entropy decode */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) for entropy decode */ + + /* This field is shared between entropy decoder and marker parser. + * It is either zero or the code of a JPEG marker that has been + * read from the data source, but has not yet been processed. + */ + int unread_marker; + + /* + * Links to decompression subobjects (methods, private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_decomp_master * master; + struct jpeg_d_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_d_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_d_post_controller * post; + struct jpeg_input_controller * inputctl; + struct jpeg_marker_reader * marker; + struct jpeg_entropy_decoder * entropy; + struct jpeg_inverse_dct * idct; + struct jpeg_upsampler * upsample; + struct jpeg_color_deconverter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_color_quantizer * cquantize; +}; + + +/* "Object" declarations for JPEG modules that may be supplied or called + * directly by the surrounding application. + * As with all objects in the JPEG library, these structs only define the + * publicly visible methods and state variables of a module. Additional + * private fields may exist after the public ones. + */ + + +/* Error handler object */ + +struct jpeg_error_mgr { + /* Error exit handler: does not return to caller */ + JMETHOD(noreturn_t, error_exit, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Conditionally emit a trace or warning message */ + JMETHOD(void, emit_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level)); + /* Routine that actually outputs a trace or error message */ + JMETHOD(void, output_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message */ + JMETHOD(void, format_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer)); +#define JMSG_LENGTH_MAX 200 /* recommended size of format_message buffer */ + /* Reset error state variables at start of a new image */ + JMETHOD(void, reset_error_mgr, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* The message ID code and any parameters are saved here. + * A message can have one string parameter or up to 8 int parameters. + */ + int msg_code; +#define JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX 80 + union { + int i[8]; + char s[JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX]; + } msg_parm; + + /* Standard state variables for error facility */ + + int trace_level; /* max msg_level that will be displayed */ + + /* For recoverable corrupt-data errors, we emit a warning message, + * but keep going unless emit_message chooses to abort. emit_message + * should count warnings in num_warnings. The surrounding application + * can check for bad data by seeing if num_warnings is nonzero at the + * end of processing. + */ + long num_warnings; /* number of corrupt-data warnings */ + + /* These fields point to the table(s) of error message strings. + * An application can change the table pointer to switch to a different + * message list (typically, to change the language in which errors are + * reported). Some applications may wish to add additional error codes + * that will be handled by the JPEG library error mechanism; the second + * table pointer is used for this purpose. + * + * First table includes all errors generated by JPEG library itself. + * Error code 0 is reserved for a "no such error string" message. + */ + const char * const * jpeg_message_table; /* Library errors */ + int last_jpeg_message; /* Table contains strings 0..last_jpeg_message */ + /* Second table can be added by application (see cjpeg/djpeg for example). + * It contains strings numbered first_addon_message..last_addon_message. + */ + const char * const * addon_message_table; /* Non-library errors */ + int first_addon_message; /* code for first string in addon table */ + int last_addon_message; /* code for last string in addon table */ +}; + + +/* Progress monitor object */ + +struct jpeg_progress_mgr { + JMETHOD(void, progress_monitor, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + long pass_counter; /* work units completed in this pass */ + long pass_limit; /* total number of work units in this pass */ + int completed_passes; /* passes completed so far */ + int total_passes; /* total number of passes expected */ +}; + + +/* Data destination object for compression */ + +struct jpeg_destination_mgr { + JOCTET * next_output_byte; /* => next byte to write in buffer */ + size_t free_in_buffer; /* # of byte spaces remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, empty_output_buffer, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, term_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Data source object for decompression */ + +struct jpeg_source_mgr { + const JOCTET * next_input_byte; /* => next byte to read from buffer */ + size_t bytes_in_buffer; /* # of bytes remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, fill_input_buffer, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, skip_input_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)); + JMETHOD(boolean, resync_to_restart, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int desired)); + JMETHOD(void, term_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Memory manager object. + * Allocates "small" objects (a few K total), "large" objects (tens of K), + * and "really big" objects (virtual arrays with backing store if needed). + * The memory manager does not allow individual objects to be freed; rather, + * each created object is assigned to a pool, and whole pools can be freed + * at once. This is faster and more convenient than remembering exactly what + * to free, especially where malloc()/free() are not too speedy. + * NB: alloc routines never return NULL. They exit to error_exit if not + * successful. + */ + +#define JPOOL_PERMANENT 0 /* lasts until master record is destroyed */ +#define JPOOL_IMAGE 1 /* lasts until done with image/datastream */ +#define JPOOL_NUMPOOLS 2 + +typedef struct jvirt_sarray_control * jvirt_sarray_ptr; +typedef struct jvirt_barray_control * jvirt_barray_ptr; + + +struct jpeg_memory_mgr { + /* Method pointers */ + JMETHOD(void *, alloc_small, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(void FAR *, alloc_large, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, alloc_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, alloc_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_sarray_ptr, request_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_barray_ptr, request_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(void, realize_virt_arrays, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, access_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_sarray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, access_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(void, free_pool, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id)); + JMETHOD(void, self_destruct, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* Limit on memory allocation for this JPEG object. (Note that this is + * merely advisory, not a guaranteed maximum; it only affects the space + * used for virtual-array buffers.) May be changed by outer application + * after creating the JPEG object. + */ + long max_memory_to_use; + + /* Maximum allocation request accepted by alloc_large. */ + long max_alloc_chunk; +}; + + +/* Routine signature for application-supplied marker processing methods. + * Need not pass marker code since it is stored in cinfo->unread_marker. + */ +typedef JMETHOD(boolean, jpeg_marker_parser_method, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + + +/* Declarations for routines called by application. + * The JPP macro hides prototype parameters from compilers that can't cope. + * Note JPP requires double parentheses. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JPP(arglist) arglist +#else +#define JPP(arglist) () +#endif + + +/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. + * We shorten external names to be unique in the first six letters, which + * is good enough for all known systems. + * (If your compiler itself needs names to be unique in less than 15 + * characters, you are out of luck. Get a better compiler.) + */ + +#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES +#define jpeg_std_error jStdError +#define jpeg_CreateCompress jCreaCompress +#define jpeg_CreateDecompress jCreaDecompress +#define jpeg_destroy_compress jDestCompress +#define jpeg_destroy_decompress jDestDecompress +#define jpeg_stdio_dest jStdDest +#define jpeg_stdio_src jStdSrc +#define jpeg_mem_dest jMemDest +#define jpeg_mem_src jMemSrc +#define jpeg_set_defaults jSetDefaults +#define jpeg_set_colorspace jSetColorspace +#define jpeg_default_colorspace jDefColorspace +#define jpeg_set_quality jSetQuality +#define jpeg_set_linear_quality jSetLQuality +#define jpeg_default_qtables jDefQTables +#define jpeg_add_quant_table jAddQuantTable +#define jpeg_quality_scaling jQualityScaling +#define jpeg_simple_progression jSimProgress +#define jpeg_suppress_tables jSuppressTables +#define jpeg_alloc_quant_table jAlcQTable +#define jpeg_alloc_huff_table jAlcHTable +#define jpeg_std_huff_table jStdHTable +#define jpeg_start_compress jStrtCompress +#define jpeg_write_scanlines jWrtScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_compress jFinCompress +#define jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions jCjpegDimensions +#define jpeg_write_raw_data jWrtRawData +#define jpeg_write_marker jWrtMarker +#define jpeg_write_m_header jWrtMHeader +#define jpeg_write_m_byte jWrtMByte +#define jpeg_write_tables jWrtTables +#define jpeg_read_header jReadHeader +#define jpeg_start_decompress jStrtDecompress +#define jpeg_read_scanlines jReadScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_decompress jFinDecompress +#define jpeg_read_raw_data jReadRawData +#define jpeg_has_multiple_scans jHasMultScn +#define jpeg_start_output jStrtOutput +#define jpeg_finish_output jFinOutput +#define jpeg_input_complete jInComplete +#define jpeg_new_colormap jNewCMap +#define jpeg_consume_input jConsumeInput +#define jpeg_core_output_dimensions jCoreDimensions +#define jpeg_calc_output_dimensions jCalcDimensions +#define jpeg_save_markers jSaveMarkers +#define jpeg_set_marker_processor jSetMarker +#define jpeg_read_coefficients jReadCoefs +#define jpeg_write_coefficients jWrtCoefs +#define jpeg_copy_critical_parameters jCopyCrit +#define jpeg_abort_compress jAbrtCompress +#define jpeg_abort_decompress jAbrtDecompress +#define jpeg_abort jAbort +#define jpeg_destroy jDestroy +#define jpeg_resync_to_restart jResyncRestart +#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ + + +/* Default error-management setup */ +EXTERN(struct jpeg_error_mgr *) jpeg_std_error + JPP((struct jpeg_error_mgr * err)); + +/* Initialization of JPEG compression objects. + * jpeg_create_compress() and jpeg_create_decompress() are the exported + * names that applications should call. These expand to calls on + * jpeg_CreateCompress and jpeg_CreateDecompress with additional information + * passed for version mismatch checking. + * NB: you must set up the error-manager BEFORE calling jpeg_create_xxx. + */ +#define jpeg_create_compress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateCompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_compress_struct)) +#define jpeg_create_decompress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateDecompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_decompress_struct)) +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateCompress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateDecompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +/* Destruction of JPEG compression objects */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Standard data source and destination managers: stdio streams. */ +/* Caller is responsible for opening the file before and closing after. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, FILE * outfile)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, FILE * infile)); + +/* Data source and destination managers: memory buffers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + unsigned char ** outbuffer, + size_t * outsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + const unsigned char * inbuffer, + size_t insize)); + +/* Default parameter setup for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_defaults JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Compression parameter setup aids */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_linear_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_qtables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_add_quant_table JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl, + const unsigned int *basic_table, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_quality_scaling JPP((int quality)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_simple_progression JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_suppress_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean suppress)); +EXTERN(JQUANT_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_quant_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_std_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo, + boolean isDC, int tblno)); + +/* Main entry points for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_start_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean write_all_tables)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_scanlines JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_finish_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Precalculate JPEG dimensions for current compression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_write_scanlines when writing raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_raw_data JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); + +/* Write a special marker. See libjpeg.txt concerning safe usage. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_marker + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, + const JOCTET * dataptr, unsigned int datalen)); +/* Same, but piecemeal. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_header + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_byte + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)); + +/* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there */ +EXTERN(int) jpeg_read_header JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + boolean require_image)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +#define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 /* Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_OK 1 /* Found valid image datastream */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY 2 /* Found valid table-specs-only datastream */ +/* If you pass require_image = TRUE (normal case), you need not check for + * a TABLES_ONLY return code; an abbreviated file will cause an error exit. + * JPEG_SUSPENDED is only possible if you use a data source module that can + * give a suspension return (the stdio source module doesn't). + */ + +/* Main entry points for decompression */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_scanlines JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_read_scanlines when reading raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_raw_data JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); + +/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_has_multiple_scans JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int scan_number)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_input_complete JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_new_colormap JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_consume_input JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +/* #define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_SOS 1 /* Reached start of new scan */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_EOI 2 /* Reached end of image */ +#define JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED 3 /* Completed one iMCU row */ +#define JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED 4 /* Completed last iMCU row of a scan */ + +/* Precalculate output dimensions for current decompression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_core_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Control saving of COM and APPn markers into marker_list. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_save_markers + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + unsigned int length_limit)); + +/* Install a special processing method for COM or APPn markers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_marker_processor + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + jpeg_marker_parser_method routine)); + +/* Read or write raw DCT coefficients --- useful for lossless transcoding. */ +EXTERN(jvirt_barray_ptr *) jpeg_read_coefficients JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_coefficients JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_copy_critical_parameters JPP((j_decompress_ptr srcinfo, + j_compress_ptr dstinfo)); + +/* If you choose to abort compression or decompression before completing + * jpeg_finish_(de)compress, then you need to clean up to release memory, + * temporary files, etc. You can just call jpeg_destroy_(de)compress + * if you're done with the JPEG object, but if you want to clean it up and + * reuse it, call this: + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Generic versions of jpeg_abort and jpeg_destroy that work on either + * flavor of JPEG object. These may be more convenient in some places. + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Default restart-marker-resync procedure for use by data source modules */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_resync_to_restart JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int desired)); + + +/* These marker codes are exported since applications and data source modules + * are likely to want to use them. + */ + +#define JPEG_RST0 0xD0 /* RST0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_EOI 0xD9 /* EOI marker code */ +#define JPEG_APP0 0xE0 /* APP0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_COM 0xFE /* COM marker code */ + + +/* If we have a brain-damaged compiler that emits warnings (or worse, errors) + * for structure definitions that are never filled in, keep it quiet by + * supplying dummy definitions for the various substructures. + */ + +#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN +#ifndef JPEG_INTERNALS /* will be defined in jpegint.h */ +struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_comp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_prep_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_writer { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_converter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_downsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_forward_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_encoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_decomp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_post_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_input_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_reader { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_decoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_inverse_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_upsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_deconverter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_quantizer { long dummy; }; +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ +#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + + +/* + * The JPEG library modules define JPEG_INTERNALS before including this file. + * The internal structure declarations are read only when that is true. + * Applications using the library should not include jpegint.h, but may wish + * to include jerror.h. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#include "jpegint.h" /* fetch private declarations */ +#include "jerror.h" /* fetch error codes too */ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +} +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEGLIB_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/mp3lame/lame.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/mp3lame/lame.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/mp3lame/lame.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/mp3lame/lame.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/nonstd/string_view.hpp b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/nonstd/string_view.hpp similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/nonstd/string_view.hpp rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/nonstd/string_view.hpp diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AAudioLoader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AAudioLoader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AAudioLoader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AAudioLoader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/aaudio/AudioStreamAAudio.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioClock.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioClock.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioClock.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioClock.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioSourceCaller.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioSourceCaller.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioSourceCaller.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/AudioSourceCaller.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/DataConversionFlowGraph.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/DataConversionFlowGraph.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/DataConversionFlowGraph.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/DataConversionFlowGraph.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FilterAudioStream.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FilterAudioStream.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FilterAudioStream.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FilterAudioStream.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockAdapter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockAdapter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockAdapter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockAdapter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockReader.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockReader.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockReader.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockReader.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockWriter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockWriter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockWriter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/FixedBlockWriter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/MonotonicCounter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/MonotonicCounter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/MonotonicCounter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/MonotonicCounter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/OboeDebug.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/OboeDebug.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/OboeDebug.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/OboeDebug.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/QuirksManager.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/QuirksManager.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/QuirksManager.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/QuirksManager.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/README.md b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/README.md similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/README.md rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/README.md diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceFloatCaller.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceFloatCaller.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceFloatCaller.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceFloatCaller.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceI16Caller.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceI16Caller.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceI16Caller.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/SourceI16Caller.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/Trace.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/Trace.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/Trace.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/common/Trace.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoBuffer.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoBuffer.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoBuffer.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoBuffer.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoController.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoController.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoController.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoController.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerBase.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerBase.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerBase.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerBase.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerIndirect.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerIndirect.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerIndirect.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/fifo/FifoControllerIndirect.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ChannelCountConverter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ClipToRange.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ClipToRange.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ClipToRange.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ClipToRange.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/FlowGraphNode.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ManyToMultiConverter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ManyToMultiConverter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ManyToMultiConverter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/ManyToMultiConverter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MonoToMultiConverter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/MultiToMonoConverter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/RampLinear.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/RampLinear.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/RampLinear.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/RampLinear.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SampleRateConverter.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkFloat.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkFloat.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkFloat.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkFloat.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI16.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI16.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI16.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI16.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI24.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI24.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI24.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SinkI24.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceFloat.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceFloat.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceFloat.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceFloat.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI16.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI16.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI16.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI16.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI24.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI24.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI24.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/SourceI24.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/HyperbolicCosineWindow.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/HyperbolicCosineWindow.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/HyperbolicCosineWindow.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/HyperbolicCosineWindow.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/IntegerRatio.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/IntegerRatio.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/IntegerRatio.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/IntegerRatio.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/KaiserWindow.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/KaiserWindow.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/KaiserWindow.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/KaiserWindow.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/LinearResampler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/LinearResampler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/LinearResampler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/LinearResampler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/MultiChannelResampler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResampler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResampler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResampler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResampler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerMono.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerMono.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerMono.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerMono.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerStereo.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerStereo.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerStereo.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/PolyphaseResamplerStereo.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/README.md b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/README.md similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/README.md rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/README.md diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResampler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResampler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResampler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResampler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResamplerStereo.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResamplerStereo.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResamplerStereo.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/flowgraph/resampler/SincResamplerStereo.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStream.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStream.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStream.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStream.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBase.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBase.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBase.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBase.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamBuilder.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/AudioStreamCallback.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Definitions.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Definitions.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Definitions.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Definitions.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/LatencyTuner.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/LatencyTuner.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/LatencyTuner.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/LatencyTuner.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Oboe.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Oboe.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Oboe.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Oboe.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/ResultWithValue.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/ResultWithValue.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/ResultWithValue.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/ResultWithValue.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/StabilizedCallback.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/StabilizedCallback.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/StabilizedCallback.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/StabilizedCallback.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Utilities.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Utilities.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Utilities.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Utilities.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Version.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Version.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Version.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/oboe/Version.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioInputStreamOpenSLES.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioInputStreamOpenSLES.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioInputStreamOpenSLES.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioInputStreamOpenSLES.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioOutputStreamOpenSLES.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamBuffered.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamOpenSLES.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamOpenSLES.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamOpenSLES.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/AudioStreamOpenSLES.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/EngineOpenSLES.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OpenSLESUtilities.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OpenSLESUtilities.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OpenSLESUtilities.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OpenSLESUtilities.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OutputMixerOpenSLES.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OutputMixerOpenSLES.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OutputMixerOpenSLES.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/oboe/opensles/OutputMixerOpenSLES.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/aes.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/aes.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/aes.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/aes.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1_mac.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1err.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1err.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1err.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1err.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1t.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1t.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1t.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asn1t.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/async.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/async.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/async.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/async.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asyncerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asyncerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asyncerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/asyncerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bio.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bio.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bio.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bio.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bioerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bioerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bioerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bioerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/blowfish.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/blowfish.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/blowfish.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/blowfish.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bn.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bn.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bn.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bn.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bnerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bnerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bnerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/bnerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffer.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffer.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffer.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffer.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffererr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffererr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffererr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/buffererr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/camellia.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/camellia.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/camellia.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/camellia.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cast.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cast.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cast.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cast.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmac.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmac.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmac.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmac.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cms.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cms.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cms.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cms.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmserr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmserr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmserr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cmserr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comp.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comp.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comp.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comp.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comperr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comperr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comperr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/comperr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf_api.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf_api.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf_api.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conf_api.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conferr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conferr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conferr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/conferr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/crypto.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/crypto.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/crypto.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/crypto.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cryptoerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cryptoerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cryptoerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cryptoerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ct.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ct.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ct.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ct.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cterr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cterr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cterr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/cterr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/des.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/des.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/des.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/des.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dh.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dh.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dh.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dh.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dherr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dherr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dherr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dherr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsa.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsa.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsa.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsa.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsaerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsaerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsaerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dsaerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dtls1.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dtls1.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dtls1.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/dtls1.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/e_os2.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/e_os2.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/e_os2.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/e_os2.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ebcdic.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ebcdic.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ebcdic.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ebcdic.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ec.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ec.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ec.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ec.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdh.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdh.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdh.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdh.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdsa.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdsa.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdsa.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecdsa.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ecerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engine.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engine.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engine.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engine.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engineerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engineerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engineerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/engineerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/err.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/err.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/err.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/err.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evp.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evp.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evp.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evp.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evperr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evperr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evperr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/evperr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/hmac.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/hmac.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/hmac.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/hmac.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/idea.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/idea.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/idea.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/idea.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdf.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdferr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdferr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdferr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/kdferr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/lhash.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/lhash.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/lhash.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/lhash.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md2.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md2.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md2.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md2.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md4.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md4.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md4.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md4.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md5.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md5.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md5.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/md5.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/mdc2.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/mdc2.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/mdc2.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/mdc2.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/modes.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/modes.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/modes.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/modes.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/obj_mac.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/obj_mac.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/obj_mac.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/obj_mac.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objects.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objects.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objects.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objects.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objectserr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objectserr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objectserr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/objectserr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsp.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsp.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsp.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsp.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsperr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsperr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsperr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ocsperr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslconf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslconf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslconf.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslconf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslv.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslv.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslv.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/opensslv.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ossl_typ.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem2.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem2.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem2.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pem2.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pemerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pemerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pemerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pemerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12err.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12err.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12err.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs12err.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7err.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7err.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7err.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/pkcs7err.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand_drbg.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand_drbg.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand_drbg.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rand_drbg.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/randerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/randerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/randerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/randerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc2.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc2.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc2.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc2.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc4.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc4.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc4.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc4.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc5.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc5.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc5.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rc5.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ripemd.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ripemd.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ripemd.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ripemd.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsa.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsa.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsa.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsa.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsaerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsaerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsaerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/rsaerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/safestack.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/safestack.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/safestack.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/safestack.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/seed.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/seed.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/seed.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/seed.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sha.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sha.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sha.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sha.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srp.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srp.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srp.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srp.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srtp.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srtp.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srtp.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/srtp.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl2.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl2.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl2.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl2.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl3.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl3.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl3.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ssl3.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sslerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sslerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sslerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/sslerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/stack.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/stack.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/stack.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/stack.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/store.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/store.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/store.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/store.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/storeerr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/storeerr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/storeerr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/storeerr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/symhacks.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/symhacks.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/symhacks.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/symhacks.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tls1.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tls1.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tls1.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tls1.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ts.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ts.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ts.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ts.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tserr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tserr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tserr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/tserr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/txt_db.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/txt_db.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/txt_db.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/txt_db.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ui.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ui.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ui.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/ui.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/uierr.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/uierr.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/uierr.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/uierr.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/whrlpool.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/whrlpool.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/whrlpool.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/whrlpool.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509_vfy.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509err.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509err.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509err.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509err.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3err.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3err.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3err.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/openssl/x509v3err.h diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..139eb0dc --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/png.h @@ -0,0 +1,3247 @@ + +/* png.h - header file for PNG reference library + * + * libpng version 1.6.37 - April 14, 2019 + * + * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta + * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2004,2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger + * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. (See LICENSE, below.) + * + * Authors and maintainers: + * libpng versions 0.71, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996: Guy Schalnat + * libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997: Andreas Dilger + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.35, July 2018: + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * libpng versions 1.6.36, December 2018, through 1.6.37, April 2019: + * Cosmin Truta + * See also "Contributing Authors", below. + */ + +/* + * COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE + * ========================================= + * + * PNG Reference Library License version 2 + * --------------------------------------- + * + * * Copyright (c) 1995-2019 The PNG Reference Library Authors. + * * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta. + * * Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson. + * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger. + * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * The software is supplied "as is", without warranty of any kind, + * express or implied, including, without limitation, the warranties + * of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title, and + * non-infringement. In no event shall the Copyright owners, or + * anyone distributing the software, be liable for any damages or + * other liability, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, arising + * from, out of, or in connection with the software, or the use or + * other dealings in the software, even if advised of the possibility + * of such damage. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute + * this software, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, + * subject to the following restrictions: + * + * 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you + * must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you + * use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product + * documentation would be appreciated, but is not required. + * + * 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must + * not be misrepresented as being the original software. + * + * 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any + * source or altered source distribution. + * + * + * PNG Reference Library License version 1 (for libpng 0.5 through 1.6.35) + * ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.6.35, July 15, 2018 are + * Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are + * derived from libpng-1.0.6, and are distributed according to the same + * disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 with the following individuals + * added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Simon-Pierre Cadieux + * Eric S. Raymond + * Mans Rullgard + * Cosmin Truta + * Gilles Vollant + * James Yu + * Mandar Sahastrabuddhe + * Google Inc. + * Vadim Barkov + * + * and with the following additions to the disclaimer: + * + * There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of + * the library or against infringement. There is no warranty that our + * efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes + * or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire + * risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is + * with the user. + * + * Some files in the "contrib" directory and some configure-generated + * files that are distributed with libpng have other copyright owners, and + * are released under other open source licenses. + * + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are + * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are derived from + * libpng-0.96, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and + * license as libpng-0.96, with the following individuals added to the + * list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Tom Lane + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Willem van Schaik + * + * libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are + * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger, are derived from libpng-0.88, + * and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as + * libpng-0.88, with the following individuals added to the list of + * Contributing Authors: + * + * John Bowler + * Kevin Bracey + * Sam Bushell + * Magnus Holmgren + * Greg Roelofs + * Tom Tanner + * + * Some files in the "scripts" directory have other copyright owners, + * but are released under this license. + * + * libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are + * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors" + * is defined as the following set of individuals: + * + * Andreas Dilger + * Dave Martindale + * Guy Eric Schalnat + * Paul Schmidt + * Tim Wegner + * + * The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing + * Authors and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or + * implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of + * merchantability and of fitness for any purpose. The Contributing + * Authors and Group 42, Inc. assume no liability for direct, indirect, + * incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damages, which may + * result from the use of the PNG Reference Library, even if advised of + * the possibility of such damage. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this + * source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject + * to the following restrictions: + * + * 1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented. + * + * 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not + * be misrepresented as being the original source. + * + * 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any + * source or altered source distribution. + * + * The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, + * without fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component + * to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use + * this source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would + * be appreciated. + * + * END OF COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE. + * + * TRADEMARK + * ========= + * + * The name "libpng" has not been registered by the Copyright owners + * as a trademark in any jurisdiction. However, because libpng has + * been distributed and maintained world-wide, continually since 1995, + * the Copyright owners claim "common-law trademark protection" in any + * jurisdiction where common-law trademark is recognized. + */ + +/* + * A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about" + * boxes and the like: + * + * printf("%s", png_get_copyright(NULL)); + * + * Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the + * files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31). + */ + +/* + * The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped + * with testing, bug fixes, and patience. This wouldn't have been + * possible without all of you. + * + * Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation. + */ + +/* Note about libpng version numbers: + * + * Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities + * and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering + * on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward. + * The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was + * the first widely used release: + * + * source png.h png.h shared-lib + * version string int version + * ------- ------ ----- ---------- + * 0.89c "1.0 beta 3" 0.89 89 1.0.89 + * 0.90 "1.0 beta 4" 0.90 90 0.90 [should have been 2.0.90] + * 0.95 "1.0 beta 5" 0.95 95 0.95 [should have been 2.0.95] + * 0.96 "1.0 beta 6" 0.96 96 0.96 [should have been 2.0.96] + * 0.97b "1.00.97 beta 7" 1.00.97 97 1.0.1 [should have been 2.0.97] + * 0.97c 0.97 97 2.0.97 + * 0.98 0.98 98 2.0.98 + * 0.99 0.99 98 2.0.99 + * 0.99a-m 0.99 99 2.0.99 + * 1.00 1.00 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.0 (from here on, the 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.1 png.h string is 10001 2.1.0 + * 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002 from here on, the shared library + * 1.0.2 source version) 10002 is 2.V where V is the source code + * 1.0.2a-b 10003 version, except as noted. + * 1.0.3 10003 + * 1.0.3a-d 10004 + * 1.0.4 10004 + * 1.0.4a-f 10005 + * 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches) 10005 + * 1.0.5a-d 10006 + * 1.0.5e-r 10100 (not source compatible) + * 1.0.5s-v 10006 (not binary compatible) + * 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches) 10006 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6d-f 10007 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6g 10007 + * 1.0.6h 10007 10.6h (testing xy.z so-numbering) + * 1.0.6i 10007 10.6i + * 1.0.6j 10007 2.1.0.6j (incompatible with 1.0.0) + * 1.0.7beta11-14 DLLNUM 10007 2.1.0.7beta11-14 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7beta15-18 1 10007 2.1.0.7beta15-18 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7rc1-2 1 10007 2.1.0.7rc1-2 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7 1 10007 (still compatible) + * ... + * 1.0.69 10 10069 10.so.0.69[.0] + * ... + * 1.2.59 13 10259 12.so.0.59[.0] + * ... + * 1.4.20 14 10420 14.so.0.20[.0] + * ... + * 1.5.30 15 10530 15.so.15.30[.0] + * ... + * 1.6.37 16 10637 16.so.16.37[.0] + * + * Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library major and + * minor numbers; the shared-library major version number will be used for + * changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended. + * The PNG_LIBPNG_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is + * available for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form XYYZZ + * corresponding to the source version X.Y.Z (leading zeros in Y and Z). + * Beta versions were given the previous public release number plus a + * letter, until version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming + * public release number plus "betaNN" or "rcNN". + * + * Binary incompatibility exists only when applications make direct access + * to the info_ptr or png_ptr members through png.h, and the compiled + * application is loaded with a different version of the library. + * + * DLLNUM will change each time there are forward or backward changes + * in binary compatibility (e.g., when a new feature is added). + * + * See libpng.txt or libpng.3 for more information. The PNG specification + * is available as a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO/IEC Standard; see + * <https://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/> + */ + +#ifndef PNG_H +#define PNG_H + +/* This is not the place to learn how to use libpng. The file libpng-manual.txt + * describes how to use libpng, and the file example.c summarizes it + * with some code on which to build. This file is useful for looking + * at the actual function definitions and structure components. If that + * file has been stripped from your copy of libpng, you can find it at + * <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/libpng-manual.txt> + * + * If you just need to read a PNG file and don't want to read the documentation + * skip to the end of this file and read the section entitled 'simplified API'. + */ + +/* Version information for png.h - this should match the version in png.c */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING "1.6.37" +#define PNG_HEADER_VERSION_STRING " libpng version 1.6.37 - April 14, 2019\n" + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_SONUM 16 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_DLLNUM 16 + +/* These should match the first 3 components of PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING: */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MINOR 6 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_RELEASE 37 + +/* This should be zero for a public release, or non-zero for a + * development version. [Deprecated] + */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_BUILD 0 + +/* Release Status */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_ALPHA 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BETA 2 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RC 3 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE 4 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RELEASE_STATUS_MASK 7 + +/* Release-Specific Flags */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PATCH 8 /* Can be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE only */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE 16 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL 32 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE */ + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE + +/* Careful here. At one time, Guy wanted to use 082, but that + * would be octal. We must not include leading zeros. + * Versions 0.7 through 1.0.0 were in the range 0 to 100 here + * (only version 1.0.0 was mis-numbered 100 instead of 10000). + * From version 1.0.1 it is: + * XXYYZZ, where XX=major, YY=minor, ZZ=release + */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER 10637 /* 1.6.37 */ + +/* Library configuration: these options cannot be changed after + * the library has been built. + */ +#ifndef PNGLCONF_H +/* If pnglibconf.h is missing, you can + * copy scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h + */ +# include "pnglibconf.h" +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY +/* Machine specific configuration. */ +# include "pngconf.h" +#endif + +/* + * Added at libpng-1.2.8 + * + * Ref MSDN: Private as priority over Special + * VS_FF_PRIVATEBUILD File *was not* built using standard release + * procedures. If this value is given, the StringFileInfo block must + * contain a PrivateBuild string. + * + * VS_FF_SPECIALBUILD File *was* built by the original company using + * standard release procedures but is a variation of the standard + * file of the same version number. If this value is given, the + * StringFileInfo block must contain a SpecialBuild string. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD /* From pnglibconf.h */ +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE) +#else +# ifdef PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL) +# else +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY + +/* Inhibit C++ name-mangling for libpng functions but not for system calls. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* Version information for C files, stored in png.c. This had better match + * the version above. + */ +#define png_libpng_ver png_get_header_ver(NULL) + +/* This file is arranged in several sections: + * + * 1. [omitted] + * 2. Any configuration options that can be specified by for the application + * code when it is built. (Build time configuration is in pnglibconf.h) + * 3. Type definitions (base types are defined in pngconf.h), structure + * definitions. + * 4. Exported library functions. + * 5. Simplified API. + * 6. Implementation options. + * + * The library source code has additional files (principally pngpriv.h) that + * allow configuration of the library. + */ + +/* Section 1: [omitted] */ + +/* Section 2: run time configuration + * See pnglibconf.h for build time configuration + * + * Run time configuration allows the application to choose between + * implementations of certain arithmetic APIs. The default is set + * at build time and recorded in pnglibconf.h, but it is safe to + * override these (and only these) settings. Note that this won't + * change what the library does, only application code, and the + * settings can (and probably should) be made on a per-file basis + * by setting the #defines before including png.h + * + * Use macros to read integers from PNG data or use the exported + * functions? + * PNG_USE_READ_MACROS: use the macros (see below) Note that + * the macros evaluate their argument multiple times. + * PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS: call the relevant library function. + * + * Use the alternative algorithm for compositing alpha samples that + * does not use division? + * PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED: use the 'no division' + * algorithm. + * PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV: use the 'division' algorithm. + * + * How to handle benign errors if PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS is + * false? + * PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS: map calls to the benign error + * APIs to png_warning. + * Otherwise the calls are mapped to png_error. + */ + +/* Section 3: type definitions, including structures and compile time + * constants. + * See pngconf.h for base types that vary by machine/system + */ + +/* This triggers a compiler error in png.c, if png.c and png.h + * do not agree upon the version number. + */ +typedef char* png_libpng_version_1_6_37; + +/* Basic control structions. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + * + * png_struct is the cache of information used while reading or writing a single + * PNG file. One of these is always required, although the simplified API + * (below) hides the creation and destruction of it. + */ +typedef struct png_struct_def png_struct; +typedef const png_struct * png_const_structp; +typedef png_struct * png_structp; +typedef png_struct * * png_structpp; + +/* png_info contains information read from or to be written to a PNG file. One + * or more of these must exist while reading or creating a PNG file. The + * information is not used by libpng during read but is used to control what + * gets written when a PNG file is created. "png_get_" function calls read + * information during read and "png_set_" functions calls write information + * when creating a PNG. + * been moved into a separate header file that is not accessible to + * applications. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + */ +typedef struct png_info_def png_info; +typedef png_info * png_infop; +typedef const png_info * png_const_infop; +typedef png_info * * png_infopp; + +/* Types with names ending 'p' are pointer types. The corresponding types with + * names ending 'rp' are identical pointer types except that the pointer is + * marked 'restrict', which means that it is the only pointer to the object + * passed to the function. Applications should not use the 'restrict' types; + * it is always valid to pass 'p' to a pointer with a function argument of the + * corresponding 'rp' type. Different compilers have different rules with + * regard to type matching in the presence of 'restrict'. For backward + * compatibility libpng callbacks never have 'restrict' in their parameters and, + * consequentially, writing portable application code is extremely difficult if + * an attempt is made to use 'restrict'. + */ +typedef png_struct * PNG_RESTRICT png_structrp; +typedef const png_struct * PNG_RESTRICT png_const_structrp; +typedef png_info * PNG_RESTRICT png_inforp; +typedef const png_info * PNG_RESTRICT png_const_inforp; + +/* Three color definitions. The order of the red, green, and blue, (and the + * exact size) is not important, although the size of the fields need to + * be png_byte or png_uint_16 (as defined below). + */ +typedef struct png_color_struct +{ + png_byte red; + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; +} png_color; +typedef png_color * png_colorp; +typedef const png_color * png_const_colorp; +typedef png_color * * png_colorpp; + +typedef struct png_color_16_struct +{ + png_byte index; /* used for palette files */ + png_uint_16 red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ +} png_color_16; +typedef png_color_16 * png_color_16p; +typedef const png_color_16 * png_const_color_16p; +typedef png_color_16 * * png_color_16pp; + +typedef struct png_color_8_struct +{ + png_byte red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; + png_byte gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ + png_byte alpha; /* for alpha channel files */ +} png_color_8; +typedef png_color_8 * png_color_8p; +typedef const png_color_8 * png_const_color_8p; +typedef png_color_8 * * png_color_8pp; + +/* + * The following two structures are used for the in-core representation + * of sPLT chunks. + */ +typedef struct png_sPLT_entry_struct +{ + png_uint_16 red; + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 alpha; + png_uint_16 frequency; +} png_sPLT_entry; +typedef png_sPLT_entry * png_sPLT_entryp; +typedef const png_sPLT_entry * png_const_sPLT_entryp; +typedef png_sPLT_entry * * png_sPLT_entrypp; + +/* When the depth of the sPLT palette is 8 bits, the color and alpha samples + * occupy the LSB of their respective members, and the MSB of each member + * is zero-filled. The frequency member always occupies the full 16 bits. + */ + +typedef struct png_sPLT_struct +{ + png_charp name; /* palette name */ + png_byte depth; /* depth of palette samples */ + png_sPLT_entryp entries; /* palette entries */ + png_int_32 nentries; /* number of palette entries */ +} png_sPLT_t; +typedef png_sPLT_t * png_sPLT_tp; +typedef const png_sPLT_t * png_const_sPLT_tp; +typedef png_sPLT_t * * png_sPLT_tpp; + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_text holds the contents of a text/ztxt/itxt chunk in a PNG file, + * and whether that contents is compressed or not. The "key" field + * points to a regular zero-terminated C string. The "text" fields can be a + * regular C string, an empty string, or a NULL pointer. + * However, the structure returned by png_get_text() will always contain + * the "text" field as a regular zero-terminated C string (possibly + * empty), never a NULL pointer, so it can be safely used in printf() and + * other string-handling functions. Note that the "itxt_length", "lang", and + * "lang_key" members of the structure only exist when the library is built + * with iTXt chunk support. Prior to libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by + * default without iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt *is* supported, + * the "lang" and "lang_key" fields contain NULL pointers when the + * "compression" field contains * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or + * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt. Note that the "compression value" is not the + * same as what appears in the PNG tEXt/zTXt/iTXt chunk's "compression flag" + * which is always 0 or 1, or its "compression method" which is always 0. + */ +typedef struct png_text_struct +{ + int compression; /* compression value: + -1: tEXt, none + 0: zTXt, deflate + 1: iTXt, none + 2: iTXt, deflate */ + png_charp key; /* keyword, 1-79 character description of "text" */ + png_charp text; /* comment, may be an empty string (ie "") + or a NULL pointer */ + size_t text_length; /* length of the text string */ + size_t itxt_length; /* length of the itxt string */ + png_charp lang; /* language code, 0-79 characters + or a NULL pointer */ + png_charp lang_key; /* keyword translated UTF-8 string, 0 or more + chars or a NULL pointer */ +} png_text; +typedef png_text * png_textp; +typedef const png_text * png_const_textp; +typedef png_text * * png_textpp; +#endif + +/* Supported compression types for text in PNG files (tEXt, and zTXt). + * The values of the PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_ defines should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR -3 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR -2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE -1 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 0 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* png_time is a way to hold the time in an machine independent way. + * Two conversions are provided, both from time_t and struct tm. There + * is no portable way to convert to either of these structures, as far + * as I know. If you know of a portable way, send it to me. As a side + * note - PNG has always been Year 2000 compliant! + */ +typedef struct png_time_struct +{ + png_uint_16 year; /* full year, as in, 1995 */ + png_byte month; /* month of year, 1 - 12 */ + png_byte day; /* day of month, 1 - 31 */ + png_byte hour; /* hour of day, 0 - 23 */ + png_byte minute; /* minute of hour, 0 - 59 */ + png_byte second; /* second of minute, 0 - 60 (for leap seconds) */ +} png_time; +typedef png_time * png_timep; +typedef const png_time * png_const_timep; +typedef png_time * * png_timepp; + +#if defined(PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) ||\ + defined(PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) +/* png_unknown_chunk is a structure to hold queued chunks for which there is + * no specific support. The idea is that we can use this to queue + * up private chunks for output even though the library doesn't actually + * know about their semantics. + * + * The data in the structure is set by libpng on read and used on write. + */ +typedef struct png_unknown_chunk_t +{ + png_byte name[5]; /* Textual chunk name with '\0' terminator */ + png_byte *data; /* Data, should not be modified on read! */ + size_t size; + + /* On write 'location' must be set using the flag values listed below. + * Notice that on read it is set by libpng however the values stored have + * more bits set than are listed below. Always treat the value as a + * bitmask. On write set only one bit - setting multiple bits may cause the + * chunk to be written in multiple places. + */ + png_byte location; /* mode of operation at read time */ +} +png_unknown_chunk; + +typedef png_unknown_chunk * png_unknown_chunkp; +typedef const png_unknown_chunk * png_const_unknown_chunkp; +typedef png_unknown_chunk * * png_unknown_chunkpp; +#endif + +/* Flag values for the unknown chunk location byte. */ +#define PNG_HAVE_IHDR 0x01 +#define PNG_HAVE_PLTE 0x02 +#define PNG_AFTER_IDAT 0x08 + +/* Maximum positive integer used in PNG is (2^31)-1 */ +#define PNG_UINT_31_MAX ((png_uint_32)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_UINT_32_MAX ((png_uint_32)(-1)) +#define PNG_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)(-1)) + +/* These are constants for fixed point values encoded in the + * PNG specification manner (x100000) + */ +#define PNG_FP_1 100000 +#define PNG_FP_HALF 50000 +#define PNG_FP_MAX ((png_fixed_point)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_FP_MIN (-PNG_FP_MAX) + +/* These describe the color_type field in png_info. */ +/* color type masks */ +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE 1 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR 2 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA 4 + +/* color types. Note that not all combinations are legal */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY 0 +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +/* aliases */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA + +/* This is for compression type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Deflate method 8, 32K window */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE + +/* This is for filter type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Single row per-byte filtering */ +#define PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING 64 /* Used only in MNG datastreams */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE + +/* These are for the interlacing type. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_NONE 0 /* Non-interlaced image */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 1 /* Adam7 interlacing */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the oFFs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL 0 /* Offset in pixels */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER 1 /* Offset in micrometers (1/10^6 meter) */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LINEAR 0 /* Linear transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_BASE_E 1 /* Exponential base e transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_ARBITRARY 2 /* Arbitrary base exponential transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_HYPERBOLIC 3 /* Hyperbolic sine transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_SCALE_UNKNOWN 0 /* unknown unit (image scale) */ +#define PNG_SCALE_METER 1 /* meters per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_RADIAN 2 /* radians per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pHYs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN 0 /* pixels/unknown unit (aspect ratio) */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_METER 1 /* pixels/meter */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sRGB chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL 0 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE 1 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION 2 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE 3 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* This is for text chunks */ +#define PNG_KEYWORD_MAX_LENGTH 79 + +/* Maximum number of entries in PLTE/sPLT/tRNS arrays */ +#define PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH 256 + +/* These determine if an ancillary chunk's data has been successfully read + * from the PNG header, or if the application has filled in the corresponding + * data in the info_struct to be written into the output file. The values + * of the PNG_INFO_<chunk> defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_INFO_gAMA 0x0001U +#define PNG_INFO_sBIT 0x0002U +#define PNG_INFO_cHRM 0x0004U +#define PNG_INFO_PLTE 0x0008U +#define PNG_INFO_tRNS 0x0010U +#define PNG_INFO_bKGD 0x0020U +#define PNG_INFO_hIST 0x0040U +#define PNG_INFO_pHYs 0x0080U +#define PNG_INFO_oFFs 0x0100U +#define PNG_INFO_tIME 0x0200U +#define PNG_INFO_pCAL 0x0400U +#define PNG_INFO_sRGB 0x0800U /* GR-P, 0.96a */ +#define PNG_INFO_iCCP 0x1000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sPLT 0x2000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sCAL 0x4000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_IDAT 0x8000U /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_eXIf 0x10000U /* GR-P, 1.6.31 */ + +/* This is used for the transformation routines, as some of them + * change these values for the row. It also should enable using + * the routines for other purposes. + */ +typedef struct png_row_info_struct +{ + png_uint_32 width; /* width of row */ + size_t rowbytes; /* number of bytes in row */ + png_byte color_type; /* color type of row */ + png_byte bit_depth; /* bit depth of row */ + png_byte channels; /* number of channels (1, 2, 3, or 4) */ + png_byte pixel_depth; /* bits per pixel (depth * channels) */ +} png_row_info; + +typedef png_row_info * png_row_infop; +typedef png_row_info * * png_row_infopp; + +/* These are the function types for the I/O functions and for the functions + * that allow the user to override the default I/O functions with his or her + * own. The png_error_ptr type should match that of user-supplied warning + * and error functions, while the png_rw_ptr type should match that of the + * user read/write data functions. Note that the 'write' function must not + * modify the buffer it is passed. The 'read' function, on the other hand, is + * expected to return the read data in the buffer. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_error_ptr, (png_structp, png_const_charp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_rw_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_flush_ptr, (png_structp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_read_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_write_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_info_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_end_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); + +/* The following callback receives png_uint_32 row_number, int pass for the + * png_bytep data of the row. When transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_row_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, + png_uint_32, int)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_user_transform_ptr, (png_structp, png_row_infop, + png_bytep)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(int, *png_user_chunk_ptr, (png_structp, + png_unknown_chunkp)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* not used anywhere */ +/* typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_unknown_chunk_ptr, (png_structp)); */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This must match the function definition in <setjmp.h>, and the application + * must include this before png.h to obtain the definition of jmp_buf. The + * function is required to be PNG_NORETURN, but this is not checked. If the + * function does return the application will crash via an abort() or similar + * system level call. + * + * If you get a warning here while building the library you may need to make + * changes to ensure that pnglibconf.h records the calling convention used by + * your compiler. This may be very difficult - try using a different compiler + * to build the library! + */ +PNG_FUNCTION(void, (PNGCAPI *png_longjmp_ptr), PNGARG((jmp_buf, int)), typedef); +#endif + +/* Transform masks for the high-level interface */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY 0x0000 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 0x0001 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA 0x0002 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING 0x0004 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP 0x0008 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND 0x0010 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO 0x0020 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT 0x0040 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR 0x0080 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA 0x0100 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN 0x0200 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA 0x0400 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER 0x0800 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.2.34 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER 0x1000 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.4.0 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB 0x2000 /* read only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.5.4 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 0x4000 /* read only */ +#if INT_MAX >= 0x8000 /* else this might break */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 0x8000 /* read only */ +#endif + +/* Flags for MNG supported features */ +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE 0x01 +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 0x04 +#define PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES 0x05 + +/* NOTE: prior to 1.5 these functions had no 'API' style declaration, + * this allowed the zlib default functions to be used on Windows + * platforms. In 1.5 the zlib default malloc (which just calls malloc and + * ignores the first argument) should be completely compatible with the + * following. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(png_voidp, *png_malloc_ptr, (png_structp, + png_alloc_size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_free_ptr, (png_structp, png_voidp)); + +/* Section 4: exported functions + * Here are the function definitions most commonly used. This is not + * the place to find out how to use libpng. See libpng-manual.txt for the + * full explanation, see example.c for the summary. This just provides + * a simple one line description of the use of each function. + * + * The PNG_EXPORT() and PNG_EXPORTA() macros used below are defined in + * pngconf.h and in the *.dfn files in the scripts directory. + * + * PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, (args)); + * + * ordinal: ordinal that is used while building + * *.def files. The ordinal value is only + * relevant when preprocessing png.h with + * the *.dfn files for building symbol table + * entries, and are removed by pngconf.h. + * type: return type of the function + * name: function name + * args: function arguments, with types + * + * When we wish to append attributes to a function prototype we use + * the PNG_EXPORTA() macro instead. + * + * PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, (args), attributes); + * + * ordinal, type, name, and args: same as in PNG_EXPORT(). + * attributes: function attributes + */ + +/* Returns the version number of the library */ +PNG_EXPORT(1, png_uint_32, png_access_version_number, (void)); + +/* Tell lib we have already handled the first <num_bytes> magic bytes. + * Handling more than 8 bytes from the beginning of the file is an error. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(2, void, png_set_sig_bytes, (png_structrp png_ptr, int num_bytes)); + +/* Check sig[start] through sig[start + num_to_check - 1] to see if it's a + * PNG file. Returns zero if the supplied bytes match the 8-byte PNG + * signature, and non-zero otherwise. Having num_to_check == 0 or + * start > 7 will always fail (ie return non-zero). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(3, int, png_sig_cmp, (png_const_bytep sig, size_t start, + size_t num_to_check)); + +/* Simple signature checking function. This is the same as calling + * png_check_sig(sig, n) := !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, n). + */ +#define png_check_sig(sig, n) !png_sig_cmp((sig), 0, (n)) + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for reading, and any other memory. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(4, png_structp, png_create_read_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, + png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for writing, and any other memory */ +PNG_EXPORTA(5, png_structp, png_create_write_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +PNG_EXPORT(6, size_t, png_get_compression_buffer_size, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(7, void, png_set_compression_buffer_size, (png_structrp png_ptr, + size_t size)); + +/* Moved from pngconf.h in 1.4.0 and modified to ensure setjmp/longjmp + * match up. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This function returns the jmp_buf built in to *png_ptr. It must be + * supplied with an appropriate 'longjmp' function to use on that jmp_buf + * unless the default error function is overridden in which case NULL is + * acceptable. The size of the jmp_buf is checked against the actual size + * allocated by the library - the call will return NULL on a mismatch + * indicating an ABI mismatch. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(8, jmp_buf*, png_set_longjmp_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_longjmp_ptr longjmp_fn, size_t jmp_buf_size)); +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (*png_set_longjmp_fn((png_ptr), longjmp, (sizeof (jmp_buf)))) +#else +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (LIBPNG_WAS_COMPILED_WITH__PNG_NO_SETJMP) +#endif +/* This function should be used by libpng applications in place of + * longjmp(png_ptr->jmpbuf, val). If longjmp_fn() has been set, it + * will use it; otherwise it will call PNG_ABORT(). This function was + * added in libpng-1.5.0. + */ +PNG_EXPORTA(9, void, png_longjmp, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, int val), + PNG_NORETURN); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Reset the compression stream */ +PNG_EXPORTA(10, int, png_reset_zstream, (png_structrp png_ptr), PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif + +/* New functions added in libpng-1.0.2 (not enabled by default until 1.2.0) */ +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(11, png_structp, png_create_read_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +PNG_EXPORTA(12, png_structp, png_create_write_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +#endif + +/* Write the PNG file signature. */ +PNG_EXPORT(13, void, png_write_sig, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Write a PNG chunk - size, type, (optional) data, CRC. */ +PNG_EXPORT(14, void, png_write_chunk, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_bytep + chunk_name, png_const_bytep data, size_t length)); + +/* Write the start of a PNG chunk - length and chunk name. */ +PNG_EXPORT(15, void, png_write_chunk_start, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name, png_uint_32 length)); + +/* Write the data of a PNG chunk started with png_write_chunk_start(). */ +PNG_EXPORT(16, void, png_write_chunk_data, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep data, size_t length)); + +/* Finish a chunk started with png_write_chunk_start() (includes CRC). */ +PNG_EXPORT(17, void, png_write_chunk_end, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Allocate and initialize the info structure */ +PNG_EXPORTA(18, png_infop, png_create_info_struct, (png_const_structrp png_ptr), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* DEPRECATED: this function allowed init structures to be created using the + * default allocation method (typically malloc). Use is deprecated in 1.6.0 and + * the API will be removed in the future. + */ +PNG_EXPORTA(19, void, png_info_init_3, (png_infopp info_ptr, + size_t png_info_struct_size), PNG_DEPRECATED); + +/* Writes all the PNG information before the image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(20, void, png_write_info_before_PLTE, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(21, void, png_write_info, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the information before the actual image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(22, void, png_read_info, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED + /* Convert to a US string format: there is no localization support in this + * routine. The original implementation used a 29 character buffer in + * png_struct, this will be removed in future versions. + */ +#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 +/* To do: remove this from libpng17 (and from libpng17/png.c and pngstruct.h) */ +PNG_EXPORTA(23, png_const_charp, png_convert_to_rfc1123, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_timep ptime),PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif +PNG_EXPORT(241, int, png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer, (char out[29], + png_const_timep ptime)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED +/* Convert from a struct tm to png_time */ +PNG_EXPORT(24, void, png_convert_from_struct_tm, (png_timep ptime, + const struct tm * ttime)); + +/* Convert from time_t to png_time. Uses gmtime() */ +PNG_EXPORT(25, void, png_convert_from_time_t, (png_timep ptime, time_t ttime)); +#endif /* CONVERT_tIME */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED +/* Expand data to 24-bit RGB, or 8-bit grayscale, with alpha if available. */ +PNG_EXPORT(26, void, png_set_expand, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(27, void, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(28, void, png_set_palette_to_rgb, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(29, void, png_set_tRNS_to_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED +/* Expand to 16-bit channels, forces conversion of palette to RGB and expansion + * of a tRNS chunk if present. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(221, void, png_set_expand_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED) +/* Use blue, green, red order for pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(30, void, png_set_bgr, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED +/* Expand the grayscale to 24-bit RGB if necessary. */ +PNG_EXPORT(31, void, png_set_gray_to_rgb, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED +/* Reduce RGB to grayscale. */ +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_WARN 2 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_ERROR 3 +#define PNG_RGB_TO_GRAY_DEFAULT (-1)/*for red/green coefficients*/ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(32, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int error_action, double red, double green)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(33, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int error_action, png_fixed_point red, png_fixed_point green)) + +PNG_EXPORT(34, png_byte, png_get_rgb_to_gray_status, (png_const_structrp + png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(35, void, png_build_grayscale_palette, (int bit_depth, + png_colorp palette)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED +/* How the alpha channel is interpreted - this affects how the color channels + * of a PNG file are returned to the calling application when an alpha channel, + * or a tRNS chunk in a palette file, is present. + * + * This has no effect on the way pixels are written into a PNG output + * datastream. The color samples in a PNG datastream are never premultiplied + * with the alpha samples. + * + * The default is to return data according to the PNG specification: the alpha + * channel is a linear measure of the contribution of the pixel to the + * corresponding composited pixel, and the color channels are unassociated + * (not premultiplied). The gamma encoded color channels must be scaled + * according to the contribution and to do this it is necessary to undo + * the encoding, scale the color values, perform the composition and re-encode + * the values. This is the 'PNG' mode. + * + * The alternative is to 'associate' the alpha with the color information by + * storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha. + * image. These are the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' modes + * (the latter being the two common names for associated alpha color channels). + * + * For the 'OPTIMIZED' mode, a pixel is treated as opaque only if the alpha + * value is equal to the maximum value. + * + * The final choice is to gamma encode the alpha channel as well. This is + * broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice + * correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition. Use this + * choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use + * mandate it; the typical serious error is for dark halos to appear around + * opaque areas of the composited PNG image because of arithmetic overflow. + * + * The API function png_set_alpha_mode specifies which of these choices to use + * with an enumerated 'mode' value and the gamma of the required output: + */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PNG 0 /* according to the PNG standard */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD 1 /* according to Porter/Duff */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_ASSOCIATED 1 /* as above; this is the normal practice */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED 1 /* as above */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED 2 /* 'PNG' for opaque pixels, else 'STANDARD' */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN 3 /* the alpha channel is gamma encoded */ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(227, void, png_set_alpha_mode, (png_structrp png_ptr, int mode, + double output_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(228, void, png_set_alpha_mode_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mode, png_fixed_point output_gamma)) +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_GAMMA_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED) +/* The output_gamma value is a screen gamma in libpng terminology: it expresses + * how to decode the output values, not how they are encoded. + */ +#define PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB -1 /* sRGB gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 -2 /* Old Mac '1.8' gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_sRGB 220000 /* Television standards--matches sRGB gamma */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR PNG_FP_1 /* Linear */ +#endif + +/* The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the + * required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha + * premultiplication. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel - it is not + * pre-multiplied into the color components. In addition the call states + * that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA + * chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant + * display preceded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45. This is how + * early Mac systems behaved. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR); + * This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic + * environments where everything is done by the book. It has the shortcoming + * of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this + * is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files where generated locally. + * Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show + * significant banding in dark areas of the image. + * + * png_set_expand_16(pp); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach. PNG files + * are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and + * the output is always 16 bits per component. This permits accurate scaling + * and processing of the data. If you know that your input PNG files were + * generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the + * correct value for your system. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background + * and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization + * setting. In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the + * output. For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip + * those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16 + * below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output + * encoding. + * + * Other cases + * If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because + * of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem. The PNG + * case will probably result in halos around the image. The linear encoding + * will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too + * contrasty.) Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably + * substantially reduce the halos. Alternatively try: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark + * halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light. + * In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background + * is dark. Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get + * your hardware/software fixed! (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly + * faster.) + * + * When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma. + * If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows + * you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the output gamma to the + * matching value. If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't + * match the output you can take advantage of the fact that + * png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG + * default if it is not already set: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the + * second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default. This + * is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma. You must use + * PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will + * fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is + * made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG + * are ignored. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(36, void, png_set_strip_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(37, void, png_set_swap_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(38, void, png_set_invert_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED) +/* Add a filler byte to 8-bit or 16-bit Gray or 24-bit or 48-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(39, void, png_set_filler, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, + int flags)); +/* The values of the PNG_FILLER_ defines should NOT be changed */ +# define PNG_FILLER_BEFORE 0 +# define PNG_FILLER_AFTER 1 +/* Add an alpha byte to 8-bit or 16-bit Gray or 24-bit or 48-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(40, void, png_set_add_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 filler, int flags)); +#endif /* READ_FILLER || WRITE_FILLER */ + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap bytes in 16-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(41, void, png_set_swap, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED) +/* Use 1 byte per pixel in 1, 2, or 4-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(42, void, png_set_packing, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap packing order of pixels in bytes. */ +PNG_EXPORT(43, void, png_set_packswap, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) +/* Converts files to legal bit depths. */ +PNG_EXPORT(44, void, png_set_shift, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_color_8p + true_bits)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) +/* Have the code handle the interlacing. Returns the number of passes. + * MUST be called before png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image, + * otherwise it will not have the desired effect. Note that it is still + * necessary to call png_read_row or png_read_rows png_get_image_height + * times for each pass. +*/ +PNG_EXPORT(45, int, png_set_interlace_handling, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED) +/* Invert monochrome files */ +PNG_EXPORT(46, void, png_set_invert_mono, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +/* Handle alpha and tRNS by replacing with a background color. Prior to + * libpng-1.5.4 this API must not be called before the PNG file header has been + * read. Doing so will result in unexpected behavior and possible warnings or + * errors if the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(47, void, png_set_background, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, double background_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(215, void, png_set_background_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, png_fixed_point background_gamma)) +#endif +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNKNOWN 0 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN 1 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE 2 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE 3 +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +/* Scale a 16-bit depth file down to 8-bit, accurately. */ +PNG_EXPORT(229, void, png_set_scale_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED /* Name prior to 1.5.4 */ +/* Strip the second byte of information from a 16-bit depth file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(48, void, png_set_strip_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED +/* Turn on quantizing, and reduce the palette to the number of colors + * available. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(49, void, png_set_quantize, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_colorp palette, int num_palette, int maximum_colors, + png_const_uint_16p histogram, int full_quantize)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +/* The threshold on gamma processing is configurable but hard-wired into the + * library. The following is the floating point variant. + */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD (PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED*.00001) + +/* Handle gamma correction. Screen_gamma=(display_exponent). + * NOTE: this API simply sets the screen and file gamma values. It will + * therefore override the value for gamma in a PNG file if it is called after + * the file header has been read - use with care - call before reading the PNG + * file for best results! + * + * These routines accept the same gamma values as png_set_alpha_mode (described + * above). The PNG_GAMMA_ defines and PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB can be passed to either + * API (floating point or fixed.) Notice, however, that the 'file_gamma' value + * is the inverse of a 'screen gamma' value. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(50, void, png_set_gamma, (png_structrp png_ptr, + double screen_gamma, double override_file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(208, void, png_set_gamma_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_fixed_point screen_gamma, png_fixed_point override_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED +/* Set how many lines between output flushes - 0 for no flushing */ +PNG_EXPORT(51, void, png_set_flush, (png_structrp png_ptr, int nrows)); +/* Flush the current PNG output buffer */ +PNG_EXPORT(52, void, png_write_flush, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Optional update palette with requested transformations */ +PNG_EXPORT(53, void, png_start_read_image, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Optional call to update the users info structure */ +PNG_EXPORT(54, void, png_read_update_info, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read one or more rows of image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(55, void, png_read_rows, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_bytepp display_row, png_uint_32 num_rows)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read a row of data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(56, void, png_read_row, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytep row, + png_bytep display_row)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the whole image into memory at once. */ +PNG_EXPORT(57, void, png_read_image, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); +#endif + +/* Write a row of image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(58, void, png_write_row, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep row)); + +/* Write a few rows of image data: (*row) is not written; however, the type + * is declared as writeable to maintain compatibility with previous versions + * of libpng and to allow the 'display_row' array from read_rows to be passed + * unchanged to write_rows. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(59, void, png_write_rows, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_uint_32 num_rows)); + +/* Write the image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(60, void, png_write_image, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); + +/* Write the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(61, void, png_write_end, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(62, void, png_read_end, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_info_struct */ +PNG_EXPORT(63, void, png_destroy_info_struct, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(64, void, png_destroy_read_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr, png_infopp end_info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(65, void, png_destroy_write_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Set the libpng method of handling chunk CRC errors */ +PNG_EXPORT(66, void, png_set_crc_action, (png_structrp png_ptr, int crit_action, + int ancil_action)); + +/* Values for png_set_crc_action() say how to handle CRC errors in + * ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained + * therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical + * chunk. For versions prior to 0.90, the action was always error/quit, + * whereas in version 0.90 and later, the action for CRC errors in ancillary + * chunks is warn/discard. These values should NOT be changed. + * + * value action:critical action:ancillary + */ +#define PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 /* error/quit warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 /* error/quit error/quit */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 /* (INVALID) warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 /* warn/use data warn/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 /* quiet/use data quiet/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 /* use current value use current value */ + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +/* These functions give the user control over the scan-line filtering in + * libpng and the compression methods used by zlib. These functions are + * mainly useful for testing, as the defaults should work with most users. + * Those users who are tight on memory or want faster performance at the + * expense of compression can modify them. See the compression library + * header file (zlib.h) for an explination of the compression functions. + */ + +/* Set the filtering method(s) used by libpng. Currently, the only valid + * value for "method" is 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(67, void, png_set_filter, (png_structrp png_ptr, int method, + int filters)); +#endif /* WRITE */ + +/* Flags for png_set_filter() to say which filters to use. The flags + * are chosen so that they don't conflict with real filter types + * below, in case they are supplied instead of the #defined constants. + * These values should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_NO_FILTERS 0x00 +#define PNG_FILTER_NONE 0x08 +#define PNG_FILTER_SUB 0x10 +#define PNG_FILTER_UP 0x20 +#define PNG_FILTER_AVG 0x40 +#define PNG_FILTER_PAETH 0x80 +#define PNG_FAST_FILTERS (PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_UP) +#define PNG_ALL_FILTERS (PNG_FAST_FILTERS | PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_PAETH) + +/* Filter values (not flags) - used in pngwrite.c, pngwutil.c for now. + * These defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE 0 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB 1 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP 2 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG 3 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH 4 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST 5 + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED /* DEPRECATED */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(68, void, png_set_filter_heuristics, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int heuristic_method, int num_weights, png_const_doublep filter_weights, + png_const_doublep filter_costs)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(209, void, png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int heuristic_method, int num_weights, + png_const_fixed_point_p filter_weights, + png_const_fixed_point_p filter_costs)) +#endif /* WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER */ + +/* The following are no longer used and will be removed from libpng-1.7: */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_DEFAULT 0 /* Currently "UNWEIGHTED" */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_UNWEIGHTED 1 /* Used by libpng < 0.95 */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED 2 /* Experimental feature */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* Set the library compression level. Currently, valid values range from + * 0 - 9, corresponding directly to the zlib compression levels 0 - 9 + * (0 - no compression, 9 - "maximal" compression). Note that tests have + * shown that zlib compression levels 3-6 usually perform as well as level 9 + * for PNG images, and do considerably fewer caclulations. In the future, + * these values may not correspond directly to the zlib compression levels. + */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(69, void, png_set_compression_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(70, void, png_set_compression_mem_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(71, void, png_set_compression_strategy, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(72, void, png_set_compression_window_bits, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(73, void, png_set_compression_method, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif /* WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_COMPRESSION */ + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +/* Also set zlib parameters for compressing non-IDAT chunks */ +PNG_EXPORT(222, void, png_set_text_compression_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(223, void, png_set_text_compression_mem_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(224, void, png_set_text_compression_strategy, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(225, void, png_set_text_compression_window_bits, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(226, void, png_set_text_compression_method, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif /* WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION */ +#endif /* WRITE */ + +/* These next functions are called for input/output, memory, and error + * handling. They are in the file pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, + * and call standard C I/O routines such as fread(), fwrite(), and + * fprintf(). These functions can be made to use other I/O routines + * at run time for those applications that need to handle I/O in a + * different manner by calling png_set_???_fn(). See libpng-manual.txt for + * more information. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +/* Initialize the input/output for the PNG file to the default functions. */ +PNG_EXPORT(74, void, png_init_io, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_FILE_p fp)); +#endif + +/* Replace the (error and abort), and warning functions with user + * supplied functions. If no messages are to be printed you must still + * write and use replacement functions. The replacement error_fn should + * still do a longjmp to the last setjmp location if you are using this + * method of error handling. If error_fn or warning_fn is NULL, the + * default function will be used. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(75, void, png_set_error_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warning_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the error functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(76, png_voidp, png_get_error_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Replace the default data output functions with a user supplied one(s). + * If buffered output is not used, then output_flush_fn can be set to NULL. + * If PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED is not defined at libpng compile time + * output_flush_fn will be ignored (and thus can be NULL). + * It is probably a mistake to use NULL for output_flush_fn if + * write_data_fn is not also NULL unless you have built libpng with + * PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED undefined, because in this case libpng's + * default flush function, which uses the standard *FILE structure, will + * be used. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(77, void, png_set_write_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn)); + +/* Replace the default data input function with a user supplied one. */ +PNG_EXPORT(78, void, png_set_read_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the I/O functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(79, png_voidp, png_get_io_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(80, void, png_set_read_status_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_read_status_ptr read_row_fn)); + +PNG_EXPORT(81, void, png_set_write_status_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_write_status_ptr write_row_fn)); + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +/* Replace the default memory allocation functions with user supplied one(s). */ +PNG_EXPORT(82, void, png_set_mem_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp mem_ptr, + png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the memory functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(83, png_voidp, png_get_mem_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(84, void, png_set_read_user_transform_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr read_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(85, void, png_set_write_user_transform_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr write_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(86, void, png_set_user_transform_info, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_transform_ptr, int user_transform_depth, + int user_transform_channels)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the user transform functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(87, png_voidp, png_get_user_transform_ptr, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED +/* Return information about the row currently being processed. Note that these + * APIs do not fail but will return unexpected results if called outside a user + * transform callback. Also note that when transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +PNG_EXPORT(217, png_uint_32, png_get_current_row_number, (png_const_structrp)); +PNG_EXPORT(218, png_byte, png_get_current_pass_number, (png_const_structrp)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* This callback is called only for *unknown* chunks. If + * PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED is set then it is possible to set known + * chunks to be treated as unknown, however in this case the callback must do + * any processing required by the chunk (e.g. by calling the appropriate + * png_set_ APIs.) + * + * There is no write support - on write, by default, all the chunks in the + * 'unknown' list are written in the specified position. + * + * The integer return from the callback function is interpreted thus: + * + * negative: An error occurred; png_chunk_error will be called. + * zero: The chunk was not handled, the chunk will be saved. A critical + * chunk will cause an error at this point unless it is to be saved. + * positive: The chunk was handled, libpng will ignore/discard it. + * + * See "INTERACTION WITH USER CHUNK CALLBACKS" below for important notes about + * how this behavior will change in libpng 1.7 + */ +PNG_EXPORT(88, void, png_set_read_user_chunk_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_chunk_ptr, png_user_chunk_ptr read_user_chunk_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(89, png_voidp, png_get_user_chunk_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Sets the function callbacks for the push reader, and a pointer to a + * user-defined structure available to the callback functions. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(90, void, png_set_progressive_read_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp progressive_ptr, png_progressive_info_ptr info_fn, + png_progressive_row_ptr row_fn, png_progressive_end_ptr end_fn)); + +/* Returns the user pointer associated with the push read functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(91, png_voidp, png_get_progressive_ptr, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Function to be called when data becomes available */ +PNG_EXPORT(92, void, png_process_data, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep buffer, size_t buffer_size)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* within png_process_data to stop the + * processing of any more data. The function returns the number of bytes + * remaining, excluding any that libpng has cached internally. A subsequent + * call to png_process_data must supply these bytes again. If the argument + * 'save' is set to true the routine will first save all the pending data and + * will always return 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(219, size_t, png_process_data_pause, (png_structrp, int save)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* outside (after) a call to + * png_process_data. It returns the number of bytes of data to skip in the + * input. Normally it will return 0, but if it returns a non-zero value the + * application must skip than number of bytes of input data and pass the + * following data to the next call to png_process_data. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(220, png_uint_32, png_process_data_skip, (png_structrp)); + +/* Function that combines rows. 'new_row' is a flag that should come from + * the callback and be non-NULL if anything needs to be done; the library + * stores its own version of the new data internally and ignores the passed + * in value. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(93, void, png_progressive_combine_row, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_bytep old_row, png_const_bytep new_row)); +#endif /* PROGRESSIVE_READ */ + +PNG_EXPORTA(94, png_voidp, png_malloc, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); +/* Added at libpng version 1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(95, png_voidp, png_calloc, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Added at libpng version 1.2.4 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(96, png_voidp, png_malloc_warn, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Frees a pointer allocated by png_malloc() */ +PNG_EXPORT(97, void, png_free, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr)); + +/* Free data that was allocated internally */ +PNG_EXPORT(98, void, png_free_data, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 free_me, int num)); + +/* Reassign responsibility for freeing existing data, whether allocated + * by libpng or by the application; this works on the png_info structure passed + * in, it does not change the state for other png_info structures. + * + * It is unlikely that this function works correctly as of 1.6.0 and using it + * may result either in memory leaks or double free of allocated data. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(99, void, png_data_freer, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int freer, png_uint_32 mask)); + +/* Assignments for png_data_freer */ +#define PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA 2 +/* Flags for png_ptr->free_me and info_ptr->free_me */ +#define PNG_FREE_HIST 0x0008U +#define PNG_FREE_ICCP 0x0010U +#define PNG_FREE_SPLT 0x0020U +#define PNG_FREE_ROWS 0x0040U +#define PNG_FREE_PCAL 0x0080U +#define PNG_FREE_SCAL 0x0100U +#ifdef PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FREE_UNKN 0x0200U +#endif +/* PNG_FREE_LIST 0x0400U removed in 1.6.0 because it is ignored */ +#define PNG_FREE_PLTE 0x1000U +#define PNG_FREE_TRNS 0x2000U +#define PNG_FREE_TEXT 0x4000U +#define PNG_FREE_EXIF 0x8000U /* Added at libpng-1.6.31 */ +#define PNG_FREE_ALL 0xffffU +#define PNG_FREE_MUL 0x4220U /* PNG_FREE_SPLT|PNG_FREE_TEXT|PNG_FREE_UNKN */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(100, png_voidp, png_malloc_default, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED PNG_DEPRECATED); +PNG_EXPORTA(101, void, png_free_default, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp ptr), PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(102, void, png_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_message), PNG_NORETURN); + +/* The same, but the chunk name is prepended to the error string. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(103, void, png_chunk_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_message), PNG_NORETURN); + +#else +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(104, void, png_err, (png_const_structrp png_ptr), PNG_NORETURN); +# define png_error(s1,s2) png_err(s1) +# define png_chunk_error(s1,s2) png_err(s1) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +/* Non-fatal error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. */ +PNG_EXPORT(105, void, png_warning, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +/* Non-fatal error in libpng, chunk name is prepended to message. */ +PNG_EXPORT(106, void, png_chunk_warning, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); +#else +# define png_warning(s1,s2) ((void)(s1)) +# define png_chunk_warning(s1,s2) ((void)(s1)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +/* Benign error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. + * User can choose whether to handle as a fatal error or as a warning. */ +PNG_EXPORT(107, void, png_benign_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Same, chunk name is prepended to message (only during read) */ +PNG_EXPORT(108, void, png_chunk_benign_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(109, void, png_set_benign_errors, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int allowed)); +#else +# ifdef PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS +# define png_benign_error png_warning +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_warning +# else +# define png_benign_error png_error +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_error +# endif +#endif + +/* The png_set_<chunk> functions are for storing values in the png_info_struct. + * Similarly, the png_get_<chunk> calls are used to read values from the + * png_info_struct, either storing the parameters in the passed variables, or + * setting pointers into the png_info_struct where the data is stored. The + * png_get_<chunk> functions return a non-zero value if the data was available + * in info_ptr, or return zero and do not change any of the parameters if the + * data was not available. + * + * These functions should be used instead of directly accessing png_info + * to avoid problems with future changes in the size and internal layout of + * png_info_struct. + */ +/* Returns "flag" if chunk data is valid in info_ptr. */ +PNG_EXPORT(110, png_uint_32, png_get_valid, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 flag)); + +/* Returns number of bytes needed to hold a transformed row. */ +PNG_EXPORT(111, size_t, png_get_rowbytes, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* Returns row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines that was + * returned from png_read_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(112, png_bytepp, png_get_rows, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Set row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines for use + * by png_write_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(113, void, png_set_rows, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytepp row_pointers)); +#endif + +/* Returns number of color channels in image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(114, png_byte, png_get_channels, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED +/* Returns image width in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(115, png_uint_32, png_get_image_width, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image height in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(116, png_uint_32, png_get_image_height, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image bit_depth. */ +PNG_EXPORT(117, png_byte, png_get_bit_depth, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image color_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(118, png_byte, png_get_color_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image filter_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(119, png_byte, png_get_filter_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image interlace_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(120, png_byte, png_get_interlace_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image compression_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(121, png_byte, png_get_compression_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image resolution in pixels per meter, from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(122, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(123, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(124, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns pixel aspect ratio, computed from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(125, float, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(210, png_fixed_point, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) + +/* Returns image x, y offset in pixels or microns, from oFFs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(126, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(127, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(128, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_microns, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(129, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_microns, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#endif /* EASY_ACCESS */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Returns pointer to signature string read from PNG header */ +PNG_EXPORT(130, png_const_bytep, png_get_signature, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(131, png_uint_32, png_get_bKGD, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_color_16p *background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(132, void, png_set_bKGD, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_color_16p background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(133, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *white_x, double *white_y, double *red_x, + double *red_y, double *green_x, double *green_y, double *blue_x, + double *blue_y)) +PNG_FP_EXPORT(230, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *red_X, double *red_Y, double *red_Z, + double *green_X, double *green_Y, double *green_Z, double *blue_X, + double *blue_Y, double *blue_Z)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(134, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_white_x, png_fixed_point *int_white_y, + png_fixed_point *int_red_x, png_fixed_point *int_red_y, + png_fixed_point *int_green_x, png_fixed_point *int_green_y, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_x, png_fixed_point *int_blue_y)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(231, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_red_X, png_fixed_point *int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_red_Z, png_fixed_point *int_green_X, + png_fixed_point *int_green_Y, png_fixed_point *int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_X, png_fixed_point *int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_Z)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(135, void, png_set_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, + double white_x, double white_y, double red_x, double red_y, double green_x, + double green_y, double blue_x, double blue_y)) +PNG_FP_EXPORT(232, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, double red_X, double red_Y, double red_Z, + double green_X, double green_Y, double green_Z, double blue_X, + double blue_Y, double blue_Z)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(136, void, png_set_cHRM_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_white_x, + png_fixed_point int_white_y, png_fixed_point int_red_x, + png_fixed_point int_red_y, png_fixed_point int_green_x, + png_fixed_point int_green_y, png_fixed_point int_blue_x, + png_fixed_point int_blue_y)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(233, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_red_X, png_fixed_point int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point int_red_Z, png_fixed_point int_green_X, + png_fixed_point int_green_Y, png_fixed_point int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point int_blue_X, png_fixed_point int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point int_blue_Z)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_eXIf_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(246, png_uint_32, png_get_eXIf, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep *exif)); +PNG_EXPORT(247, void, png_set_eXIf, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep exif)); + +PNG_EXPORT(248, png_uint_32, png_get_eXIf_1, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *num_exif, png_bytep *exif)); +PNG_EXPORT(249, void, png_set_eXIf_1, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 num_exif, png_bytep exif)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(137, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(138, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(139, void, png_set_gAMA, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, double file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(140, void, png_set_gAMA_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(141, png_uint_32, png_get_hIST, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_16p *hist)); +PNG_EXPORT(142, void, png_set_hIST, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_uint_16p hist)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(143, png_uint_32, png_get_IHDR, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *width, png_uint_32 *height, + int *bit_depth, int *color_type, int *interlace_method, + int *compression_method, int *filter_method)); + +PNG_EXPORT(144, void, png_set_IHDR, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 width, png_uint_32 height, int bit_depth, + int color_type, int interlace_method, int compression_method, + int filter_method)); + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(145, png_uint_32, png_get_oFFs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_int_32 *offset_x, png_int_32 *offset_y, + int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(146, void, png_set_oFFs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_int_32 offset_x, png_int_32 offset_y, + int unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(147, png_uint_32, png_get_pCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_charp *purpose, png_int_32 *X0, + png_int_32 *X1, int *type, int *nparams, png_charp *units, + png_charpp *params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(148, void, png_set_pCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_charp purpose, png_int_32 X0, png_int_32 X1, + int type, int nparams, png_const_charp units, png_charpp params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(149, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, + int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(150, void, png_set_pHYs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 res_x, png_uint_32 res_y, int unit_type)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(151, png_uint_32, png_get_PLTE, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_colorp *palette, int *num_palette)); + +PNG_EXPORT(152, void, png_set_PLTE, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_colorp palette, int num_palette)); + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(153, png_uint_32, png_get_sBIT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_color_8p *sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(154, void, png_set_sBIT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_color_8p sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(155, png_uint_32, png_get_sRGB, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *file_srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(156, void, png_set_sRGB, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +PNG_EXPORT(157, void, png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(158, png_uint_32, png_get_iCCP, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_charpp name, int *compression_type, + png_bytepp profile, png_uint_32 *proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(159, void, png_set_iCCP, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_charp name, int compression_type, + png_const_bytep profile, png_uint_32 proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(160, int, png_get_sPLT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_sPLT_tpp entries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(161, void, png_set_sPLT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_sPLT_tp entries, int nentries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_get_text also returns the number of text chunks in *num_text */ +PNG_EXPORT(162, int, png_get_text, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_textp *text_ptr, int *num_text)); +#endif + +/* Note while png_set_text() will accept a structure whose text, + * language, and translated keywords are NULL pointers, the structure + * returned by png_get_text will always contain regular + * zero-terminated C strings. They might be empty strings but + * they will never be NULL pointers. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(163, void, png_set_text, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_textp text_ptr, int num_text)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(164, png_uint_32, png_get_tIME, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_timep *mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(165, void, png_set_tIME, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_timep mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(166, png_uint_32, png_get_tRNS, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep *trans_alpha, int *num_trans, + png_color_16p *trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(167, void, png_set_tRNS, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_bytep trans_alpha, int num_trans, + png_const_color_16p trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(168, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, double *width, double *height)) +#if defined(PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED) +/* NOTE: this API is currently implemented using floating point arithmetic, + * consequently it can only be used on systems with floating point support. + * In any case the range of values supported by png_fixed_point is small and it + * is highly recommended that png_get_sCAL_s be used instead. + */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(214, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, + png_fixed_point *width, png_fixed_point *height)) +#endif +PNG_EXPORT(169, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_s, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, + png_charpp swidth, png_charpp sheight)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(170, void, png_set_sCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, double width, double height)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(213, void, png_set_sCAL_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, png_fixed_point width, + png_fixed_point height)) +PNG_EXPORT(171, void, png_set_sCAL_s, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, + png_const_charp swidth, png_const_charp sheight)); +#endif /* sCAL */ + +#ifdef PNG_SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* Provide the default handling for all unknown chunks or, optionally, for + * specific unknown chunks. + * + * NOTE: prior to 1.6.0 the handling specified for particular chunks on read was + * ignored and the default was used, the per-chunk setting only had an effect on + * write. If you wish to have chunk-specific handling on read in code that must + * work on earlier versions you must use a user chunk callback to specify the + * desired handling (keep or discard.) + * + * The 'keep' parameter is a PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ value as listed below. The + * parameter is interpreted as follows: + * + * READ: + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT: + * Known chunks: do normal libpng processing, do not keep the chunk (but + * see the comments below about PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED) + * Unknown chunks: for a specific chunk use the global default, when used + * as the default discard the chunk data. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER: + * Discard the chunk data. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE: + * Keep the chunk data if the chunk is not critical else raise a chunk + * error. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS: + * Keep the chunk data. + * + * If the chunk data is saved it can be retrieved using png_get_unknown_chunks, + * below. Notice that specifying "AS_DEFAULT" as a global default is equivalent + * to specifying "NEVER", however when "AS_DEFAULT" is used for specific chunks + * it simply resets the behavior to the libpng default. + * + * INTERACTION WITH USER CHUNK CALLBACKS: + * The per-chunk handling is always used when there is a png_user_chunk_ptr + * callback and the callback returns 0; the chunk is then always stored *unless* + * it is critical and the per-chunk setting is other than ALWAYS. Notice that + * the global default is *not* used in this case. (In effect the per-chunk + * value is incremented to at least IF_SAFE.) + * + * IMPORTANT NOTE: this behavior will change in libpng 1.7 - the global and + * per-chunk defaults will be honored. If you want to preserve the current + * behavior when your callback returns 0 you must set PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE + * as the default - if you don't do this libpng 1.6 will issue a warning. + * + * If you want unhandled unknown chunks to be discarded in libpng 1.6 and + * earlier simply return '1' (handled). + * + * PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED: + * If this is *not* set known chunks will always be handled by libpng and + * will never be stored in the unknown chunk list. Known chunks listed to + * png_set_keep_unknown_chunks will have no effect. If it is set then known + * chunks listed with a keep other than AS_DEFAULT will *never* be processed + * by libpng, in addition critical chunks must either be processed by the + * callback or saved. + * + * The IHDR and IEND chunks must not be listed. Because this turns off the + * default handling for chunks that would otherwise be recognized the + * behavior of libpng transformations may well become incorrect! + * + * WRITE: + * When writing chunks the options only apply to the chunks specified by + * png_set_unknown_chunks (below), libpng will *always* write known chunks + * required by png_set_ calls and will always write the core critical chunks + * (as required for PLTE). + * + * Each chunk in the png_set_unknown_chunks list is looked up in the + * png_set_keep_unknown_chunks list to find the keep setting, this is then + * interpreted as follows: + * + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT: + * Write safe-to-copy chunks and write other chunks if the global + * default is set to _ALWAYS, otherwise don't write this chunk. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER: + * Do not write the chunk. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE: + * Write the chunk if it is safe-to-copy, otherwise do not write it. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS: + * Write the chunk. + * + * Note that the default behavior is effectively the opposite of the read case - + * in read unknown chunks are not stored by default, in write they are written + * by default. Also the behavior of PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE is very different + * - on write the safe-to-copy bit is checked, on read the critical bit is + * checked and on read if the chunk is critical an error will be raised. + * + * num_chunks: + * =========== + * If num_chunks is positive, then the "keep" parameter specifies the manner + * for handling only those chunks appearing in the chunk_list array, + * otherwise the chunk list array is ignored. + * + * If num_chunks is 0 the "keep" parameter specifies the default behavior for + * unknown chunks, as described above. + * + * If num_chunks is negative, then the "keep" parameter specifies the manner + * for handling all unknown chunks plus all chunks recognized by libpng + * except for the IHDR, PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks (which continue to + * be processed by libpng. + */ +#ifdef PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(172, void, png_set_keep_unknown_chunks, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int keep, png_const_bytep chunk_list, int num_chunks)); +#endif /* HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN */ + +/* The "keep" PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ parameter for the specified chunk is returned; + * the result is therefore true (non-zero) if special handling is required, + * false for the default handling. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(173, int, png_handle_as_unknown, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name)); +#endif /* SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS */ + +#ifdef PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(174, void, png_set_unknown_chunks, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_unknown_chunkp unknowns, + int num_unknowns)); + /* NOTE: prior to 1.6.0 this routine set the 'location' field of the added + * unknowns to the location currently stored in the png_struct. This is + * invariably the wrong value on write. To fix this call the following API + * for each chunk in the list with the correct location. If you know your + * code won't be compiled on earlier versions you can rely on + * png_set_unknown_chunks(write-ptr, png_get_unknown_chunks(read-ptr)) doing + * the correct thing. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(175, void, png_set_unknown_chunk_location, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, int chunk, int location)); + +PNG_EXPORT(176, int, png_get_unknown_chunks, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_unknown_chunkpp entries)); +#endif + +/* Png_free_data() will turn off the "valid" flag for anything it frees. + * If you need to turn it off for a chunk that your application has freed, + * you can use png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_CHNK); + */ +PNG_EXPORT(177, void, png_set_invalid, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int mask)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* The "params" pointer is currently not used and is for future expansion. */ +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(178, void, png_read_png, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(179, void, png_write_png, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +#endif +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(180, png_const_charp, png_get_copyright, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(181, png_const_charp, png_get_header_ver, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(182, png_const_charp, png_get_header_version, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(183, png_const_charp, png_get_libpng_ver, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(184, png_uint_32, png_permit_mng_features, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 mng_features_permitted)); +#endif + +/* For use in png_set_keep_unknown, added to version 1.2.6 */ +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_LAST 4 + +/* Strip the prepended error numbers ("#nnn ") from error and warning + * messages before passing them to the error or warning handler. + */ +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(185, void, png_set_strip_error_numbers, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 strip_mode)); +#endif + +/* Added in libpng-1.2.6 */ +#ifdef PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(186, void, png_set_user_limits, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_width_max, png_uint_32 user_height_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(187, png_uint_32, png_get_user_width_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(188, png_uint_32, png_get_user_height_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORT(189, void, png_set_chunk_cache_max, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(190, png_uint_32, png_get_chunk_cache_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.1 */ +PNG_EXPORT(191, void, png_set_chunk_malloc_max, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(192, png_alloc_size_t, png_get_chunk_malloc_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(193, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(194, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(195, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(196, float, png_get_x_offset_inches, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(211, png_fixed_point, png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#endif + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(197, float, png_get_y_offset_inches, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(212, png_fixed_point, png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#endif + +# ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(198, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs_dpi, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, + int *unit_type)); +# endif /* pHYs */ +#endif /* INCH_CONVERSIONS */ + +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +#ifdef PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(199, png_uint_32, png_get_io_state, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Removed from libpng 1.6; use png_get_io_chunk_type. */ +PNG_REMOVED(200, png_const_bytep, png_get_io_chunk_name, (png_structrp png_ptr), + PNG_DEPRECATED) + +PNG_EXPORT(216, png_uint_32, png_get_io_chunk_type, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* The flags returned by png_get_io_state() are the following: */ +# define PNG_IO_NONE 0x0000 /* no I/O at this moment */ +# define PNG_IO_READING 0x0001 /* currently reading */ +# define PNG_IO_WRITING 0x0002 /* currently writing */ +# define PNG_IO_SIGNATURE 0x0010 /* currently at the file signature */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_HDR 0x0020 /* currently at the chunk header */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_DATA 0x0040 /* currently at the chunk data */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_CRC 0x0080 /* currently at the chunk crc */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_OP 0x000f /* current operation: reading/writing */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_LOC 0x00f0 /* current location: sig/hdr/data/crc */ +#endif /* IO_STATE */ + +/* Interlace support. The following macros are always defined so that if + * libpng interlace handling is turned off the macros may be used to handle + * interlaced images within the application. + */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES 7 + +/* Two macros to return the first row and first column of the original, + * full, image which appears in a given pass. 'pass' is in the range 0 + * to 6 and the result is in the range 0 to 7. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass) (((1&~(pass))<<(3-((pass)>>1)))&7) +#define PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass) (((1& (pass))<<(3-(((pass)+1)>>1)))&7) + +/* A macro to return the offset between pixels in the output row for a pair of + * pixels in the input - effectively the inverse of the 'COL_SHIFT' macro that + * follows. Note that ROW_OFFSET is the offset from one row to the next whereas + * COL_OFFSET is from one column to the next, within a row. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_OFFSET(pass) ((pass)>2?(8>>(((pass)-1)>>1)):8) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_OFFSET(pass) (1<<((7-(pass))>>1)) + +/* Two macros to help evaluate the number of rows or columns in each + * pass. This is expressed as a shift - effectively log2 of the number or + * rows or columns in each 8x8 tile of the original image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>2?(8-(pass))>>1:3) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>1?(7-(pass))>>1:3) + +/* Hence two macros to determine the number of rows or columns in a given + * pass of an image given its height or width. In fact these macros may + * return non-zero even though the sub-image is empty, because the other + * dimension may be empty for a small image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass) (((height)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass)) +#define PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass) (((width)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass)) + +/* For the reader row callbacks (both progressive and sequential) it is + * necessary to find the row in the output image given a row in an interlaced + * image, so two more macros: + */ +#define PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(y_in, pass) \ + (((y_in)<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)) +#define PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(x_in, pass) \ + (((x_in)<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)) + +/* Two macros which return a boolean (0 or 1) saying whether the given row + * or column is in a particular pass. These use a common utility macro that + * returns a mask for a given pass - the offset 'off' selects the row or + * column version. The mask has the appropriate bit set for each column in + * the tile. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,off) ( \ + ((0x110145AF>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF) | \ + ((0x01145AF0>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF0)) + +#define PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,0) >> ((y)&7)) & 1) +#define PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,1) >> ((x)&7)) & 1) + +#ifdef PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED +/* With these routines we avoid an integer divide, which will be slower on + * most machines. However, it does take more operations than the corresponding + * divide method, so it may be slower on a few RISC systems. There are two + * shifts (by 8 or 16 bits) and an addition, versus a single integer divide. + * + * Note that the rounding factors are NOT supposed to be the same! 128 and + * 32768 are correct for the NODIV code; 127 and 32767 are correct for the + * standard method. + * + * [Optimized code by Greg Roelofs and Mark Adler...blame us for bugs. :-) ] + */ + + /* fg and bg should be in `gamma 1.0' space; alpha is the opacity */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { \ + png_uint_16 temp = (png_uint_16)((png_uint_16)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_16)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_16)(bg)*(png_uint_16)(255 \ + - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + 128); \ + (composite) = (png_byte)(((temp + (temp >> 8)) >> 8) & 0xff); \ + } + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { \ + png_uint_32 temp = (png_uint_32)((png_uint_32)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_32)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(65535 \ + - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + 32768); \ + (composite) = (png_uint_16)(0xffff & ((temp + (temp >> 16)) >> 16)); \ + } + +#else /* Standard method using integer division */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = \ + (png_byte)(0xff & (((png_uint_16)(fg) * (png_uint_16)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_16)(bg) * (png_uint_16)(255 - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + \ + 127) / 255)) + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = \ + (png_uint_16)(0xffff & (((png_uint_32)(fg) * (png_uint_32)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(png_uint_32)(65535 - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + \ + 32767) / 65535)) +#endif /* READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(201, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(202, png_uint_16, png_get_uint_16, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(203, png_int_32, png_get_int_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(204, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_31, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep buf)); +/* No png_get_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ + +/* Place a 32-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order (big-endian). */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(205, void, png_save_uint_32, (png_bytep buf, png_uint_32 i)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(206, void, png_save_int_32, (png_bytep buf, png_int_32 i)); +#endif + +/* Place a 16-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order. + * The parameter is declared unsigned int, not png_uint_16, + * just to avoid potential problems on pre-ANSI C compilers. + */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(207, void, png_save_uint_16, (png_bytep buf, unsigned int i)); +/* No png_save_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +/* Inline macros to do direct reads of bytes from the input buffer. + * The png_get_int_32() routine assumes we are using two's complement + * format for negative values, which is almost certainly true. + */ +# define PNG_get_uint_32(buf) \ + (((png_uint_32)(*(buf)) << 24) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 1)) << 16) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 2)) << 8) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 3)))) + + /* From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the + * function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. + */ +# define PNG_get_uint_16(buf) \ + ((png_uint_16) \ + (((unsigned int)(*(buf)) << 8) + \ + ((unsigned int)(*((buf) + 1))))) + +# define PNG_get_int_32(buf) \ + ((png_int_32)((*(buf) & 0x80) \ + ? -((png_int_32)(((png_get_uint_32(buf)^0xffffffffU)+1U)&0x7fffffffU)) \ + : (png_int_32)png_get_uint_32(buf))) + +/* If PNG_PREFIX is defined the same thing as below happens in pnglibconf.h, + * but defining a macro name prefixed with PNG_PREFIX. + */ +# ifndef PNG_PREFIX +# define png_get_uint_32(buf) PNG_get_uint_32(buf) +# define png_get_uint_16(buf) PNG_get_uint_16(buf) +# define png_get_int_32(buf) PNG_get_int_32(buf) +# endif +#else +# ifdef PNG_PREFIX + /* No macros; revert to the (redefined) function */ +# define PNG_get_uint_32 (png_get_uint_32) +# define PNG_get_uint_16 (png_get_uint_16) +# define PNG_get_int_32 (png_get_int_32) +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(242, void, png_set_check_for_invalid_index, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int allowed)); +# ifdef PNG_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(243, int, png_get_palette_max, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); +# endif +#endif /* CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * Section 5: SIMPLIFIED API + ******************************************************************************* + * + * Please read the documentation in libpng-manual.txt (TODO: write said + * documentation) if you don't understand what follows. + * + * The simplified API hides the details of both libpng and the PNG file format + * itself. It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of + * in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats. If these + * formats do not accommodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more + * sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats + * and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well + * as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancillary information. + * + * To read a PNG file using the simplified API: + * + * 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the stack, set the + * version field to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION and the 'opaque' pointer to NULL + * (this is REQUIRED, your program may crash if you don't do it.) + * 2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function. + * 3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required sample format. + * 4) Allocate a buffer for the image and, if required, the color-map. + * 5) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image and, if required, the + * color-map into your buffers. + * + * There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid + * color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the + * input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format + * during the png_image_finish_read() step. The only caveat is that if you + * request a color-mapped image from a PNG that is full-color or makes + * complex use of an alpha channel the transformation is extremely lossy and the + * result may look terrible. + * + * To write a PNG file using the simplified API: + * + * 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset() it to all zero. + * 2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the image, setting + * the 'format' member to the format of the image samples. + * 3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a pointer to the + * image and, if necessary, the color-map to write the PNG data. + * + * png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image + * when it is being read or defines the in-memory format of an image that you + * need to write: + */ +#if defined(PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED) + +#define PNG_IMAGE_VERSION 1 + +typedef struct png_control *png_controlp; +typedef struct +{ + png_controlp opaque; /* Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free */ + png_uint_32 version; /* Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION */ + png_uint_32 width; /* Image width in pixels (columns) */ + png_uint_32 height; /* Image height in pixels (rows) */ + png_uint_32 format; /* Image format as defined below */ + png_uint_32 flags; /* A bit mask containing informational flags */ + png_uint_32 colormap_entries; + /* Number of entries in the color-map */ + + /* In the event of an error or warning the following field will be set to a + * non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain a '\0' terminated + * string with the libpng error or warning message. If both warnings and + * an error were encountered, only the error is recorded. If there + * are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded. + * + * The upper 30 bits of this value are reserved, the low two bits contain + * a value as follows: + */ +# define PNG_IMAGE_WARNING 1 +# define PNG_IMAGE_ERROR 2 + /* + * The result is a two-bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates + * a failure in the API just called: + * + * 0 - no warning or error + * 1 - warning + * 2 - error + * 3 - error preceded by warning + */ +# define PNG_IMAGE_FAILED(png_cntrl) ((((png_cntrl).warning_or_error)&0x03)>1) + + png_uint_32 warning_or_error; + + char message[64]; +} png_image, *png_imagep; + +/* The samples of the image have one to four channels whose components have + * original values in the range 0 to 1.0: + * + * 1: A single gray or luminance channel (G). + * 2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA). + * 3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB). + * 4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA). + * + * The components are encoded in one of two ways: + * + * a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte. For the + * alpha channel the original value is simply value/255. For the color or + * luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification + * and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices. + * + * The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha + * channel and are suitable for passing to color management software. + * + * b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer. All + * channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all + * channels are linear. Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of + * the sRGB specification. This encoding is identified by the + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below. + * + * When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces, + * the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the + * article at <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB>) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2 + * approximation used elsewhere in libpng. + * + * When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage + * of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha + * channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha + * value. + * + * The samples are either contained directly in the image data, between 1 and 8 + * bytes per pixel according to the encoding, or are held in a color-map indexed + * by bytes in the image data. In the case of a color-map the color-map entries + * are individual samples, encoded as above, and the image data has one byte per + * pixel to select the relevant sample from the color-map. + */ + +/* PNG_FORMAT_* + * + * #defines to be used in png_image::format. Each #define identifies a + * particular layout of sample data and, if present, alpha values. There are + * separate defines for each of the two component encodings. + * + * A format is built up using single bit flag values. All combinations are + * valid. Formats can be built up from the flag values or you can use one of + * the predefined values below. When testing formats always use the FORMAT_FLAG + * macros to test for individual features - future versions of the library may + * add new flags. + * + * When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the + * format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap + * called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the + * image data. Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly! + * + * NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled. If you see + * compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been + * compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support. It is + * possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just + * read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time. You can + * guard against this by checking for the definition of the appropriate + * "_SUPPORTED" macro, one of: + * + * PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA 0x01U /* format with an alpha channel */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR 0x02U /* color format: otherwise grayscale */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR 0x04U /* 2-byte channels else 1-byte */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP 0x08U /* image data is color-mapped */ + +#ifdef PNG_FORMAT_BGR_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR 0x10U /* BGR colors, else order is RGB */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_FORMAT_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST 0x20U /* alpha channel comes first */ +#endif + +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ASSOCIATED_ALPHA 0x40U /* alpha channel is associated */ + +/* Commonly used formats have predefined macros. + * + * First the single byte (sRGB) formats: + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_GRAY 0 +#define PNG_FORMAT_GA PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA +#define PNG_FORMAT_AG (PNG_FORMAT_GA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGB PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGBA (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ARGB (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGRA (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ABGR (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) + +/* Then the linear 2-byte formats. When naming these "Y" is used to + * indicate a luminance (gray) channel. + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR) +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA \ + (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) + +/* With color-mapped formats the image data is one byte for each pixel, the byte + * is an index into the color-map which is formatted as above. To obtain a + * color-mapped format it is sufficient just to add the PNG_FOMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP + * to one of the above definitions, or you can use one of the definitions below. + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGB_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGBA_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ARGB_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_ARGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGRA_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ABGR_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_ABGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) + +/* PNG_IMAGE macros + * + * These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image + * structure. The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the + * actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the + * pixels in the image. The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values + * for the pixels and will always return 1 for color-mapped formats. The + * remaining macros return information about the rows in the image and the + * complete image. + * + * NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time + * constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant. Therefore these + * macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required. + * Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so + * they can be used in #if tests. + * + * First the information about the samples. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)\ + (((fmt)&(PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA))+1) + /* Return the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4 */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\ + ((((fmt) & PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR) >> 2)+1) + /* Return the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map + * entry (as appropriate) in the image: 1 or 2. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)) + /* This is the size of the sample data for one sample. If the image is + * color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are + * one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * 256) + /* The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a + * count of components. This can be used to compile-time allocate a + * color-map: + * + * png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)]; + * + * png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)]; + * + * Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the + * information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically + * allocate the required memory. + */ + +/* Corresponding information about the pixels */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(test,fmt)\ + (((fmt)&PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)?1:test(fmt)) + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS,fmt) + /* The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a + * color-mapped image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE,fmt) + /* The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped + * image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt) PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE,fmt) + /* The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image. */ + +/* Information about the whole row, or whole image */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS((image).format) * (image).width) + /* Return the total number of components in a single row of the image; this + * is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each + * row. For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a + * row. + * + * WARNING: this macro overflows for some images with more than one component + * and very large image widths. libpng will refuse to process an image where + * this macro would overflow. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE((image).format)*(image).height*(row_stride)) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row + * stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row. + * + * WARNING: this macro overflows a 32-bit integer for some large PNG images, + * libpng will refuse to process an image where such an overflow would occur. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)\ + PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of the image in memory given just a png_image; + * the row stride is the minimum stride required for the image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(image)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE((image).format) * (image).colormap_entries) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of the color-map of this image. If the image + * format is not a color-map format this will return a size sufficient for + * 256 entries in the given format; check PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP if + * you don't want to allocate a color-map in this case. + */ + +/* PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_* + * + * Flags containing additional information about the image are held in the + * 'flags' field of png_image. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB 0x01 + /* This indicates that the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not + * correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_FAST 0x02 + /* On write emphasise speed over compression; the resultant PNG file will be + * larger but will be produced significantly faster, particular for large + * images. Do not use this option for images which will be distributed, only + * used it when producing intermediate files that will be read back in + * repeatedly. For a typical 24-bit image the option will double the read + * speed at the cost of increasing the image size by 25%, however for many + * more compressible images the PNG file can be 10 times larger with only a + * slight speed gain. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_16BIT_sRGB 0x04 + /* On read if the image is a 16-bit per component image and there is no gAMA + * or sRGB chunk assume that the components are sRGB encoded. Notice that + * images output by the simplified API always have gamma information; setting + * this flag only affects the interpretation of 16-bit images from an + * external source. It is recommended that the application expose this flag + * to the user; the user can normally easily recognize the difference between + * linear and sRGB encoding. This flag has no effect on write - the data + * passed to the write APIs must have the correct encoding (as defined + * above.) + * + * If the flag is not set (the default) input 16-bit per component data is + * assumed to be linear. + * + * NOTE: the flag can only be set after the png_image_begin_read_ call, + * because that call initializes the 'flags' field. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED +/* READ APIs + * --------- + * + * The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting + * the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, safer, memset the whole thing.) + */ +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(234, int, png_image_begin_read_from_file, (png_imagep image, + const char *file_name)); + /* The named file is opened for read and the image header is filled in + * from the PNG header in the file. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(235, int, png_image_begin_read_from_stdio, (png_imagep image, + FILE* file)); + /* The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object. */ +#endif /* STDIO */ + +PNG_EXPORT(236, int, png_image_begin_read_from_memory, (png_imagep image, + png_const_voidp memory, size_t size)); + /* The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer. */ + +PNG_EXPORT(237, int, png_image_finish_read, (png_imagep image, + png_const_colorp background, void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, + void *colormap)); + /* Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and clean up the + * png_image structure. + * + * row_stride is the step, in byte or 2-byte units as appropriate, + * between adjacent rows. A positive stride indicates that the top-most row + * is first in the buffer - the normal top-down arrangement. A negative + * stride indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer. + * + * background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must be removed from + * a png_byte format and the removal is to be done by compositing on a solid + * color; otherwise it may be NULL and any composition will be done directly + * onto the buffer. The value is an sRGB color to use for the background, + * for grayscale output the green channel is used. + * + * background must be supplied when an alpha channel must be removed from a + * single byte color-mapped output format, in other words if: + * + * 1) The original format from png_image_begin_read_from_* had + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA set. + * 2) The format set by the application does not. + * 3) The format set by the application has PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP set and + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR *not* set. + * + * For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done by compositing + * on black and background is ignored. + * + * colormap must be supplied when PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP is set. It must + * be at least the size (in bytes) returned by PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE. + * image->colormap_entries will be updated to the actual number of entries + * written to the colormap; this may be less than the original value. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(238, void, png_image_free, (png_imagep image)); + /* Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque, setting the pointer to + * NULL. May be called at any time after the structure is initialized. + */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_READ */ + +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED +/* WRITE APIS + * ---------- + * For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to + * be written. To do this use memset to set the whole structure to 0 then + * initialize fields describing your image. + * + * version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION + * opaque: must be initialized to NULL + * width: image width in pixels + * height: image height in rows + * format: the format of the data (image and color-map) you wish to write + * flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set + * PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images where the RGB + * values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB. + * colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256) + */ +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_STDIO_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(239, int, png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image, + const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer, + png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the named file. */ + +PNG_EXPORT(240, int, png_image_write_to_stdio, (png_imagep image, FILE *file, + int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, + const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the given (FILE*). */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_STDIO */ + +/* With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with 16-bit + * data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be an 8-bit PNG + * gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise a 16-bit linear + * encoded PNG file is written. + * + * With color-mapped data formats the colormap parameter point to a color-map + * with at least image->colormap_entries encoded in the specified format. If + * the format is linear the written PNG color-map will be converted to sRGB + * regardless of the convert_to_8_bit flag. + * + * With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing + * from one row to the next in component sized units (1 or 2 bytes) and if + * negative indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer. If row_stride is + * zero, libpng will calculate it for you from the image width and number of + * channels. + * + * Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels or + * most ancillary chunks. If you need to write text chunks (e.g. for copyright + * notices) you need to use one of the other APIs. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(245, int, png_image_write_to_memory, (png_imagep image, void *memory, + png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT memory_bytes, int convert_to_8_bit, + const void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the given memory buffer. The function both writes the + * whole PNG data stream to *memory and updates *memory_bytes with the count + * of bytes written. + * + * 'memory' may be NULL. In this case *memory_bytes is not read however on + * success the number of bytes which would have been written will still be + * stored in *memory_bytes. On failure *memory_bytes will contain 0. + * + * If 'memory' is not NULL it must point to memory[*memory_bytes] of + * writeable memory. + * + * If the function returns success memory[*memory_bytes] (if 'memory' is not + * NULL) contains the written PNG data. *memory_bytes will always be less + * than or equal to the original value. + * + * If the function returns false and *memory_bytes was not changed an error + * occurred during write. If *memory_bytes was changed, or is not 0 if + * 'memory' was NULL, the write would have succeeded but for the memory + * buffer being too small. *memory_bytes contains the required number of + * bytes and will be bigger that the original value. + */ + +#define png_image_write_get_memory_size(image, size, convert_to_8_bit, buffer,\ + row_stride, colormap)\ + png_image_write_to_memory(&(image), 0, &(size), convert_to_8_bit, buffer,\ + row_stride, colormap) + /* Return the amount of memory in 'size' required to compress this image. + * The png_image structure 'image' must be filled in as in the above + * function and must not be changed before the actual write call, the buffer + * and all other parameters must also be identical to that in the final + * write call. The 'size' variable need not be initialized. + * + * NOTE: the macro returns true/false, if false is returned 'size' will be + * set to zero and the write failed and probably will fail if tried again. + */ + +/* You can pre-allocate the buffer by making sure it is of sufficient size + * regardless of the amount of compression achieved. The buffer size will + * always be bigger than the original image and it will never be filled. The + * following macros are provided to assist in allocating the buffer. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_DATA_SIZE(image) (PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)+(image).height) + /* The number of uncompressed bytes in the PNG byte encoding of the image; + * uncompressing the PNG IDAT data will give this number of bytes. + * + * NOTE: while PNG_IMAGE_SIZE cannot overflow for an image in memory this + * macro can because of the extra bytes used in the PNG byte encoding. You + * need to avoid this macro if your image size approaches 2^30 in width or + * height. The same goes for the remainder of these macros; they all produce + * bigger numbers than the actual in-memory image size. + */ +#ifndef PNG_ZLIB_MAX_SIZE +# define PNG_ZLIB_MAX_SIZE(b) ((b)+(((b)+7U)>>3)+(((b)+63U)>>6)+11U) + /* An upper bound on the number of compressed bytes given 'b' uncompressed + * bytes. This is based on deflateBounds() in zlib; different + * implementations of zlib compression may conceivably produce more data so + * if your zlib implementation is not zlib itself redefine this macro + * appropriately. + */ +#endif + +#define PNG_IMAGE_COMPRESSED_SIZE_MAX(image)\ + PNG_ZLIB_MAX_SIZE((png_alloc_size_t)PNG_IMAGE_DATA_SIZE(image)) + /* An upper bound on the size of the data in the PNG IDAT chunks. */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PNG_SIZE_MAX_(image, image_size)\ + ((8U/*sig*/+25U/*IHDR*/+16U/*gAMA*/+44U/*cHRM*/+12U/*IEND*/+\ + (((image).format&PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)?/*colormap: PLTE, tRNS*/\ + 12U+3U*(image).colormap_entries/*PLTE data*/+\ + (((image).format&PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA)?\ + 12U/*tRNS*/+(image).colormap_entries:0U):0U)+\ + 12U)+(12U*((image_size)/PNG_ZBUF_SIZE))/*IDAT*/+(image_size)) + /* A helper for the following macro; if your compiler cannot handle the + * following macro use this one with the result of + * PNG_IMAGE_COMPRESSED_SIZE_MAX(image) as the second argument (most + * compilers should handle this just fine.) + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PNG_SIZE_MAX(image)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PNG_SIZE_MAX_(image, PNG_IMAGE_COMPRESSED_SIZE_MAX(image)) + /* An upper bound on the total length of the PNG data stream for 'image'. + * The result is of type png_alloc_size_t, on 32-bit systems this may + * overflow even though PNG_IMAGE_DATA_SIZE does not overflow; the write will + * run out of buffer space but return a corrected size which should work. + */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_WRITE */ +/******************************************************************************* + * END OF SIMPLIFIED API + ******************************************************************************/ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_{READ|WRITE} */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * Section 6: IMPLEMENTATION OPTIONS + ******************************************************************************* + * + * Support for arbitrary implementation-specific optimizations. The API allows + * particular options to be turned on or off. 'Option' is the number of the + * option and 'onoff' is 0 (off) or non-0 (on). The value returned is given + * by the PNG_OPTION_ defines below. + * + * HARDWARE: normally hardware capabilities, such as the Intel SSE instructions, + * are detected at run time, however sometimes it may be impossible + * to do this in user mode, in which case it is necessary to discover + * the capabilities in an OS specific way. Such capabilities are + * listed here when libpng has support for them and must be turned + * ON by the application if present. + * + * SOFTWARE: sometimes software optimizations actually result in performance + * decrease on some architectures or systems, or with some sets of + * PNG images. 'Software' options allow such optimizations to be + * selected at run time. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED +#ifdef PNG_ARM_NEON_API_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_ARM_NEON 0 /* HARDWARE: ARM Neon SIMD instructions supported */ +#endif +#define PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW 2 /* SOFTWARE: force maximum window */ +#define PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE 4 /* SOFTWARE: Check ICC profile for sRGB */ +#ifdef PNG_MIPS_MSA_API_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_MIPS_MSA 6 /* HARDWARE: MIPS Msa SIMD instructions supported */ +#endif +#define PNG_IGNORE_ADLER32 8 +#ifdef PNG_POWERPC_VSX_API_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_POWERPC_VSX 10 /* HARDWARE: PowerPC VSX SIMD instructions supported */ +#endif +#define PNG_OPTION_NEXT 12 /* Next option - numbers must be even */ + +/* Return values: NOTE: there are four values and 'off' is *not* zero */ +#define PNG_OPTION_UNSET 0 /* Unset - defaults to off */ +#define PNG_OPTION_INVALID 1 /* Option number out of range */ +#define PNG_OPTION_OFF 2 +#define PNG_OPTION_ON 3 + +PNG_EXPORT(244, int, png_set_option, (png_structrp png_ptr, int option, + int onoff)); +#endif /* SET_OPTION */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * END OF HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE OPTIONS + ******************************************************************************/ + +/* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ^, in libpng.3, in project + * defs, and in scripts/symbols.def. + */ + +/* The last ordinal number (this is the *last* one already used; the next + * one to use is one more than this.) + */ +#ifdef PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL + PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL(249); +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY */ +/* Do not put anything past this line */ +#endif /* PNG_H */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..927a769d --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pngconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ + +/* pngconf.h - machine-configurable file for libpng + * + * libpng version 1.6.37 + * + * Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta + * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2004,2006-2016,2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger + * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer + * and license in png.h + * + * Any machine specific code is near the front of this file, so if you + * are configuring libpng for a machine, you may want to read the section + * starting here down to where it starts to typedef png_color, png_text, + * and png_info. + */ + +#ifndef PNGCONF_H +#define PNGCONF_H + +#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE /* else includes may cause problems */ + +/* From libpng 1.6.0 libpng requires an ANSI X3.159-1989 ("ISOC90") compliant C + * compiler for correct compilation. The following header files are required by + * the standard. If your compiler doesn't provide these header files, or they + * do not match the standard, you will need to provide/improve them. + */ +#include <limits.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Library header files. These header files are all defined by ISOC90; libpng + * expects conformant implementations, however, an ISOC90 conformant system need + * not provide these header files if the functionality cannot be implemented. + * In this case it will be necessary to disable the relevant parts of libpng in + * the build of pnglibconf.h. + * + * Prior to 1.6.0 string.h was included here; the API changes in 1.6.0 to not + * include this unnecessary header file. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED + /* Required for the definition of FILE: */ +# include <stdio.h> +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED + /* Required for the definition of jmp_buf and the declaration of longjmp: */ +# include <setjmp.h> +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED + /* Required for struct tm: */ +# include <time.h> +#endif + +#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */ + +/* Prior to 1.6.0, it was possible to turn off 'const' in declarations, + * using PNG_NO_CONST. This is no longer supported. + */ +#define PNG_CONST const /* backward compatibility only */ + +/* This controls optimization of the reading of 16-bit and 32-bit + * values from PNG files. It can be set on a per-app-file basis: it + * just changes whether a macro is used when the function is called. + * The library builder sets the default; if read functions are not + * built into the library the macro implementation is forced on. + */ +#ifndef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +#endif +#if !defined(PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS) && !defined(PNG_USE_READ_MACROS) +# if PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +# endif +#endif + +/* COMPILER SPECIFIC OPTIONS. + * + * These options are provided so that a variety of difficult compilers + * can be used. Some are fixed at build time (e.g. PNG_API_RULE + * below) but still have compiler specific implementations, others + * may be changed on a per-file basis when compiling against libpng. + */ + +/* The PNGARG macro was used in versions of libpng prior to 1.6.0 to protect + * against legacy (pre ISOC90) compilers that did not understand function + * prototypes. It is not required for modern C compilers. + */ +#ifndef PNGARG +# define PNGARG(arglist) arglist +#endif + +/* Function calling conventions. + * ============================= + * Normally it is not necessary to specify to the compiler how to call + * a function - it just does it - however on x86 systems derived from + * Microsoft and Borland C compilers ('IBM PC', 'DOS', 'Windows' systems + * and some others) there are multiple ways to call a function and the + * default can be changed on the compiler command line. For this reason + * libpng specifies the calling convention of every exported function and + * every function called via a user supplied function pointer. This is + * done in this file by defining the following macros: + * + * PNGAPI Calling convention for exported functions. + * PNGCBAPI Calling convention for user provided (callback) functions. + * PNGCAPI Calling convention used by the ANSI-C library (required + * for longjmp callbacks and sometimes used internally to + * specify the calling convention for zlib). + * + * These macros should never be overridden. If it is necessary to + * change calling convention in a private build this can be done + * by setting PNG_API_RULE (which defaults to 0) to one of the values + * below to select the correct 'API' variants. + * + * PNG_API_RULE=0 Use PNGCAPI - the 'C' calling convention - throughout. + * This is correct in every known environment. + * PNG_API_RULE=1 Use the operating system convention for PNGAPI and + * the 'C' calling convention (from PNGCAPI) for + * callbacks (PNGCBAPI). This is no longer required + * in any known environment - if it has to be used + * please post an explanation of the problem to the + * libpng mailing list. + * + * These cases only differ if the operating system does not use the C + * calling convention, at present this just means the above cases + * (x86 DOS/Windows systems) and, even then, this does not apply to + * Cygwin running on those systems. + * + * Note that the value must be defined in pnglibconf.h so that what + * the application uses to call the library matches the conventions + * set when building the library. + */ + +/* Symbol export + * ============= + * When building a shared library it is almost always necessary to tell + * the compiler which symbols to export. The png.h macro 'PNG_EXPORT' + * is used to mark the symbols. On some systems these symbols can be + * extracted at link time and need no special processing by the compiler, + * on other systems the symbols are flagged by the compiler and just + * the declaration requires a special tag applied (unfortunately) in a + * compiler dependent way. Some systems can do either. + * + * A small number of older systems also require a symbol from a DLL to + * be flagged to the program that calls it. This is a problem because + * we do not know in the header file included by application code that + * the symbol will come from a shared library, as opposed to a statically + * linked one. For this reason the application must tell us by setting + * the magic flag PNG_USE_DLL to turn on the special processing before + * it includes png.h. + * + * Four additional macros are used to make this happen: + * + * PNG_IMPEXP The magic (if any) to cause a symbol to be exported from + * the build or imported if PNG_USE_DLL is set - compiler + * and system specific. + * + * PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) A macro that pre or appends PNG_IMPEXP to + * 'type', compiler specific. + * + * PNG_DLL_EXPORT Set to the magic to use during a libpng build to + * make a symbol exported from the DLL. Not used in the + * public header files; see pngpriv.h for how it is used + * in the libpng build. + * + * PNG_DLL_IMPORT Set to the magic to force the libpng symbols to come + * from a DLL - used to define PNG_IMPEXP when + * PNG_USE_DLL is set. + */ + +/* System specific discovery. + * ========================== + * This code is used at build time to find PNG_IMPEXP, the API settings + * and PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(), it may also set a macro to indicate the DLL + * import processing is possible. On Windows systems it also sets + * compiler-specific macros to the values required to change the calling + * conventions of the various functions. + */ +#if defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) ||\ + defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) + /* Windows system (DOS doesn't support DLLs). Includes builds under Cygwin or + * MinGW on any architecture currently supported by Windows. Also includes + * Watcom builds but these need special treatment because they are not + * compatible with GCC or Visual C because of different calling conventions. + */ +# if PNG_API_RULE == 2 + /* If this line results in an error, either because __watcall is not + * understood or because of a redefine just below you cannot use *this* + * build of the library with the compiler you are using. *This* build was + * build using Watcom and applications must also be built using Watcom! + */ +# define PNGCAPI __watcall +# endif + +# if defined(__GNUC__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 800)) +# define PNGCAPI __cdecl +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 + /* If this line results in an error __stdcall is not understood and + * PNG_API_RULE should not have been set to '1'. + */ +# define PNGAPI __stdcall +# endif +# else + /* An older compiler, or one not detected (erroneously) above, + * if necessary override on the command line to get the correct + * variants for the compiler. + */ +# ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI _cdecl +# endif +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 && !defined(PNGAPI) +# define PNGAPI _stdcall +# endif +# endif /* compiler/api */ + + /* NOTE: PNGCBAPI always defaults to PNGCAPI. */ + +# if defined(PNGAPI) && !defined(PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD) +# error "PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD must be defined if PNGAPI is changed" +# endif + +# if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 800) ||\ + (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ < 0x500) + /* older Borland and MSC + * compilers used '__export' and required this to be after + * the type. + */ +# ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) type PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __export +# else /* newer compiler */ +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# ifndef PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# define PNG_DLL_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif /* compiler */ + +#else /* !Windows */ +# if (defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)) && defined(__OS2__) +# define PNGAPI _System +# else /* !Windows/x86 && !OS/2 */ + /* Use the defaults, or define PNG*API on the command line (but + * this will have to be done for every compile!) + */ +# endif /* other system, !OS/2 */ +#endif /* !Windows/x86 */ + +/* Now do all the defaulting . */ +#ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGCBAPI +# define PNGCBAPI PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGAPI +# define PNGAPI PNGCAPI +#endif + +/* PNG_IMPEXP may be set on the compilation system command line or (if not set) + * then in an internal header file when building the library, otherwise (when + * using the library) it is set here. + */ +#ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# if defined(PNG_USE_DLL) && defined(PNG_DLL_IMPORT) + /* This forces use of a DLL, disallowing static linking */ +# define PNG_IMPEXP PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# endif + +# ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# define PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +#endif + +/* In 1.5.2 the definition of PNG_FUNCTION has been changed to always treat + * 'attributes' as a storage class - the attributes go at the start of the + * function definition, and attributes are always appended regardless of the + * compiler. This considerably simplifies these macros but may cause problems + * if any compilers both need function attributes and fail to handle them as + * a storage class (this is unlikely.) + */ +#ifndef PNG_FUNCTION +# define PNG_FUNCTION(type, name, args, attributes) attributes type name args +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) PNG_IMPEXP type +#endif + + /* The ordinal value is only relevant when preprocessing png.h for symbol + * table entries, so we discard it here. See the .dfn files in the + * scripts directory. + */ + +#ifndef PNG_EXPORTA +# define PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes) \ + PNG_FUNCTION(PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type), (PNGAPI name), PNGARG(args), \ + PNG_LINKAGE_API attributes) +#endif + +/* ANSI-C (C90) does not permit a macro to be invoked with an empty argument, + * so make something non-empty to satisfy the requirement: + */ +#define PNG_EMPTY /*empty list*/ + +#define PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) \ + PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, PNG_EMPTY) + +/* Use PNG_REMOVED to comment out a removed interface. */ +#ifndef PNG_REMOVED +# define PNG_REMOVED(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes) +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_CALLBACK +# define PNG_CALLBACK(type, name, args) type (PNGCBAPI name) PNGARG(args) +#endif + +/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. + * + * Added at libpng-1.2.41. + */ + +#ifndef PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS +# ifndef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED + /* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available, incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. Added at libpng + * version 1.2.41. Disabling these removes the warnings but may also produce + * less efficient code. + */ +# if defined(__clang__) && defined(__has_attribute) + /* Clang defines both __clang__ and __GNUC__. Check __clang__ first. */ +# if !defined(PNG_USE_RESULT) && __has_attribute(__warn_unused_result__) +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_NORETURN) && __has_attribute(__noreturn__) +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_ALLOCATED) && __has_attribute(__malloc__) +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_DEPRECATED) && __has_attribute(__deprecated__) +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_PRIVATE) +# ifdef __has_extension +# if __has_extension(attribute_unavailable_with_message) +# define PNG_PRIVATE __attribute__((__unavailable__(\ + "This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# endif +# endif +# endif +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif + +# elif defined(__GNUC__) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# if __GNUC__ >= 3 +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/ +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# else +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# endif +# if ((__GNUC__ > 3) || !defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) || (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)) +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif /* __GNUC__.__GNUC_MINOR__ > 3.0 */ +# endif /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */ + +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* not supported */ +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400) +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __declspec(restrict) +# endif +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400) +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif + +# elif defined(__WATCOMC__) +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif +#endif /* PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS */ + +#ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED /* Use of this function is deprecated */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* The result of this function must be checked */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN /* This function does not return */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED /* The result of the function is new memory */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE /* This is a private libpng function */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT /* The C99 "restrict" feature */ +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_FP_EXPORT /* A floating point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args); +# else /* No floating point APIs */ +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif +#ifndef PNG_FIXED_EXPORT /* A fixed point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args); +# else /* No fixed point APIs */ +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE +/* Some typedefs to get us started. These should be safe on most of the common + * platforms. + * + * png_uint_32 and png_int_32 may, currently, be larger than required to hold a + * 32-bit value however this is not normally advisable. + * + * png_uint_16 and png_int_16 should always be two bytes in size - this is + * verified at library build time. + * + * png_byte must always be one byte in size. + * + * The checks below use constants from limits.h, as defined by the ISOC90 + * standard. + */ +#if CHAR_BIT == 8 && UCHAR_MAX == 255 + typedef unsigned char png_byte; +#else +# error "libpng requires 8-bit bytes" +#endif + +#if INT_MIN == -32768 && INT_MAX == 32767 + typedef int png_int_16; +#elif SHRT_MIN == -32768 && SHRT_MAX == 32767 + typedef short png_int_16; +#else +# error "libpng requires a signed 16-bit type" +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == 65535 + typedef unsigned int png_uint_16; +#elif USHRT_MAX == 65535 + typedef unsigned short png_uint_16; +#else +# error "libpng requires an unsigned 16-bit type" +#endif + +#if INT_MIN < -2147483646 && INT_MAX > 2147483646 + typedef int png_int_32; +#elif LONG_MIN < -2147483646 && LONG_MAX > 2147483646 + typedef long int png_int_32; +#else +# error "libpng requires a signed 32-bit (or more) type" +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX > 4294967294U + typedef unsigned int png_uint_32; +#elif ULONG_MAX > 4294967294U + typedef unsigned long int png_uint_32; +#else +# error "libpng requires an unsigned 32-bit (or more) type" +#endif + +/* Prior to 1.6.0, it was possible to disable the use of size_t and ptrdiff_t. + * From 1.6.0 onwards, an ISO C90 compiler, as well as a standard-compliant + * behavior of sizeof and ptrdiff_t are required. + * The legacy typedefs are provided here for backwards compatibility. + */ +typedef size_t png_size_t; +typedef ptrdiff_t png_ptrdiff_t; + +/* libpng needs to know the maximum value of 'size_t' and this controls the + * definition of png_alloc_size_t, below. This maximum value of size_t limits + * but does not control the maximum allocations the library makes - there is + * direct application control of this through png_set_user_limits(). + */ +#ifndef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T + /* Compiler specific tests for systems where size_t is known to be less than + * 32 bits (some of these systems may no longer work because of the lack of + * 'far' support; see above.) + */ +# if (defined(__TURBOC__) && !defined(__FLAT__)) ||\ + (defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(MAXSEG_64K)) +# define PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T +# endif +#endif + +/* png_alloc_size_t is guaranteed to be no smaller than size_t, and no smaller + * than png_uint_32. Casts from size_t or png_uint_32 to png_alloc_size_t are + * not necessary; in fact, it is recommended not to use them at all, so that + * the compiler can complain when something turns out to be problematic. + * + * Casts in the other direction (from png_alloc_size_t to size_t or + * png_uint_32) should be explicitly applied; however, we do not expect to + * encounter practical situations that require such conversions. + * + * PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T must be defined if the maximum value of size_t is less than + * 4294967295 - i.e. less than the maximum value of png_uint_32. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T + typedef png_uint_32 png_alloc_size_t; +#else + typedef size_t png_alloc_size_t; +#endif + +/* Prior to 1.6.0 libpng offered limited support for Microsoft C compiler + * implementations of Intel CPU specific support of user-mode segmented address + * spaces, where 16-bit pointers address more than 65536 bytes of memory using + * separate 'segment' registers. The implementation requires two different + * types of pointer (only one of which includes the segment value.) + * + * If required this support is available in version 1.2 of libpng and may be + * available in versions through 1.5, although the correctness of the code has + * not been verified recently. + */ + +/* Typedef for floating-point numbers that are converted to fixed-point with a + * multiple of 100,000, e.g., gamma + */ +typedef png_int_32 png_fixed_point; + +/* Add typedefs for pointers */ +typedef void * png_voidp; +typedef const void * png_const_voidp; +typedef png_byte * png_bytep; +typedef const png_byte * png_const_bytep; +typedef png_uint_32 * png_uint_32p; +typedef const png_uint_32 * png_const_uint_32p; +typedef png_int_32 * png_int_32p; +typedef const png_int_32 * png_const_int_32p; +typedef png_uint_16 * png_uint_16p; +typedef const png_uint_16 * png_const_uint_16p; +typedef png_int_16 * png_int_16p; +typedef const png_int_16 * png_const_int_16p; +typedef char * png_charp; +typedef const char * png_const_charp; +typedef png_fixed_point * png_fixed_point_p; +typedef const png_fixed_point * png_const_fixed_point_p; +typedef size_t * png_size_tp; +typedef const size_t * png_const_size_tp; + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +typedef FILE * png_FILE_p; +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double * png_doublep; +typedef const double * png_const_doublep; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers; i.e. arrays */ +typedef png_byte * * png_bytepp; +typedef png_uint_32 * * png_uint_32pp; +typedef png_int_32 * * png_int_32pp; +typedef png_uint_16 * * png_uint_16pp; +typedef png_int_16 * * png_int_16pp; +typedef const char * * png_const_charpp; +typedef char * * png_charpp; +typedef png_fixed_point * * png_fixed_point_pp; +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double * * png_doublepp; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers to pointers; i.e., pointer to array */ +typedef char * * * png_charppp; + +#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */ + +#endif /* PNGCONF_H */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f6a8179 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/png16/pnglibconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* pnglibconf.h - library build configuration */ + +/* libpng version 1.6.37 */ + +/* Copyright (c) 2018-2019 Cosmin Truta */ +/* Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2004,2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson */ + +/* This code is released under the libpng license. */ +/* For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer */ +/* and license in png.h */ + +/* pnglibconf.h */ +/* Machine generated file: DO NOT EDIT */ +/* Derived from: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa */ +#ifndef PNGLCONF_H +#define PNGLCONF_H +/* options */ +#define PNG_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_ALIGNED_MEMORY_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_API_SUPPORTED*/ +/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_CHECK_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_BENIGN_READ_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_BENIGN_WRITE_ERRORS_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_COLORSPACE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FORMAT_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_POINTER_INDEXING_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_POWERPC_VSX_API_SUPPORTED*/ +/*#undef PNG_POWERPC_VSX_CHECK_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_OPT_PLTE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_eXIf_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_zTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SAVE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_STDIO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_eXIf_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_zTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_eXIf_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_zTXt_SUPPORTED +/* end of options */ +/* settings */ +#define PNG_API_RULE 0 +#define PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS 1 +#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED 5000 +#define PNG_IDAT_READ_SIZE PNG_ZBUF_SIZE +#define PNG_INFLATE_BUF_SIZE 1024 +#define PNG_LINKAGE_API extern +#define PNG_LINKAGE_CALLBACK extern +#define PNG_LINKAGE_DATA extern +#define PNG_LINKAGE_FUNCTION extern +#define PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 11 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_BLUE_BITS 5 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_GREEN_BITS 5 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_RED_BITS 5 +#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0 +#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_CACHE_MAX 1000 +#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_MALLOC_MAX 8000000 +#define PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX 1000000 +#define PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX 1000000 +#define PNG_ZBUF_SIZE 8192 +#define PNG_ZLIB_VERNUM 0x12b0 +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_NOFILTER_STRATEGY 0 +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 1 +#define PNG_sCAL_PRECISION 5 +#define PNG_sRGB_PROFILE_CHECKS 2 +/* end of settings */ +#endif /* PNGLCONF_H */ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44e53ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3.h @@ -0,0 +1,12237 @@ +/* +** 2001-09-15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE3_H +#define SQLITE3_H +#include <stdarg.h> /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL +# define SQLITE_CDECL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_APICALL +# define SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL +# define SQLITE_STDCALL SQLITE_APICALL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CALLBACK +# define SQLITE_CALLBACK +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_SYSAPI +# define SQLITE_SYSAPI +#endif + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), +** SQLite source code has been stored in the +** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management +** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and a SHA1 +** or SHA3-256 hash of the entire source tree. If the source code has +** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last +** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.34.1" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3034001 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2021-01-20 14:10:07 10e20c0b43500cfb9bbc0eaa061c57514f715d87238f4d835880cd846b9ebd1f" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus ensure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER ); +** assert( strncmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID,80)==0 ); +** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 ); +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built +** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters +** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[]; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#else +# define sqlite3_compileoption_used(X) 0 +# define sqlite3_compileoption_get(X) ((void*)0) +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; +# ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# else + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +# endif +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** Ideally, applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all +** [prepared statements], [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements, BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then +** sqlite3_close() will leave the database connection open and return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared +** statements, unclosed BLOB handlers, and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, +** it returns [SQLITE_OK] regardless, but instead of deallocating the database +** connection immediately, it marks the database connection as an unusable +** "zombie" and makes arrangements to automatically deallocate the database +** connection after all prepared statements are finalized, all BLOB handles +** are closed, and all backups have finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface +** is intended for use with host languages that are garbage collected, and +** where the order in which destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is a valid and open [database connection]. +** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by +** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into +** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [extended result code definitions] +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* Generic error */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Internal use only */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Not used */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer +** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 [dateof:3.3.8] +** and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for +** the most recent error can be obtained using +** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ (SQLITE_ERROR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY (SQLITE_ERROR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_ERROR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DATA (SQLITE_IOERR | (32<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CORRUPTFS (SQLITE_IOERR | (33<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_TIMEOUT (SQLITE_BUSY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_DIRTYWAL (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (5<<8)) /* Not Used */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_INDEX (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT (SQLITE_READONLY | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY (SQLITE_READONLY | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PINNED (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY (SQLITE_OK | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK (SQLITE_OK | (2<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW 0x01000000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC property means that the underlying +** filesystem supports doing multiple write operations atomically when those +** write operations are bracketed by [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] and +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC 0x00004000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. +** </ul> +** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC] +** </ul> +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +** <ul> +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST +** compile-time option is used. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] opcode is used by in-memory VFS that +** implements [sqlite3_deserialize()] to set an upper bound on the size +** of the in-memory database. The argument is a pointer to a [sqlite3_int64]. +** If the integer pointed to is negative, then it is filled in with the +** current limit. Otherwise the limit is set to the larger of the value +** of the integer pointed to and the current database size. The integer +** pointed to is set to the new limit. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either +** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** No longer in use. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions super-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer is the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log ([WAL file]) and shared memory +** files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level +** [VFSes] currently in use. ^(The argument X in +** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be +** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **". This opcodes will set *X +** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^ +** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the +** upper-most shim only. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy +** of the result string if the string is non-NULL. +** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connection's busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void**) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connection's +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Applications can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the +** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle. This file +** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and +** writes the resulting value there. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might +** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately +** available. The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare +** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion. +** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other +** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by +** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for +** this opcode. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then +** the file descriptor is placed in "batch write mode", which +** means all subsequent write operations will be deferred and done +** atomically at the next [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. Systems +** that do not support batch atomic writes will return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. +** ^Following a successful SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE and prior to +** the closing [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] or +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE], SQLite will make +** no VFS interface calls on the same [sqlite3_file] file descriptor +** except for calls to the xWrite method and the xFileControl method +** with [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. +** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were +** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. +** ^Regardless of whether or not it is successful, this file control takes +** the file descriptor out of batch write mode so that all subsequent +** write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write +** operations since the previous successful call to +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. +** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode +** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. +** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without +** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode is used to configure a VFS +** to block for up to M milliseconds before failing when attempting to +** obtain a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS. +** The parameter is a pointer to a 32-bit signed integer that contains +** the value that M is to be set to. Before returning, the 32-bit signed +** integer is overwritten with the previous value of M. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to +** a database file. The argument is a pointer to a 32-bit unsigned integer. +** The "data version" for the pager is written into the pointer. The +** "data version" changes whenever any change occurs to the corresponding +** database file, either through SQL statements on the same database +** connection or through transactions committed by separate database +** connections possibly in other processes. The [sqlite3_total_changes()] +** interface can be used to find if any database on the connection has changed, +** but that interface responds to changes on TEMP as well as MAIN and does +** not provide a mechanism to detect changes to MAIN only. Also, the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface responds to internal changes only and +** omits changes made by other database connections. The +** [PRAGMA data_version] command provides a mechanism to detect changes to +** a single attached database that occur due to other database connections, +** but omits changes implemented by the database connection on which it is +** called. This file control is the only mechanism to detect changes that +** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with +** a particular attached database. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode before the client starts to copy pages from the wal +** file to the database file. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE] opcode is invoked from within a checkpoint +** in wal mode after the client has finished copying pages from the wal +** file to the database file, but before the *-shm file is updated to +** record the fact that the pages have been checkpointed. +** </ul> +*/ +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK 24 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS 25 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU 26 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER 27 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER 28 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE 29 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB 30 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE 31 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE 32 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE 33 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT 34 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT 36 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_DONE 37 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RESERVE_BYTES 38 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CKPT_START 39 + +/* deprecated names */ +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle +** +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an +** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. +** +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Loadable Extension Thunk +** +** A pointer to the opaque sqlite3_api_routines structure is passed as +** the third parameter to entry points of [loadable extensions]. This +** structure must be typedefed in order to work around compiler warnings +** on some platforms. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. +** +** The VFS interface is sometimes extended by adding new methods onto +** the end. Each time such an extension occurs, the iVersion field +** is incremented. The iVersion value started out as 1 in +** SQLite [version 3.5.0] on [dateof:3.5.0], then increased to 2 +** with SQLite [version 3.7.0] on [dateof:3.7.0], and then increased +** to 3 with SQLite [version 3.7.6] on [dateof:3.7.6]. Additional fields +** may be appended to the sqlite3_vfs object and the iVersion value +** may increase again in future versions of SQLite. +** Note that due to an oversight, the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changed in the transition from +** SQLite [version 3.5.9] to [version 3.6.0] on [dateof:3.6.0] +** and yet the iVersion field was not increased. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] +** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of +** a pathname in this VFS. +** +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. +** +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access +** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs +** object once the object has been registered. +** +** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must +** be unique across all VFS modules. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** call, depending on the object being opened: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +** </ul>)^ +** +** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make +** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] +** </ul> +** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ +** flag is never actually used and is not implemented in the built-in +** VFSes of SQLite. The file is named by the second argument and can be a +** directory. The xAccess method returns [SQLITE_OK] on success or some +** non-zero error code if there is an I/O error or if the name of +** the file given in the second argument is illegal. If SQLITE_OK +** is returned, then non-zero or zero is written into *pResOut to indicate +** whether or not the file is accessible. +** +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** included in the VFS structure for completeness. +** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes +** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ + int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ + void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int flags, int *pOutFlags); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method +** +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +** </ul> +** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given on the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and +** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using +** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all +** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking +** sqlite3_shutdown(). +** +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b> +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. +** +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if +** the call is considered successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, +** it might allocate any required mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes +** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC option takes single argument of +** type int, interpreted as a boolean, which if true provides a hint to +** SQLite that it should avoid large memory allocations if possible. +** SQLite will run faster if it is free to make large memory allocations, +** but some application might prefer to run slower in exchange for +** guarantees about memory fragmentation that are possible if large +** allocations are avoided. This hint is normally off. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int, +** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of +** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are +** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64()] +** <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()] +** <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +** <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** <li> [sqlite3_status64()] +** </ul>)^ +** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** allocation statistics are disabled by default. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt> +** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option is no longer used. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool +** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page +** cache implementation. +** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-defined page +** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to +** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz), +** and the number of cache lines (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each +** page header. ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header +** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]. +** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary. The pMem +** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte +** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise +** subsequent behavior is undefined. +** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided +** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if +** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer +** is exhausted. +** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection +** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or +** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial +** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each +** additional cache line. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs +** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled +** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: +** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a +** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used +** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of +** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine +** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection]. +** The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE +** sets the <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies +** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ +** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of +** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt> +** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +** <dd>^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int. +** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, +** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally +** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], +** [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer +** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable +** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer. +** ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the +** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is +** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro +** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which +** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra +** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler, +** target platform, and SQLite version. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which +** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded +** sorter to that integer. The default minimum PMA Size is set by the +** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option. New threads are launched +** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting +** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content +** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the +** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) +** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. +** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held +** exclusively in memory. +** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill +** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of +** I/O required to support statement rollback. +** The default value for this setting is controlled by the +** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE +** <dd>The SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option accepts a single parameter +** of type (int) - the new value of the sorter-reference size threshold. +** Usually, when SQLite uses an external sort to order records according +** to an ORDER BY clause, all fields required by the caller are present in the +** sorted records. However, if SQLite determines based on the declared type +** of a table column that its values are likely to be very large - larger +** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference +** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded +** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default +** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a +** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. +** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE +** <dd>The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE option accepts a single parameter +** [sqlite3_int64] parameter which is the default maximum size for an in-memory +** database created using [sqlite3_deserialize()]. This default maximum +** size can be adjusted up or down for individual databases using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_LIMIT] [sqlite3_file_control|file-control]. If this +** configuration setting is never used, then the default maximum is determined +** by the [SQLITE_MEMDB_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE] compile-time option. If that +** compile-time option is not set, then the default maximum is 1073741824. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ 24 /* int *psz */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ 25 /* unsigned int szPma */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL 26 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC 27 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE 28 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMDB_MAXSIZE 29 /* sqlite3_int64 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> +** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE VIEW | views]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable views, +** positive to enable views or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether views are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the view setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the +** [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the +** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or +** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the new setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()] +** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function. +** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the +** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is +** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled. If the first argument to +** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled. +** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the +** C-API or the SQL function. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface +** is disabled or enabled following this call. The second parameter may +** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to change the name of the "main" database +** schema. ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string +** which will become the new schema name in place of "main". ^SQLite +** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application +** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged +** until after the database connection closes. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE</dt> +** <dd> Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a +** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no +** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint +** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to +** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation +** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the +** default) to enable them, and negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer +** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close +** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG</dt> +** <dd>^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates +** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG). When the QPSG is active, +** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless +** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations +** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries +** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With +** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as +** was used during testing in the lab. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled +** following this call. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP</dt> +** <dd> By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not +** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This +** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this +** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - +** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, +** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written +** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if +** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE</dt> +** <dd> Set the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE flag and then run +** [VACUUM] in order to reset a database back to an empty database +** with no schema and no content. The following process works even for +** a badly corrupted database file: +** <ol> +** <li> If the database connection is newly opened, make sure it has read the +** database schema by preparing then discarding some query against the +** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any +** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep +** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before +** the reset. +** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); +** <li> [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); +** <li> sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); +** </ol> +** Because resetting a database is destructive and irreversible, the +** process requires the use of this obscure API and multiple steps to help +** ensure that it does not happen by accident. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE option activates or deactivates the +** "defensive" flag for a database connection. When the defensive +** flag is enabled, language features that allow ordinary SQL to +** deliberately corrupt the database file are disabled. The disabled +** features include but are not limited to the following: +** <ul> +** <li> The [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] statement. +** <li> The [PRAGMA journal_mode=OFF] statement. +** <li> Writes to the [sqlite_dbpage] virtual table. +** <li> Direct writes to [shadow tables]. +** </ul> +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA]] <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA option activates or deactivates the +** "writable_schema" flag. This has the same effect and is logically equivalent +** to setting [PRAGMA writable_schema=ON] or [PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF]. +** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable +** the writable_schema, positive to enable writable_schema, or negative to +** leave the setting unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an +** integer into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the writable_schema +** is enabled or disabled following this call. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE option activates or deactivates +** the legacy behavior of the [ALTER TABLE RENAME] command such it +** behaves as it did prior to [version 3.24.0] (2018-06-04). See the +** "Compatibility Notice" on the [ALTER TABLE RENAME documentation] for +** additional information. This feature can also be turned on and off +** using the [PRAGMA legacy_alter_table] statement. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DML statements +** only, that is DELETE, INSERT, SELECT, and UPDATE statements. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS option activates or deactivates +** the legacy [double-quoted string literal] misfeature for DDL statements, +** such as CREATE TABLE and CREATE INDEX. The +** default value of this setting is determined by the [-DSQLITE_DQS] +** compile-time option. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option tells SQLite to +** assume that database schemas are untainted by malicious content. +** When the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA option is disabled, SQLite +** takes additional defensive steps to protect the application from harm +** including: +** <ul> +** <li> Prohibit the use of SQL functions inside triggers, views, +** CHECK constraints, DEFAULT clauses, expression indexes, +** partial indexes, or generated columns +** unless those functions are tagged with [SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]. +** <li> Prohibit the use of virtual tables inside of triggers or views +** unless those virtual tables are tagged with [SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS]. +** </ul> +** This setting defaults to "on" for legacy compatibility, however +** all applications are advised to turn it off if possible. This setting +** can also be controlled using the [PRAGMA trusted_schema] statement. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT]] +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT</td> +** <dd>The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT option activates or deactivates +** the legacy file format flag. When activated, this flag causes all newly +** created database file to have a schema format version number (the 4-byte +** integer found at offset 44 into the database header) of 1. This in turn +** means that the resulting database file will be readable and writable by +** any SQLite version back to 3.0.0 ([dateof:3.0.0]). Without this setting, +** newly created databases are generally not understandable by SQLite versions +** prior to 3.3.0 ([dateof:3.3.0]). As these words are written, there +** is now scarcely any need to generated database files that are compatible +** all the way back to version 3.0.0, and so this setting is of little +** practical use, but is provided so that SQLite can continue to claim the +** ability to generate new database files that are compatible with version +** 3.0.0. +** <p>Note that when the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT setting is on, +** the [VACUUM] command will fail with an obscure error when attempting to +** process a table with generated columns and a descending index. This is +** not considered a bug since SQLite versions 3.3.0 and earlier do not support +** either generated columns or decending indexes. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME 1000 /* const char* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE 1006 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG 1007 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP 1008 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE 1009 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DEFENSIVE 1010 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_WRITABLE_SCHEMA 1011 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_ALTER_TABLE 1012 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DML 1013 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_DQS_DDL 1014 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_VIEW 1015 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LEGACY_FILE_FORMAT 1016 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA 1017 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAX 1017 /* Largest DBCONFIG */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available +** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those +** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column +** is another alias for the rowid. +** +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of +** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not +** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred +** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns +** zero. +** +** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database +** tables, the value returned by this function may be set explicitly by +** [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] +** +** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as +** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory +** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid +** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to +** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid +** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original +** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning +** control to the user. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will +** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is +** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ +** +** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this +** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, +** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this +** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE +** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The +** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused +** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change +** the return value of this interface.)^ +** +** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to +** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. +** +** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the +** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set the Last Insert Rowid value. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to +** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R +** without inserting a row into the database. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or +** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter. +** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value +** returned by this function. +** +** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** tables are counted. +** +** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is +** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the +** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback +** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: +** +** <ul> +** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ +** +** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ +** </ul> +** +** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +** <ul> +** <li> the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface +** <li> the [count_changes pragma] +** <li> the [changes() SQL function] +** <li> the [data_version pragma] +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or +** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed +** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as +** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement +** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). +** +** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the +** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** are not counted. +** +** The [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number +** of rows that changed due to SQL statement run against database +** connection D. Any changes by other database connections are ignored. +** To detect changes against a database file from other database +** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +** +** See also: +** <ul> +** <li> the [sqlite3_changes()] interface +** <li> the [count_changes pragma] +** <li> the [changes() SQL function] +** <li> the [data_version pragma] +** <li> the [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control] +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. +** +** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. +** +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. +** +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statement count reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or +** if additional input is needed before sending the text into +** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string +** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within +** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not +** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. +** +** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** +** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X +** that might be invoked with argument P whenever +** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with +** [database connection] D when another thread +** or process has the table locked. +** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. +** +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. +** +** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked previously for the same locking event. ^If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned +** to the application. +** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt +** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** to the application instead of invoking the +** busy handler. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** ^The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the +** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. +** +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, +** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** +** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +** +** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** +** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** complete query results from one or more queries. +** +** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But +** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These +** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows +** and M be the number of columns. +** +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. +** +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** is as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** Name | Age +** ----------------------- +** Alice | 43 +** Bob | 28 +** Cindy | 21 +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** There are two columns (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored +** in an array named azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** azResult[0] = "Name"; +** azResult[1] = "Age"; +** azResult[2] = "Alice"; +** azResult[3] = "43"; +** azResult[4] = "Bob"; +** azResult[5] = "28"; +** azResult[6] = "Cindy"; +** azResult[7] = "21"; +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 +** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the +** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. +** +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access +** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public +** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from +** the standard library printf() +** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). +** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc64()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** +** See also: [built-in printf()], [printf() SQL function] +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem +** +** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own +** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence +** does not include operating-system specific [VFS] implementation. The +** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns +** a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like +** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead +** of a signed 32-bit integer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is +** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed +** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. +** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes. +** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) +** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling +** sqlite3_malloc(N). +** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or +** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling +** sqlite3_free(X). +** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available. +** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes +** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned +** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the +** prior allocation is not freed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as +** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead +** of a 32-bit signed integer. +** +** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes. +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number +** of bytes requested when X was allocated. ^If X is a NULL pointer then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero. If X points to something that is not +** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly +** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior +** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64() +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. +** +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have +** not yet been released. +** +** The application must not read or write any part of +** a block of memory after it has been released using +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics +** +** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], +** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. +** +** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** prior to the reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator +** +** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to +** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that +** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for +** the built-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows +** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. +** +** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer. +** +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is +** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of +** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a +** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness +** method. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** KEYWORDS: {authorizer callback} +** +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular +** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. +** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ^At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** the authorizer will fail with an error message. +** +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that +** access is denied. +** +** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies +** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters +** to the callback are either NULL pointers or zero-terminated strings +** that contain additional details about the action to be authorized. +** Applications must always be prepared to encounter a NULL pointer in any +** of the third through the sixth parameters of the authorization callback. +** +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the +** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute +** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] +** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual +** columns of a table. +** ^When a table is referenced by a [SELECT] but no column values are +** extracted from that table (for example in a query like +** "SELECT count(*) FROM tab") then the [SQLITE_READ] authorizer callback +** is invoked once for that table with a column name that is an empty string. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. +** +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] +** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements +** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not +** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that +** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. +** +** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] +** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] +** in addition to using an authorizer. +** +** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. +** The authorizer is disabled by default. +** +** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. +** +** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode] +** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization +** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** These routines are deprecated. Use the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] interface +** instead of the routines described here. +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur +** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers +** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ +** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains +** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. Invoking +** either [sqlite3_trace()] or [sqlite3_trace_v2()] will cancel the +** profile callback. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, + void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Event Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE +** +** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored +** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic. The M argument +** to [sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P)] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of +** the following constants. ^The first argument to the trace callback +** is one of the following constants. +** +** New tracing constants may be added in future releases. +** +** ^A trace callback has four arguments: xCallback(T,C,P,X). +** ^The T argument is one of the integer type codes above. +** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer passed in as the +** fourth argument to [sqlite3_trace_v2()]. +** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_STMT]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_STMT</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_STMT callback is invoked when a prepared statement +** first begins running and possibly at other times during the +** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each +** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the +** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which +** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment +** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute +** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] +** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking +** [sqlite3_expanded_sql(P)] otherwise. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback provides approximately the same +** information as is provided by the [sqlite3_profile()] callback. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the +** X argument points to a 64-bit integer which is the estimated of +** the number of nanosecond that the prepared statement took to run. +** ^The SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback is invoked when the statement finishes. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_ROW</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared +** statement generates a single row of result. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the +** X argument is unused. +** +** [[SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE]] <dt>SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE</dt> +** <dd>^An SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE callback is invoked when a database +** connection closes. +** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [database connection] object +** and the X argument is unused. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_TRACE_STMT 0x01 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE 0x02 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_ROW 0x04 +#define SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE 0x08 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P) interface registers a trace callback +** function X against [database connection] D, using property mask M +** and context pointer P. ^If the X callback is +** NULL or if the M mask is zero, then tracing is disabled. The +** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of +** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. +** +** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides +** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). +** +** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by +** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently +** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback +** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. +** +** ^A trace callback is invoked with four arguments: callback(T,C,P,X). +** ^The T argument is one of the [SQLITE_TRACE] +** constants to indicate why the callback was invoked. +** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer. +** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. +** +** The sqlite3_trace_v2() interface is intended to replace the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_trace()] and [sqlite3_profile()], both of which +** are deprecated. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( + sqlite3*, + unsigned uMask, + int(*xCallback)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*), + void *pCtx +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** +** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is +** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a +** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. +** +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 +** +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] +** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error following a failure of any +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. +** +** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ^The default encoding for databases +** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources +** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() +** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control +** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to +** sqlite3_open_v2() must include, at a minimum, one of the following +** three flag combinations:)^ +** +** <dl> +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not +** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading +** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either +** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if +** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^ +** </dl> +** +** In addition to the required flags, the following optional flags are +** also supported: +** +** <dl> +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_URI]</dt> +** <dd>The filename can be interpreted as a URI if this flag is set.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY]</dt> +** <dd>The database will be opened as an in-memory database. The database +** is named by the "filename" argument for the purposes of cache-sharing, +** if shared cache mode is enabled, but the "filename" is otherwise ignored. +** </dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX]</dt> +** <dd>The new database connection will use the "multi-thread" +** [threading mode].)^ This means that separate threads are allowed +** to use SQLite at the same time, as long as each thread is using +** a different [database connection]. +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX]</dt> +** <dd>The new database connection will use the "serialized" +** [threading mode].)^ This means the multiple threads can safely +** attempt to use the same database connection at the same time. +** (Mutexes will block any actual concurrency, but in this mode +** there is no harm in trying.) +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened [shared cache] enabled, overriding +** the default shared cache setting provided by +** [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened [shared cache] disabled, overriding +** the default shared cache setting provided by +** [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].)^ +** +** [[OPEN_NOFOLLOW]] ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW]</dt> +** <dd>The database filename is not allowed to be a symbolic link</dd> +** </dl>)^ +** +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the +** required combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** +** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database +** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when +** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might +** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. +** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with +** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as +** "./" to avoid ambiguity. +** +** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary +** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be +** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. +** +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3> +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the +** following query parameters: +** +** <ul> +** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** +** <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the +** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the +** storage media on which the database file resides. +** +** <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter +** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This +** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not +** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two +** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those +** processes uses nolock=1. +** +** <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query +** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on +** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the +** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher +** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking +** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable +** property on a database file that does in fact change can result +** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. +** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. +** +** </ul> +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3> +** +** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> +** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results +** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> +** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> +** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> +** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td> +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +** </table> +** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. +** +** <b>Note to Windows users:</b> The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international +** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to [VFS|custom VFS implementations], +** that check if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** The first parameter to these interfaces (hereafter referred to +** as F) must be one of: +** <ul> +** <li> A database filename pointer created by the SQLite core and +** passed into the xOpen() method of a VFS implemention, or +** <li> A filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], or +** <li> A new filename constructed using [sqlite3_create_filename()]. +** </ul> +** If the F parameter is not one of the above, then the behavior is +** undefined and probably undesirable. Older versions of SQLite were +** more tolerant of invalid F parameters than newer versions. +** +** If F is a suitable filename (as described in the previous paragraph) +** and if P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F and it +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_key(F,N) returns a pointer to the name (not +** the value) of the N-th query parameter for filename F, or a NULL +** pointer if N is less than zero or greater than the number of query +** parameters minus 1. The N value is zero-based so N should be 0 to obtain +** the name of the first query parameter, 1 for the second parameter, and +** so forth. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that the SQLite core passed +** into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined +** and probably undesirable. +** +** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.31.0] ([dateof:3.31.0]) the input F +** parameter can also be the name of a rollback journal file or WAL file +** in addition to the main database file. Prior to version 3.31.0, these +** routines would only work if F was the name of the main database file. +** When the F parameter is the name of the rollback journal or WAL file, +** it has access to all the same query parameters as were found on the +** main database file. +** +** See the [URI filename] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_key(const char *zFilename, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Translate filenames +** +** These routines are available to [VFS|custom VFS implementations] for +** translating filenames between the main database file, the journal file, +** and the WAL file. +** +** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file +** passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, then sqlite3_filename_database(F) +** returns the name of the corresponding database file. +** +** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file +** passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, or if F is a database filename +** obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then sqlite3_filename_journal(F) +** returns the name of the corresponding rollback journal file. +** +** If F is the name of an sqlite database file, journal file, or WAL file +** that was passed by the SQLite core into the VFS, or if F is a database +** filename obtained from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then +** sqlite3_filename_wal(F) returns the name of the corresponding +** WAL file. +** +** In all of the above, if F is not the name of a database, journal or WAL +** filename passed into the VFS from the SQLite core and F is not the +** return value from [sqlite3_db_filename()], then the result is +** undefined and is likely a memory access violation. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_database(const char*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_journal(const char*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_filename_wal(const char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database File Corresponding To A Journal +** +** ^If X is the name of a rollback or WAL-mode journal file that is +** passed into the xOpen method of [sqlite3_vfs], then +** sqlite3_database_file_object(X) returns a pointer to the [sqlite3_file] +** object that represents the main database file. +** +** This routine is intended for use in custom [VFS] implementations +** only. It is not a general-purpose interface. +** The argument sqlite3_file_object(X) must be a filename pointer that +** has been passed into [sqlite3_vfs].xOpen method where the +** flags parameter to xOpen contains one of the bits +** [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] or [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]. Any other use +** of this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create and Destroy VFS Filenames +** +** These interfces are provided for use by [VFS shim] implementations and +** are not useful outside of that context. +** +** The sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) allocates memory to hold a version of +** database filename D with corresponding journal file J and WAL file W and +** with N URI parameters key/values pairs in the array P. The result from +** sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) is a pointer to a database filename that +** is safe to pass to routines like: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()], +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_key()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()], +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()], or +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()]. +** </ul> +** If a memory allocation error occurs, sqlite3_create_filename() might +** return a NULL pointer. The memory obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(X) +** must be released by a corresponding call to sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +** +** The P parameter in sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) should be an array +** of 2*N pointers to strings. Each pair of pointers in this array corresponds +** to a key and value for a query parameter. The P parameter may be a NULL +** pointer if N is zero. None of the 2*N pointers in the P array may be +** NULL pointers and key pointers should not be empty strings. +** None of the D, J, or W parameters to sqlite3_create_filename(D,J,W,N,P) may +** be NULL pointers, though they can be empty strings. +** +** The sqlite3_free_filename(Y) routine releases a memory allocation +** previously obtained from sqlite3_create_filename(). Invoking +** sqlite3_free_filename(Y) where Y is a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** If the Y parameter to sqlite3_free_filename(Y) is anything other +** than a NULL pointer or a pointer previously acquired from +** sqlite3_create_filename(), then bad things such as heap +** corruption or segfaults may occur. The value Y should not be +** used again after sqlite3_free_filename(Y) has been called. This means +** that if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen()] method of a VFS has been called using Y, +** then the corresponding [sqlite3_module.xClose() method should also be +** invoked prior to calling sqlite3_free_filename(Y). +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_create_filename( + const char *zDatabase, + const char *zJournal, + const char *zWal, + int nParam, + const char **azParam +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_filename(char*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface +** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that +** API call. +** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are +** disabled. +** +** The values returned by sqlite3_errcode() and/or +** sqlite3_extended_errcode() might change with each API call. +** Except, there are some interfaces that are guaranteed to never +** change the value of the error code. The error-code preserving +** interfaces are: +** +** <ul> +** <li> sqlite3_errcode() +** <li> sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** <li> sqlite3_errmsg() +** <li> sqlite3_errmsg16() +** </ul> +** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language +** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. +** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. +** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by +** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** +** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the +** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between +** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. +** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these +** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid +** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after +** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. +** +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface +** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the +** error code and message may or may not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object +** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} +** +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that +** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. +** +** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a +** prepared statement before it can be run. +** +** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this: +** +** <ol> +** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. +** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() +** interfaces. +** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +** </ol> +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited +** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the +** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The +** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a +** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the +** new limit for that construct.)^ +** +** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a +** [limits | hard upper bound] +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. +** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ +** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are +** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. +** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** +** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage +** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled +** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a +** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and +** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded +** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the +** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can +** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] +** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database +** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the +** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. +** +** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories +** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} +** +** These constants define various performance limits +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. +** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. +** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the +** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index +** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program +** used to implement an SQL statement. If [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or +** the equivalent tries to allocate space for more than this many opcodes +** in a single prepared statement, an SQLITE_NOMEM error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or +** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt> +** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single +** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^ +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepare Flags +** +** These constants define various flags that can be passed into +** "prepFlags" parameter of the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] interfaces. +** +** New flags may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner +** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and +** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] +** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will +** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using +** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts +** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to +** deplete the limited store of lookaside memory. Future versions of +** SQLite may act on this hint differently. +** +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE]] <dt>SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE flag is a no-op. This flag used +** to be required for any prepared statement that wanted to use the +** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface. However, the +** [sqlite3_normalized_sql()] interface is now available to all +** prepared statements, regardless of whether or not they use this +** flag. +** +** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB]] <dt>SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB flag causes the SQL compiler +** to return an error (error code SQLITE_ERROR) if the statement uses +** any virtual tables. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT 0x01 +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NORMALIZE 0x02 +#define SQLITE_PREPARE_NO_VTAB 0x04 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt +** +** To execute an SQL statement, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. Or, in other words, these routines +** are constructors for the [prepared statement] object. +** +** The preferred routine to use is [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. The +** [sqlite3_prepare()] interface is legacy and should be avoided. +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] has an extra "prepFlags" option that is used +** for special purposes. +** +** The use of the UTF-8 interfaces is preferred, as SQLite currently +** does all parsing using UTF-8. The UTF-16 interfaces are provided +** as a convenience. The UTF-16 interfaces work by converting the +** input text into UTF-8, then invoking the corresponding UTF-8 interface. +** +** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** +** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare(), sqlite3_prepare_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare_v3() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared +** statement is generated. +** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then +** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that +** is the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i> +** the nul-terminator. +** +** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte +** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only +** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to +** what remains uncompiled. +** +** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty +** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. +** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** ppStmt may not be NULL. +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; +** otherwise an [error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2(), sqlite3_prepare_v3(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), +** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() interfaces are recommended for all new programs. +** The older interfaces (sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16()) +** are retained for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "vX" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave differently in three ways: +** +** <ol> +** <li> +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. +** </li> +** +** <li> +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] +** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare +** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. +** </li> +** +** <li> +** ^If the specific value bound to a [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of a WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4] compile-time option is enabled. +** </li> +** </ol> +** +** <p>^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having +** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or +** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags. ^The +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as +** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a copy of the UTF-8 +** SQL text used to create [prepared statement] P if P was +** created by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the SQL text of prepared statement P with +** [bound parameters] expanded. +** ^The sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 +** string containing the normalized SQL text of prepared statement P. The +** semantics used to normalize a SQL statement are unspecified and subject +** to change. At a minimum, literal values will be replaced with suitable +** placeholders. +** +** ^(For example, if a prepared statement is created using the SQL +** text "SELECT $abc,:xyz" and if parameter $abc is bound to integer 2345 +** and parameter :xyz is unbound, then sqlite3_sql() will return +** the original string, "SELECT $abc,:xyz" but sqlite3_expanded_sql() +** will return "SELECT 2345,NULL".)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql() interface returns NULL if insufficient memory +** is available to hold the result, or if the result would exceed the +** the maximum string length determined by the [SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option limits the size of +** bound parameter expansions. ^The [SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE] compile-time +** option causes sqlite3_expanded_sql() to always return NULL. +** +** ^The strings returned by sqlite3_sql(P) and sqlite3_normalized_sql(P) +** are managed by SQLite and are automatically freed when the prepared +** statement is finalized. +** ^The string returned by sqlite3_expanded_sql(P), on the other hand, +** is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and must be free by the application +** by passing it to [sqlite3_free()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_normalized_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2; +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since +** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and +** [BEGIN|BEGIN EXCLUSIVE] commands do touch the database and so +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() returns false for those commands. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query The EXPLAIN Setting For A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 1 if the +** prepared statement S is an EXPLAIN statement, or 2 if the +** statement S is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(S) interface returns 0 if S is +** an ordinary statement or a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_isexplain(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned +** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} +** +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values +** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects +** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. +** +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** +** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used as arguments +** to [sqlite3_result_value()], [sqlite3_bind_value()], and +** [sqlite3_value_dup()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_value sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object +** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. +** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} +** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following +** templates: +** +** <ul> +** <li> ? +** <li> ?NNN +** <li> :VVV +** <li> @VVV +** <li> $VVV +** </ul> +** +** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these +** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** +** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. +** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named +** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. +** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 32766). +** +** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF8 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text16() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to well-formed UTF16 text. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not NULL, then +** it should be a pointer to a well-formed unicode string that is +** either UTF8 if the sixth parameter is SQLITE_UTF8, or UTF16 +** otherwise. +** +** [[byte-order determination rules]] ^The byte-order of +** UTF16 input text is determined by the byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) +** found in first character, which is removed, or in the absence of a BOM +** the byte order is the native byte order of the host +** machine for sqlite3_bind_text16() or the byte order specified in +** the 6th parameter for sqlite3_bind_text64().)^ +** ^If UTF16 input text contains invalid unicode +** characters, then SQLite might change those invalid characters +** into the unicode replacement character: U+FFFD. +** +** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the +** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the +** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^ +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is +** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then +** that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occurs at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. +** +** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces +** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to the bind API fails, +** except the destructor is not called if the third parameter is a NULL +** pointer or the fourth parameter is negative. +** ^If the fifth argument is +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then +** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of +** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE] +** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If +** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the +** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different +** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,T,D) routine causes the I-th parameter in +** [prepared statement] S to have an SQL value of NULL, but to also be +** associated with the pointer P of type T. ^D is either a NULL pointer or +** a pointer to a destructor function for P. ^SQLite will invoke the +** destructor D with a single argument of P when it is finished using +** P. The T parameter should be a static string, preferably a string +** literal. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() routine is part of the +** [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() +** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the +** result is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an +** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB +** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer(sqlite3_stmt*, int, void*, const char*,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] +** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the +** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] +** to the parameters at a later time. +** +** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) +** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the +** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, +** there may be gaps in the list.)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. +** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** respectively. +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" +** is included as part of the name.)^ +** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name +** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". +** +** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is +** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is +** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The +** index value returned is suitable for use as the second +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero +** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter +** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the +** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not +** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement +** will always have a positive sqlite3_column_count() but depending on the +** WHERE clause constraints and the table content, it might return no rows. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] +** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the +** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. +** +** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. +** +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a +** NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for +** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause +** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from +** one release of SQLite to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and +** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in +** [SELECT] statement. +** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. +** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. +** +** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or +** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return +** NULL. ^These routines might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, +** or column that query result column was extracted from. +** +** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return +** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** for the same [prepared statement] and result column +** at the same time then the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. +** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. +** +** ^(For example, given the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** and the following statement to be compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result +** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ +** +** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using any of +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function +** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "vX" interfaces +** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "vX" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or +** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. +** +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] +** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the +** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], +** sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** +** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] +** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "vX" interfaces is recommended. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column()] family of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT +** +** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +** <ul> +** <li> 64-bit signed integer +** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number +** <li> string +** <li> BLOB +** <li> NULL +** </ul>)^ +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query +** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** <b>Summary:</b> +** <blockquote><table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0> +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_blob</b><td>→<td>BLOB result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_double</b><td>→<td>REAL result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int</b><td>→<td>32-bit INTEGER result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT result +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_value</b><td>→<td>The result as an +** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. +** <tr><td> <td> <td>  +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT result in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_bytes16  </b> +** <td>→  <td>Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_column_type</b><td>→<td>Default +** datatype of the result +** </table></blockquote> +** +** <b>Details:</b> +** +** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current +** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. +** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. +** +** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] +** are called from a different thread while any of these routines +** are pending, then the results are undefined. +** +** The first six interfaces (_blob, _double, _int, _int64, _text, and _text16) +** each return the value of a result column in a specific data format. If +** the result column is not initially in the requested format (for example, +** if the query returns an integer but the sqlite3_column_text() interface +** is used to extract the value) then an automatic type conversion is performed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. +** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which +** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. +** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no +** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. +** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() +** is undefined, though harmless. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** If the result is a BLOB or a TEXT string, then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** or sqlite3_column_bytes16() interfaces can be used to determine the size +** of that BLOB or string. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** <b>Warning:</b> ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. In a multithreaded environment, +** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with +** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. +** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface +** is normally only useful within the implementation of +** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within +** top-level application code. +** +** The these routines may attempt to convert the datatype of the result. +** ^For example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions +** that are applied: +** +** <blockquote> +** <table border="1"> +** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th> Conversion +** +** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is a NULL pointer +** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is a NULL pointer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> [CAST] to BLOB +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed +** </table> +** </blockquote>)^ +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.</li> +** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.</li> +** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.</li> +** </ul> +** +** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they +** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +** <ul> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li> +** </ul> +** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +** +** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** As long as the input parameters are correct, these routines will only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +** <ul> +** <li> sqlite3_column_blob() +** <li> sqlite3_column_text() +** <li> sqlite3_column_text16() +** <li> sqlite3_column_bytes() +** <li> sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** </ul> +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** back to the beginning of its program. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding +** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being +** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() +** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions +** needed by [aggregate window functions]. +** +** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL +** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database +** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added +** to each database connection separately. +** +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. +** +** ^The third parameter (nArg) +** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is +** undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. +** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may also optionally include the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] +** flag, which if present prevents the function from being invoked from +** within VIEWs, TRIGGERs, CHECK constraints, generated column expressions, +** index expressions, or the WHERE clause of partial indexes. +** +** <span style="background-color:#ffff90;"> +** For best security, the [SQLITE_DIRECTONLY] flag is recommended for +** all application-defined SQL functions that do not need to be +** used inside of triggers, view, CHECK constraints, or other elements of +** the database schema. This flags is especially recommended for SQL +** functions that have side effects or reveal internal application state. +** Without this flag, an attacker might be able to modify the schema of +** a database file to include invocations of the function with parameters +** chosen by the attacker, which the application will then execute when +** the database file is opened and read. +** </span> +** +** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ +** +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters passed to the three +** "sqlite3_create_function*" functions, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or +** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue +** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to +** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal +** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in +** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be +** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate +** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation +** of aggregate window functions are +** [user-defined window functions|available here]. +** +** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or +** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for +** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function +** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection +** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is +** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application +** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** +** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use +** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative +** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with +** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding +** matches the database encoding is a better +** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be +** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is +** between UTF8 and UTF16. +** +** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. +** +** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other +** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not +** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared +** statement in which the function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]] <dt>SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC flag means that the new function always gives +** the same output when the input parameters are the same. +** The [abs|abs() function] is deterministic, for example, but +** [randomblob|randomblob()] is not. Functions must +** be deterministic in order to be used in certain contexts such as +** with the WHERE clause of [partial indexes] or in [generated columns]. +** SQLite might also optimize deterministic functions by factoring them +** out of inner loops. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DIRECTONLY]] <dt>SQLITE_DIRECTONLY</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag means that the function may only be invoked +** from top-level SQL, and cannot be used in VIEWs or TRIGGERs nor in +** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], +** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], or [generated columns]. +** The SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flags is a security feature which is recommended +** for all [application-defined SQL functions], and especially for functions +** that have side-effects or that could potentially leak sensitive +** information. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_INNOCUOUS]] <dt>SQLITE_INNOCUOUS</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_INNOCUOUS flag means that the function is unlikely +** to cause problems even if misused. An innocuous function should have +** no side effects and should not depend on any values other than its +** input parameters. The [abs|abs() function] is an example of an +** innocuous function. +** The [load_extension() SQL function] is not innocuous because of its +** side effects. +** <p> SQLITE_INNOCUOUS is similar to SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, but is not +** exactly the same. The [random|random() function] is an example of a +** function that is innocuous but not deterministic. +** <p>Some heightened security settings +** ([SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRUSTED_SCHEMA] and [PRAGMA trusted_schema=OFF]) +** disable the use of SQL functions inside views and triggers and in +** schema structures such as [CHECK constraints], [DEFAULT clauses], +** [expression indexes], [partial indexes], and [generated columns] unless +** the function is tagged with SQLITE_INNOCUOUS. Most built-in functions +** are innocuous. Developers are advised to avoid using the +** SQLITE_INNOCUOUS flag for application-defined functions unless the +** function has been carefully audited and found to be free of potentially +** security-adverse side-effects and information-leaks. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SUBTYPE]] <dt>SQLITE_SUBTYPE</dt><dd> +** The SQLITE_SUBTYPE flag indicates to SQLite that a function may call +** [sqlite3_value_subtype()] to inspect the sub-types of its arguments. +** Specifying this flag makes no difference for scalar or aggregate user +** functions. However, if it is not specified for a user-defined window +** function, then any sub-types belonging to arguments passed to the window +** function may be discarded before the window function is called (i.e. +** sqlite3_value_subtype() will always return 0). +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x000000800 +#define SQLITE_DIRECTONLY 0x000080000 +#define SQLITE_SUBTYPE 0x000100000 +#define SQLITE_INNOCUOUS 0x000200000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED +** +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid +** these functions, we will not explain what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** <b>Summary:</b> +** <blockquote><table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0> +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_blob</b><td>→<td>BLOB value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_double</b><td>→<td>REAL value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_int</b><td>→<td>32-bit INTEGER value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_int64</b><td>→<td>64-bit INTEGER value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_pointer</b><td>→<td>Pointer value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text</b><td>→<td>UTF-8 TEXT value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16</b><td>→<td>UTF-16 TEXT value in +** the native byteorder +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16be</b><td>→<td>UTF-16be TEXT value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_text16le</b><td>→<td>UTF-16le TEXT value +** <tr><td> <td> <td>  +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_bytes</b><td>→<td>Size of a BLOB +** or a UTF-8 TEXT in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_bytes16  </b> +** <td>→  <td>Size of UTF-16 +** TEXT in bytes +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_type</b><td>→<td>Default +** datatype of the value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_numeric_type  </b> +** <td>→  <td>Best numeric datatype of the value +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_nochange  </b> +** <td>→  <td>True if the column is unchanged in an UPDATE +** against a virtual table. +** <tr><td><b>sqlite3_value_frombind  </b> +** <td>→  <td>True if value originated from a [bound parameter] +** </table></blockquote> +** +** <b>Details:</b> +** +** These routines extract type, size, and content information from +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. Protected sqlite3_value objects +** are used to pass parameter information into the functions that +** implement [application-defined SQL functions] and [virtual tables]. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** is not threadsafe. +** +** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized +** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] +** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), +** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, +** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial datatype of the +** [sqlite3_value] object V. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].)^ +** Other interfaces might change the datatype for an sqlite3_value object. +** For example, if the datatype is initially SQLITE_INTEGER and +** sqlite3_value_text(V) is called to extract a text value for that +** integer, then subsequent calls to sqlite3_value_type(V) might return +** SQLITE_TEXT. Whether or not a persistent internal datatype conversion +** occurs is undefined and may change from one release of SQLite to the next. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other +** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) +** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** ^Within the [xUpdate] method of a [virtual table], the +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) interface returns true if and only if +** the column corresponding to X is unchanged by the UPDATE operation +** that the xUpdate method call was invoked to implement and if +** and the prior [xColumn] method call that was invoked to extracted +** the value for that column returned without setting a result (probably +** because it queried [sqlite3_vtab_nochange()] and found that the column +** was unchanging). ^Within an [xUpdate] method, any value for which +** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is true will in all other respects appear +** to be a NULL value. If sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is invoked anywhere other +** than within an [xUpdate] method call for an UPDATE statement, then +** the return value is arbitrary and meaningless. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_frombind(X) interface returns non-zero if the +** value X originated from one of the [sqlite3_bind_int|sqlite3_bind()] +** interfaces. ^If X comes from an SQL literal value, or a table column, +** or an expression, then sqlite3_value_frombind(X) returns zero. +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread as +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +** +** As long as the input parameter is correct, these routines can only +** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. +** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory +** errors: +** +** <ul> +** <li> sqlite3_value_blob() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text16() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text16le() +** <li> sqlite3_value_text16be() +** <li> sqlite3_value_bytes() +** <li> sqlite3_value_bytes16() +** </ul> +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these +** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. +** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors +** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect +** return value is obtained and before any +** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_value_pointer(sqlite3_value*, const char*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_frombind(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for +** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V. The subtype +** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from +** one SQL function to another. Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()] +** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** object D and returns a pointer to that copy. ^The [sqlite3_value] returned +** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not. +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a +** memory allocation fails. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object +** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ^If V is a NULL pointer +** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this +** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. +** +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite allocates +** N bytes of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally +** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one +** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match +** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function +** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** first time from within xFinal().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. +** +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the +** value of N in any subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. +** +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** +** The first parameter must be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the aggregate SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the application-defined function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to +** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^N is zero for the left-most +** function argument. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, the sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul> +** <li> ^(when the corresponding function parameter changes)^, or +** <li> ^(when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement)^, or +** <li> ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same +** parameter)^, or +** <li> ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.)^ </ul> +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. +** +** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ +** +** The value of the N parameter to these interfaces should be non-negative. +** Future enhancements may make use of negative N values to define new +** kinds of function caching behavior. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread in which +** the SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of +** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed +** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the +** third parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N) +** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be +** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified +** by its 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. +** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 using +** the same [byte-order determination rules] as [sqlite3_bind_text16()]. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message all text up through the first zero character. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() +** routines make a private copy of the error message text before +** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or +** modify the text after they return without harm. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces +** set the return value of the application-defined function to be +** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, +** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an +** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding +** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one +** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]. +** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter +** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text +** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has +** finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite +** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not +** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content +** when it has finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^For the sqlite3_result_text16(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text16be() routines, and for sqlite3_result_text64() +** when the encoding is not UTF8, if the input UTF16 begins with a +** byte-order mark (BOM, U+FEFF) then the BOM is removed from the +** string and the rest of the string is interpreted according to the +** byte-order specified by the BOM. ^The byte-order specified by +** the BOM at the beginning of the text overrides the byte-order +** specified by the interface procedure. ^So, for example, if +** sqlite3_result_text16le() is invoked with text that begins +** with bytes 0xfe, 0xff (a big-endian byte-order mark) then the +** first two bytes of input are skipped and the remaining input +** is interpreted as UTF16BE text. +** +** ^For UTF16 input text to the sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16be(), sqlite3_result_text16le(), and +** sqlite3_result_text64() routines, if the text contains invalid +** UTF16 characters, the invalid characters might be converted +** into the unicode replacement character, U+FFFD. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy of the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an +** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it +** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that +** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an +** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. +** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor +** for the P parameter. ^SQLite invokes D with P as its only argument +** when SQLite is finished with P. The T parameter should be a static +** string and preferably a string literal. The sqlite3_result_pointer() +** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. +** +** If these routines are called from within the different thread +** than the one containing the application-defined function that received +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*, + sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_pointer(sqlite3_context*, void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; +** higher order bits are discarded. +** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase +** in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +** </ul>)^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCompare. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCompare, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCompare argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The two integer parameters to the collating +** function callback are the length of the two strings, in bytes. The collating +** function must return an integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +** <ol> +** <li> If A==B then B==A. +** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C. +** <li> If A<B THEN B>A. +** <li> If A<B and B<C then A<C. +** </ol> +** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation +** sequence is required. +** +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, +** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. +** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. +** +** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence.)^ +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD +/* +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +** +** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] +** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable +** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate +** temporary file directory. +** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. +** +** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current-> +**   TemporaryFolder->Path->Data(); +** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1]; +** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf)); +** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf), +**   NULL, NULL); +** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf); +** </pre></blockquote> +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Specific Interface +** +** These interfaces are available only on Windows. The +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface is used to set the value associated +** with the [sqlite3_temp_directory] or [sqlite3_data_directory] variable, to +** zValue, depending on the value of the type parameter. The zValue parameter +** should be NULL to cause the previous value to be freed via [sqlite3_free]; +** a non-NULL value will be copied into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** prior to being used. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] to indicate success, [SQLITE_ERROR] if the type is unsupported, +** or [SQLITE_NOMEM] if memory could not be allocated. The value of the +** [sqlite3_data_directory] variable is intended to act as a replacement for +** the current directory on the sub-platforms of Win32 where that concept is +** not present, e.g. WinRT and UWP. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory8] and +** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory16] interfaces behave exactly the same as the +** sqlite3_win32_set_directory interface except the string parameter must be +** UTF-8 or UTF-16, respectively. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory( + unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ + void *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory8(unsigned long type, const char *zValue); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory16(unsigned long type, const void *zValue); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Win32 Directory Types +** +** These macros are only available on Windows. They define the allowed values +** for the type argument to the [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE 1 +#define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode +** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, +** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. +** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. +** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. +** +** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to +** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after +** an error is to use this function. +** +** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database +** connection while this routine is running, then the return value +** is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** that was the first argument +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** create the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to the filename +** associated with database N of connection D. +** ^If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** this function will return either a NULL pointer or an empty string. +** +** ^The string value returned by this routine is owned and managed by +** the database connection. ^The value will be valid until the database N +** is [DETACH]-ed or until the database connection closes. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +** +** If the filename pointer returned by this routine is not NULL, then it +** can be used as the filename input parameter to these routines: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_parameter()] +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_boolean()] +** <li> [sqlite3_uri_int64()] +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_database()] +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_journal()] +** <li> [sqlite3_filename_wal()] +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine the transaction state of a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) interface returns the current +** [transaction state] of schema S in database connection D. ^If S is NULL, +** then the highest transaction state of any schema on database connection D +** is returned. Transaction states are (in order of lowest to highest): +** <ol> +** <li value="0"> SQLITE_TXN_NONE +** <li value="1"> SQLITE_TXN_READ +** <li value="2"> SQLITE_TXN_WRITE +** </ol> +** ^If the S argument to sqlite3_txn_state(D,S) is not the name of +** a valid schema, then -1 is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_txn_state(sqlite3*,const char *zSchema); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Allowed return values from [sqlite3_txn_state()] +** KEYWORDS: {transaction state} +** +** These constants define the current transaction state of a database file. +** ^The [sqlite3_txn_state(D,S)] interface returns one of these +** constants in order to describe the transaction state of schema S +** in [database connection] D. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_TXN_NONE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_NONE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_NONE state means that no transaction is currently +** pending.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_READ]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_READ</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_READ state means that the database is currently +** in a read transaction. Content has been read from the database file +** but nothing in the database file has changed. The transaction state +** will advanced to SQLITE_TXN_WRITE if any changes occur and there are +** no other conflicting concurrent write transactions. The transaction +** state will revert to SQLITE_TXN_NONE following a [ROLLBACK] or +** [COMMIT].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_TXN_WRITE]] <dt>SQLITE_TXN_WRITE</dt> +** <dd>The SQLITE_TXN_WRITE state means that the database is currently +** in a write transaction. Content has been written to the database file +** but has not yet committed. The transaction state will change to +** to SQLITE_TXN_NONE at the next [ROLLBACK] or [COMMIT].</dd> +*/ +#define SQLITE_TXN_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_TXN_READ 1 +#define SQLITE_TXN_WRITE 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after +** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL +** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement +** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement +** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. +** +** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. +** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, +** then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call for each function on D. +** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. +** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** or rollback hook in the first place. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] +** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook +** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. +** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit +** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. +** +** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. +** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is +** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a [rowid table]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** +** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. +** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to be invoked. +** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the +** database and table name containing the affected row. +** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. +** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. +** +** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. +** +** ^In the current implementation, the update hook +** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an +** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook +** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. +** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** +** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** returns the P argument from the previous call +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()], +** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] +** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true +** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ +** +** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. +** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). +** In prior versions of SQLite, +** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. +** +** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. +** Existing database connections continue to use the sharing mode +** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ +** +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ +** +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. It is recommended that it stay +** that way. In other words, do not use this routine. This interface +** continues to be provided for historical compatibility, but its use is +** discouraged. Any use of shared cache is discouraged. If shared cache +** must be used, it is recommended that shared cache only be enabled for +** individual database connections using the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag. +** +** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. +** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** +** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations +** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database +** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** These interfaces impose limits on the amount of heap memory that will be +** by all database connections within a single process. +** +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface sets a hard upper bound of +** N bytes on the amount of memory that will be allocated. ^The +** sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) interface is similar to +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N) except that memory allocations will fail +** when the hard heap limit is reached. +** +** ^The return value from both sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() and +** sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of heap limits can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) or sqlite3_hard_heap_limit(-1). +** +** ^Setting the heap limits to zero disables the heap limiter mechanism. +** +** ^The soft heap limit may not be greater than the hard heap limit. +** ^If the hard heap limit is enabled and if sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N) +** is invoked with a value of N that is greater than the hard heap limit, +** the the soft heap limit is set to the value of the hard heap limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is automatically enabled whenever the hard heap +** limit is enabled. ^When sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(N) is invoked and +** the soft heap limit is outside the range of 1..N, then the soft heap +** limit is set to N. ^Invoking sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(0) when the +** hard heap limit is enabled makes the soft heap limit equal to the +** hard heap limit. +** +** The memory allocation limits can also be adjusted using +** [PRAGMA soft_heap_limit] and [PRAGMA hard_heap_limit]. +** +** ^(The heap limits are not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The limit value is set to zero. +** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). +** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +** </ul>)^ +** +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the heap limits may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns +** information about column C of table T in database D +** on [database connection] X.)^ ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() +** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in +** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified +** column exists. ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns +** SQLITE_ERROR if the specified column does not exist. +** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a +** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existence of the +** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it +** does not. If the table name parameter T in a call to +** sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,...) is NULL then the result is +** undefined behavior. +** +** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. +** +** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th +** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be +** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. +** +** ^(<blockquote> +** <table border="1"> +** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th> Description +** +** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type +** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence +** <tr><td> 7th <td> int <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint +** <tr><td> 8th <td> int <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] +** </table> +** </blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next +** call to any SQLite API function. +** +** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. +** +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs +** for the [rowid] are set as follows: +** +** <pre> +** data type: "INTEGER" +** collation sequence: "BINARY" +** not null: 0 +** primary key: 1 +** auto increment: 0 +** </pre>)^ +** +** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and +** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if +** any errors are encountered while loading the schema. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. +** +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. +** +** ^The entry point is zProc. +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^Extension loading must be enabled using +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or +** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL) +** prior to calling this API, +** otherwise an error will be returned. +** +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this +** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface +** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] +** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +** +** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** +** ^Extension loading is off by default. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn +** it back off again. +** +** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** ^(Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..) +** to enable or disable only the C-API.)^ +** +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that extension loading +** be enabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method +** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function +** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects an integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +**   int xEntryPoint( +**   sqlite3 *db, +**   const char **pzErrMsg, +**   const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk +**   ); +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} +** +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual table]. +** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. +** +** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent +** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. +** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different +** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content +** of this structure must not change while it is registered with +** any database connection. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + /* The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_module object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */ + int (*xShadowName)(const char*); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info +** +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: +** +** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote> +** +** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ +** +** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are +** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be +** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from +** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement +** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62), +** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be +** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column +** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also +** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** non-zero. +** +** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and might not be checked again by the byte code.)^ ^(The +** aConstraintUsage[].omit flag is an optimization hint. When the omit flag +** is left in its default setting of false, the constraint will always be +** checked separately in byte code. If the omit flag is change to true, then +** the constraint may or may not be checked in byte code. In other words, +** when the omit flag is true there is no guarantee that the constraint will +** not be checked again using byte code.)^ +** +** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the +** [xFilter] method. +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - +** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** +** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then +** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as +** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the +** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback +** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were +** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not +** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by +** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). +** If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to include crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field +** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). +** It may therefore only be used if +** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to +** 3009000. +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column constrained. -1 for ROWID */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */ + int idxFlags; /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */ + sqlite3_uint64 colUsed; /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags +** +** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the +** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of +** these bits. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE 1 /* Scan visits at most 1 row */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros define the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE 65 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB 66 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE 68 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT 69 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL 70 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL 71 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_IS 72 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION 150 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. +** ^Module names must be registered before +** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a +** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. +** +** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to +** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth +** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through +** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module +** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will +** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** destructor. +** +** ^If the third parameter (the pointer to the sqlite3_module object) is +** NULL then no new module is create and any existing modules with the +** same name are dropped. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_drop_modules()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Remove Unnecessary Virtual Table Implementations +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_drop_modules(D,L) interface removes all virtual +** table modules from database connection D except those named on list L. +** The L parameter must be either NULL or a pointer to an array of pointers +** to strings where the array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. +** ^If the L parameter is NULL, then all virtual table modules are removed. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_create_module()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_drop_modules( + sqlite3 *db, /* Remove modules from this connection */ + const char **azKeep /* Except, do not remove the ones named here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass +** of this object to describe a particular instance +** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will +** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. +** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are +** common to all module implementations. +** +** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* Number of open cursors */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the +** following structure to describe cursors that point into the +** [virtual table] and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods +** of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table +** +** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a +** [virtual table module] call this interface +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ +** +** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded +** by a [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} +** +** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located +** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; +** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: +** +** <pre> +** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; +** </pre>)^ +** +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is +** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. +** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP +** tables, the database name is "temp".)^ +** +** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read +** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for +** read-only access. +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored +** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error +** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. +** +** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: +** <ul> +** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, +** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not +** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, +** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, +** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is +** being opened for read/write access)^. +** </ul> +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the +** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using +** [sqlite3_blob_write()]. The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a +** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] +** interface. However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle] +** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened. +** +** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an +** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects +** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". +** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column +** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not +** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually +** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ +** +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this +** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a +** blob. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. +** +** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()], +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()], +** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** handle is still closed.)^ +** +** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if +** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write +** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is +** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error +** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. +** +** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The +** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing +** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z +** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** +** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the +** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might +** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle +** or by other independent statements. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects +** +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object +** that SQLite uses to interact +** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a +** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. +** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. +** The following interfaces are provided. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^Names are case sensitive. +** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. +** +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). +** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. +** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. +** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again +** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the +** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a +** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as +** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutexes +** +** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread +** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal +** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is +** permitted to use any of these routines. +** +** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations +** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation +** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following +** implementations are available in the SQLite core: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +** </ul> +** +** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in +** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. +** +** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** implementation is included with the library. In this case the +** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested +** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these +** integer constants: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** </ul> +** +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] +** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases, the +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other +** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** behavior.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** behave as no-ops. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object +** +** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines +** used to allocate and use mutexes. +** +** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are +** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom +** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application +** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an +** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** +** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. +** +** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The +** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding +** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially +** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** +** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, +** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and +** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): +** +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li> +** </ul>)^ +** +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated +** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead +** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined +** by this structure are not required to handle this case. The results +** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined +** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if +** it is passed a NULL pointer). +** +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without +** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to +** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. +** +** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite +** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. +** +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. +** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself +** prior to returning. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { + int (*xMutexInit)(void); + int (*xMutexEnd)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines +** +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core +** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The SQLite core only +** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is +** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. +** +** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. +** +** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working +** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always +** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. +** +** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But +** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not +** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types +** +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** which is one of these integer constants. +** +** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the +** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be +** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MAIN 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_randomness() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ + +/* Legacy compatibility: */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument +** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. +** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this +** routine returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** KEYWORDS: {file control} +** +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated +** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for +** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. +** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the +** main database file. +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine +** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of +** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl +** method becomes the return value of this routine. +** +** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly +** by the SQLite core and never invoke the +** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. The +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] works similarly except that it returns +** the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file instead of +** the main database. The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode returns +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_vfs] object for the file. +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] returns the data version counter +** from the pager. +** +** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying +** xFileControl method. +** +** See also: [file control opcodes] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface +** +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing +** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines +** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. +** +** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely +** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending +** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. +** +** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters +** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. +** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to +** operate consistently from one release to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes +** +** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. +** +** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change +** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. +** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE 26 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESULT_INTREAL 27 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SEED 28 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXTRA_SCHEMA_CHECKS 29 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SEEK_COUNT 30 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 30 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking +** +** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords +** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine +** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, +** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_count() interface returns the number of distinct +** keywords understood by SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) interface finds the N-th keyword and +** makes *Z point to that keyword expressed as UTF8 and writes the number +** of bytes in the keyword into *L. The string that *Z points to is not +** zero-terminated. The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) routine returns +** SQLITE_OK if N is within bounds and SQLITE_ERROR if not. If either Z +** or L are NULL or invalid pointers then calls to +** sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) result in undefined behavior. +** +** The sqlite3_keyword_check(Z,L) interface checks to see whether or not +** the L-byte UTF8 identifier that Z points to is a keyword, returning non-zero +** if it is and zero if not. +** +** The parser used by SQLite is forgiving. It is often possible to use +** a keyword as an identifier as long as such use does not result in a +** parsing ambiguity. For example, the statement +** "CREATE TABLE BEGIN(REPLACE,PRAGMA,END);" is accepted by SQLite, and +** creates a new table named "BEGIN" with three columns named +** "REPLACE", "PRAGMA", and "END". Nevertheless, best practice is to avoid +** using keywords as identifiers. Common techniques used to avoid keyword +** name collisions include: +** <ul> +** <li> Put all identifier names inside double-quotes. This is the official +** SQL way to escape identifier names. +** <li> Put identifier names inside [...]. This is not standard SQL, +** but it is what SQL Server does and so lots of programmers use this +** technique. +** <li> Begin every identifier with the letter "Z" as no SQL keywords start +** with "Z". +** <li> Include a digit somewhere in every identifier name. +** </ul> +** +** Note that the number of keywords understood by SQLite can depend on +** compile-time options. For example, "VACUUM" is not a keyword if +** SQLite is compiled with the [-DSQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM] option. Also, +** new keywords may be added to future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_count(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_name(int,const char**,int*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamic String Object +** KEYWORDS: {dynamic string} +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_str object contains a dynamically-sized +** string under construction. +** +** The lifecycle of an sqlite3_str object is as follows: +** <ol> +** <li> ^The sqlite3_str object is created using [sqlite3_str_new()]. +** <li> ^Text is appended to the sqlite3_str object using various +** methods, such as [sqlite3_str_appendf()]. +** <li> ^The sqlite3_str object is destroyed and the string it created +** is returned using the [sqlite3_str_finish()] interface. +** </ol> +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Dynamic String Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes +** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by +** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a +** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory +** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will +** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from +** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for +** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter +** to any of the other [sqlite3_str] methods. +** +** The D parameter to [sqlite3_str_new(D)] may be NULL. If the +** D parameter in [sqlite3_str_new(D)] is not NULL, then the maximum +** length of the string contained in the [sqlite3_str] object will be +** the value set for [sqlite3_limit](D,[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) instead +** of [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_str *sqlite3_str_new(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Dynamic String +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface destroys the sqlite3_str object X +** and returns a pointer to a memory buffer obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** that contains the constructed string. The calling application should +** pass the returned value to [sqlite3_free()] to avoid a memory leak. +** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface may return a NULL pointer if any +** errors were encountered during construction of the string. ^The +** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface will also return a NULL pointer if the +** string in [sqlite3_str] object X is zero bytes long. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add Content To A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained +** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and +** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] +** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of +** [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S +** onto the end of the [sqlite3_str] object X. N must be non-negative. +** S must contain at least N non-zero bytes of content. To append a +** zero-terminated string in its entirety, use the [sqlite3_str_appendall()] +** method instead. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendall(X,S)] method appends the complete content of +** zero-terminated string S onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendchar(X,N,C)] method appends N copies of the +** single-byte character C onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction +** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. +** +** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact +** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a +** subsequent call to [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_append(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendall(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendchar(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_reset(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Of A Dynamic String +** METHOD: sqlite3_str +** +** These interfaces return the current status of an [sqlite3_str] object. +** +** ^If any prior errors have occurred while constructing the dynamic string +** in sqlite3_str X, then the [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method will return +** an appropriate error code. ^The [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method returns +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] following any out-of-memory error, or +** [SQLITE_TOOBIG] if the size of the dynamic string exceeds +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH], or [SQLITE_OK] if there have been no errors. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_length(X)] method returns the current length, in bytes, +** of the dynamic string under construction in [sqlite3_str] object X. +** ^The length returned by [sqlite3_str_length(X)] does not include the +** zero-termination byte. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_str_value(X)] method returns a pointer to the current +** content of the dynamic string under construction in X. The value +** returned by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] is managed by the sqlite3_str object X +** and might be freed or altered by any subsequent method on the same +** [sqlite3_str] object. Applications must not used the pointer returned +** [sqlite3_str_value(X)] after any subsequent method call on the same +** object. ^Applications may change the content of the string returned +** by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] as long as they do not write into any bytes +** outside the range of 0 to [sqlite3_str_length(X)] and do not read or +** write any byte after any subsequent sqlite3_str method call. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_errcode(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_length(sqlite3_str*); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_value(sqlite3_str*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status +** +** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for +** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. +** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the +** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after +** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest +** value. For those parameters +** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ +** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current +** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return +** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to +** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by +** sqlite3_status() are undefined. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( + int op, + sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, + sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, + int resetFlag +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} +** +** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their +** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The +** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they +** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to the [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> +** <dd>No longer used.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt> +** <dd>No longer used.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>No longer used.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> +** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only +** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ +** </dl> +** +** New status parameters may be added from time to time. +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the +** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. +** +** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur +** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If +** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is +** reset back down to the current value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} +** +** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. +** +** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs +** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently +** checked out.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a +** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap +** memory used by that pager cache is divided evenly between the attached +** connections.)^ In other words, if none of the pager caches associated +** with the database connection are shared, this request returns the same +** value as DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. Or, if one or more or the pager caches are +** shared, the value returned by this call will be smaller than that returned +** by DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. ^The highwater mark associated with +** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk in the middle of a transaction due to the page +** cache overflowing. Transactions are more efficient if they are written +** to disk all at once. When pages spill mid-transaction, that introduces +** additional overhead. This parameter can be used help identify +** inefficiencies that can be resolved by increasing the cache size. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED 11 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL 12 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 12 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can +** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared +** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds +** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate +** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than +** an index. +** +** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from +** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement +** object to be interrogated. The second argument +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] +** to be interrogated.)^ +** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. +** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this +** interface call returns. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} +** +** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. +** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in +** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** careful use of indices.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been +** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or changes to +** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of times that the prepared statement has +** been run. A single "run" for the purposes of this counter is one +** or more calls to [sqlite3_step()] followed by a call to [sqlite3_reset()]. +** The counter is incremented on the first [sqlite3_step()] call of each +** cycle. +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED</dt> +** <dd>^This is the approximate number of bytes of heap memory +** used to store the prepared statement. ^This value is not actually +** a counter, and so the resetFlg parameter to sqlite3_stmt_status() +** is ignored when the opcode is SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE 5 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN 6 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED 99 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of +** its size or internal structure and never deals with the +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** to the object. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. +** KEYWORDS: {page cache} +** +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** how long. +** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence +** the application may discard the parameter after the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ +** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ +** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up +** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. +** +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe +** in multithreaded applications. +** +** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** though this is not guaranteed. ^The +** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends +** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation +** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; +** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will +** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will +** never contain any unpinned pages. +** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] +** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the +** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache +** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable +** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this +** value; it is advisory only. +** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". +** +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: +** +** <table border=1 width=85% align=center> +** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache +** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. +** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. +** Otherwise return NULL. +** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return +** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. +** </table> +** +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. +** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] +** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation +** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. +** +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). +** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be +** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not +** to be pinned. +** +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any +** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that +** they can be safely discarded. +** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] +** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). +** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 +** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object +** +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. +** +** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. +** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +** +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from +** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** <ol> +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the +** backup, +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer +** the data between the two databases, and finally +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. +** </ol>)^ +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> +** +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** and the database name, respectively. +** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the +** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in +** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** and database name of the source database, respectively. +** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** an error. +** +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** destination database. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the +** destination [database connection] D. +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** operation. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +** <ol> +** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or +** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +** </ol>)^ +** +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** [database connection] +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. +** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an +** external process or via a database connection other than the one being +** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used +** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically +** updated at the same time. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> +** +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any +** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. +** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() +** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b> +** +** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still +** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages +** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent +** sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that +** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining, +** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next +** sqlite3_backup_step().)^ +** +** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b> +** +** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other +** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. +** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database +** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently +** from within other threads. +** +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] +** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction +** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a +** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** +** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must +** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database +** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is +** possible that they return invalid values. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ + const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. +** +** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** +** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked +** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] +** call that concludes the blocking connection's transaction. +** +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ +** +** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a +** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. +** +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is +** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** crash or deadlock may be the result. +** +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> +** +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. +** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass +** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to +** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, +** and the second is the number of entries in the array. +** +** When a blocking connection's transaction is concluded, there may be +** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the +** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function +** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers +** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** related to the set of unblocked database connections. +** +** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> +** +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further +** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the +** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for +** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection +** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection +** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. +** +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no +** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in +** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection +** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection +** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so +** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has +** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection +** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any +** number of levels of indirection are allowed. +** +** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> +** +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, +** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is +** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" +** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. +** +** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ + void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ + void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Comparison +** +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P. +** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function +** is case sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E. +** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E" +** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^For "X LIKE P" without +** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0. +** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case +** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match +** one another. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though +** only ASCII characters are case folded. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface +** +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. +** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so +** is considered bad form. +** +** The zFormat string must not be NULL. +** +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine +** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in +** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than +** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the +** buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. +** +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ +** +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be +** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to +** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition +** information. +** +** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to +** occur. But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** interface was added. This interface is retained for backwards +** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually +** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding +** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint +** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M. Status +** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^ +** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^ +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished +** if there are concurrent readers or writers. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd> +** ^This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending, +** but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. +** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new +** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE<dd> +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the +** addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior +** to a successful return. +** </dl> +** +** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because +** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not +** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the +** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function +** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or +** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful +** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been +** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. +** +** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be +** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and +** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock +** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** [database connection] db. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, +** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface +** sets the error information that is queried by +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** +** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values +** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} +** +** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed +** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. +** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the +** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** In the call sqlite3_vtab_config(D,C,...) the D parameter is the +** [database connection] in which the virtual table is being created and +** which is passed in as the first argument to the [xConnect] or [xCreate] +** method that is invoking sqlite3_vtab_config(). The C parameter is one +** of the [virtual table configuration options]. The presence and meaning +** of parameters after C depend on which [virtual table configuration option] +** is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration options} +** KEYWORDS: {virtual table configuration option} +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT]] +** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT</dt> +** <dd>Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY]]<dt>SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY</dt> +** <dd>Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY) from within the +** the [xConnect] or [xCreate] methods of a [virtual table] implmentation +** prohibits that virtual table from being used from within triggers and +** views. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS]]<dt>SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS</dt> +** <dd>Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS) from within the +** the [xConnect] or [xCreate] methods of a [virtual table] implmentation +** identify that virtual table as being safe to use from within triggers +** and views. Conceptually, the SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS tag means that the +** virtual table can do no serious harm even if it is controlled by a +** malicious hacker. Developers should avoid setting the SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS +** flag unless absolutely necessary. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_INNOCUOUS 2 +#define SQLITE_VTAB_DIRECTONLY 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE +** +** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn] +** method of a [virtual table], then it might return true if the +** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the +** column value will not change. The virtual table implementation can use +** this hint as permission to substitute a return value that is less +** expensive to compute and that the corresponding +** [xUpdate] method understands as a "no-change" value. +** +** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that +** the column is not changed by the UPDATE statement, then the xColumn +** method can optionally return without setting a result, without calling +** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces]. +** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the +** same column in the [xUpdate] method. +** +** The sqlite3_vtab_nochange() routine is an optimization. Virtual table +** implementations should continue to give a correct answer even if the +** sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface were to always return false. In the +** current implementation, the sqlite3_vtab_nochange() interface does always +** returns false for the enhanced [UPDATE FROM] statement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table]. +** +** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the +** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be +** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer +** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding +** constraint. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options} +** +** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the +** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface. Each constant designates a +** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return. +** +** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is +** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when +** S is finalized. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP</dt> +** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the V parameter will be +** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT</dt> +** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST</dt> +** <dd>^The "double" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set to the +** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each +** iteration of the X-th loop. If the query planner's estimates was accurate, +** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the +** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will +** be the NLOOP value for the current loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME</dt> +** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table +** used for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN</dt> +** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] +** description for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT</dt> +** <dd>^The "int" variable pointed to by the V parameter will be set to the +** "select-id" for the X-th loop. The select-id identifies which query or +** subquery the loop is part of. The main query has a select-id of zero. +** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column +** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP 0 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT 1 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST 2 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME 3 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN 4 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured +** performance for pStmt. Advanced applications can use this +** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and +** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found. +** +** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only +** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] +** compile-time option. +** +** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return. +** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior +** of this interface is undefined. +** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by +** the "pOut" parameter. +** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for. +** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than +** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement +** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut +** points to is unchanged. +** +** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases +** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves +** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable +** that pOut points to unchanged. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ + void *pOut /* Result written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters. +** +** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor +** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the +** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an +** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database +** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] +** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and +** any [attached] databases. +** +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked +** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then +** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages +** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped +** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this +** function returns SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for +** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is +** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately. +** +** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message +** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation +** on a database table. +** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single +** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides +** the previous setting. +** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] +** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter. +** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as +** the first parameter to callbacks. +** +** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the +** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to +** system tables like sqlite_sequence or sqlite_stat1. +** +** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to +** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. +** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the +** kind of update operation that is about to occur. +** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** database within the database connection that is being modified. This +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached +** databases.)^ +** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** table that is being modified. +** +** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth +** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, +** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth +** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the +** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted +** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback +** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for +** DELETE operations on rowid tables. +** +** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], +** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces +** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines +** may only be called from within a preupdate callback. Invoking any of +** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a +** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied +** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns +** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row before it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row after it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate +** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level +** triggers; and so forth. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_update_hook()] +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK) +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, + void(*xPreUpdate)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ + char const *zDb, /* Database name */ + char const *zName, /* Table name */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ + ), + void* +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error +** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. +** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be +** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot +** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} {sqlite3_snapshot} +** +** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode] +** database for some specific point in history. +** +** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the +** same database file can each be reading a different historical version +** of the database file. When a [database connection] begins a read +** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database +** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started. +** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen +** by the reader until a new read transaction is started. +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical +** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read +** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than +** the most recent version. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { + unsigned char hidden[48]; +} sqlite3_snapshot; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a +** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of +** schema S in database connection D. ^On success, the +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly +** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. +** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when +** this function is called, one is opened automatically. +** +** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of +** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is +** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined +** in this case. +** +** <ul> +** <li> The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. +** +** <li> Schema S of [database connection] D must be a [WAL mode] database. +** +** <li> There must not be a write transaction open on schema S of database +** connection D. +** +** <li> One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal +** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means +** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal +** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction +** must be written to it first. +** </ul> +** +** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the +** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, +** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] +** to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read +** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to +** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the +** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK +** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. +** +** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in +** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there +** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle +** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed +** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). +** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or +** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. +** +** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified +** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case +** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. +** +** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is +** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same +** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT +** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an +** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the +** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the +** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. +** +** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the +** database connection D does not know that the database file for +** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know +** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ +** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened +** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P. +** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object +** using this routine to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles. +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages +** of two valid snapshot handles. +** +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** +** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the +** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the +** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the +** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** is undefined. +** +** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older +** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database +** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp( + sqlite3_snapshot *p1, + sqlite3_snapshot *p2 +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Recover snapshots from a wal file +** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot +** +** If a [WAL file] remains on disk after all database connections close +** (either through the use of the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] [file control] +** or because the last process to have the database opened exited without +** calling [sqlite3_close()]) and a new connection is subsequently opened +** on that database and [WAL file], the [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface +** will only be able to open the last transaction added to the WAL file +** even though the WAL file contains other valid transactions. +** +** This function attempts to scan the WAL file associated with database zDb +** of database handle db and make all valid snapshots available to +** sqlite3_snapshot_open(). It is an error if there is already a read +** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a WAL mode +** database. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Serialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) interface returns a pointer to memory +** that is a serialization of the S database on [database connection] D. +** If P is not a NULL pointer, then the size of the database in bytes +** is written into *P. +** +** For an ordinary on-disk database file, the serialization is just a +** copy of the disk file. For an in-memory database or a "TEMP" database, +** the serialization is the same sequence of bytes which would be written +** to disk if that database where backed up to disk. +** +** The usual case is that sqlite3_serialize() copies the serialization of +** the database into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] and returns +** a pointer to that memory. The caller is responsible for freeing the +** returned value to avoid a memory leak. However, if the F argument +** contains the SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit, then no memory allocations +** are made, and the sqlite3_serialize() function will return a pointer +** to the contiguous memory representation of the database that SQLite +** is currently using for that database, or NULL if the no such contiguous +** memory representation of the database exists. A contiguous memory +** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has +** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same +** values of D and S. +** The size of the database is written into *P even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy +** of the database exists. +** +** A call to sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) might return NULL even if the +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is omitted from argument F if a memory +** allocation error occurs. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to serialize. ex: "main", "temp", ... */ + sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size of the DB here, if not NULL */ + unsigned int mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_SERIALIZE_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_serialize +** +** Zero or more of the following constants can be OR-ed together for +** the F argument to [sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F)]. +** +** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY means that [sqlite3_serialize()] will return +** a pointer to contiguous in-memory database that it is currently using, +** without making a copy of the database. If SQLite is not currently using +** a contiguous in-memory database, then this option causes +** [sqlite3_serialize()] to return a NULL pointer. SQLite will only be +** using a contiguous in-memory database if it has been initialized by a +** prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY 0x001 /* Do no memory allocations */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the +** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then +** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained +** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of +** the buffer P, which might be larger than N. If M is larger than N, and +** the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY bit is not set in F, then SQLite is +** permitted to add content to the in-memory database as long as the total +** size does not exceed M bytes. +** +** If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in F, then SQLite will +** invoke sqlite3_free() on the serialization buffer when the database +** connection closes. If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE bit is set, then +** SQLite will try to increase the buffer size using sqlite3_realloc64() +** if writes on the database cause it to grow larger than M bytes. +** +** The sqlite3_deserialize() interface will fail with SQLITE_BUSY if the +** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup +** operation. +** +** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the +** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then +** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. +** +** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */ + unsigned char *pData, /* The serialized database content */ + sqlite3_int64 szDb, /* Number bytes in the deserialization */ + sqlite3_int64 szBuf, /* Total size of buffer pData[] */ + unsigned mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_deserialize() +** +** The following are allowed values for 6th argument (the F argument) to +** the [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F)] interface. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE means that the database serialization +** in the P argument is held in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] +** and that SQLite should take ownership of this memory and automatically +** free it when it has finished using it. Without this flag, the caller +** is responsible for freeing any dynamically allocated memory. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE flag means that SQLite is allowed to +** grow the size of the database using calls to [sqlite3_realloc64()]. This +** flag should only be used if SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE is also used. +** Without this flag, the deserialized database cannot increase in size beyond +** the number of bytes specified by the M parameter. +** +** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY flag means that the deserialized database +** should be treated as read-only. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE 1 /* Call sqlite3_free() on close */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE 2 /* Resize using sqlite3_realloc64() */ +#define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY 4 /* Database is read-only */ + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE3_H */ + +/******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visibility */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ + /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL values of parameters */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + +/******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/ + +#if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) +#define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle +** +** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to +** record changes to a database. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle +** +** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating +** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session +** +** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful, +** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite +** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single +** database handle. +** +** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the +** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they +** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before +** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session +** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object +** are undefined. +** +** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it +** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a +** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is +** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** either of these things are undefined. +** +** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in +** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an +** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached +** to the database when the session object is created. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ + sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session +** +** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the +** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module +** function are undefined. +** +** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When +** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When +** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled. +** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further +** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects +** the eventual changesets. +** +** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or +** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is +** made, or +** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. +** </ul> +** +** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session, +** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria +** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise. +** +** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect +** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the +** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag +** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** indirect flag for the specified session object. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. +** +** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** the new tables are also recorded. +** +** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY +** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. +** +** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor +** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, +** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. +** +** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored +** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +** <h3>Special sqlite_stat1 Handling</h3> +** +** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to +** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: +** <pre> +**   CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat) +** </pre> +** +** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are +** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes +** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such +** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or +** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be +** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** concat() and similar. +** +** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the +** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 +** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), +** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset +** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a +** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application +** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. +** +** Legacy (older than 3.22.0) versions of the sessions module cannot capture +** changes made to the sqlite_stat1 table. Legacy versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_apply() function silently ignore any modifications to the +** sqlite_stat1 table that are part of a changeset or patchset. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes are not tracked. Note that once a table is +** attached, xFilter will not be called again. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning +** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to +** zero and return an SQLite error code. +** +** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes, +** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT +** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE +** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An +** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated +** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key +** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that +** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it +** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. +** +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, +** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this +** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in +** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL, +** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row +** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its +** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a +** DELETE change only. +** +** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created +** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to +** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()] +** API. +** +** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a +** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through +** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related +** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables +** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached) +** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to +** a single table are stored is undefined. +** +** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of +** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** <h3>Changeset Generation</h3> +** +** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object +** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table. +** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any +** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only +** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted, +** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session. +** +** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted, +** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a +** NULL value, no record of the change is made. +** +** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those +** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts +** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the +** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes +** or updates a record). +** +** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using +** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database +** file. Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried +** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** is added to the changeset. +** +** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is +** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching +** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original +** values, no change is added to the changeset. +** </ul> +** +** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later +** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is +** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of +** a DELETE and an INSERT. +** +** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API), +** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. +** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row +** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the +** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the +** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first +** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the +** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it +** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return +** an error). +** +** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. +** A table is considered compatible if it: +** +** <ul> +** <li> Has the same name, +** <li> Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and +** <li> Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition. +** </ul> +** +** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables +** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error +** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session +** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. +** +** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. +** +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. +** +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the +** session. +** </ul> +** +** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** identical. +** +** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the +** required compatible table. +** +** If the operation is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zFromDb, + const char *zTbl, + char **pzErrMsg +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_session +** +** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: +** +** <ul> +** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** original values of other fields are omitted. +** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** UPDATE records. +** </ul> +** +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, +** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset +** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work +** in the same way as for changesets. +** +** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets +** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for +** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which +** they were attached to the session object). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppPatchset */ + void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing patchset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. +** +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** more changes have been recorded, return zero. +** +** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling +** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** changeset containing zero changes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. +** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an +** SQLite error code is returned. +** +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** iterator created by this function: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_next()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_op()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_new()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_old()] +** </ul> +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator +** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the +** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is +** destroyed. +** +** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the +** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** another change for table X. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_start_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT | supported flags] as the 4th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_start_v2() API is still <b>experimental</b> +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETSTART_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_start_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 4th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_start_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm]: +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> +** Invert the changeset while iterating through it. This is equivalent to +** inverting a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. +** It is an error to specify this flag with a patchset. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETSTART_INVERT 0x0002 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be used with iterators created by the function +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to +** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE +** is returned and the call has no effect. +** +** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it +** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset +** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to +** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances +** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If +** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this +** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** +** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a +** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table +** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If +** pbIndirect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change +** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** type of change that the iterator currently points to. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an +** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not +** be trusted in this case. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ + int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ + int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The number of columns in the table, and +** <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY. +** </ul> +** +** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of +** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to. +** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where +** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to +** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or +** 0x00 if it is not. +** +** If argument pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns +** in the table. +** +** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid +** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described +** above. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ + int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a +** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function +** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue +** is set to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback +** and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case +** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key +** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator +** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter +** +** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. +** +** This function should only be called on iterators created using the +** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this +** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by +** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the +** call has no effect. +** +** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding +** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): +** +** <pre> +** sqlite3changeset_start(); +** while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){ +** // Do something with change. +** } +** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); +** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ +** // An error has occurred +** } +** </pre> +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset +** +** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted +** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted +** changeset. Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and +** <li> Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and +** <li> For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged. +** </ul> +** +** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within +** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change. +** +** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset +** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are +** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** call to this function. +** +** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid +** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( + int nIn, const void *pIn, /* Input changeset */ + int *pnOut, void **ppOut /* OUT: Inverse of input */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects +** +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying +** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** +** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the +** following code fragment: +** +** <pre> +** sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp; +** rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +** rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut); +** }else{ +** *ppOut = 0; +** *pnOut = 0; +** } +** </pre> +** +** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( + int nA, /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */ + void *pA, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */ + int nB, /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */ + void *pB, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppOut /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle +** +** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more +** [changesets] or [patchsets] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets +** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup +** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is +** always in the same format as the input. +** +** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with +** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code +** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows: +** +** <ul> +** <li> It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new(). +** +** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object +** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). +** +** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). +** +** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). +** </ul> +** +** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to +** new() and delete(), and in any order. +** +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming +** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** +** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function +** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if +** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this +** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added +** to the changegroup. +** +** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in +** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to +** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if +** the two rows have the same primary key. +** +** Changes to rows that do not already appear in the changegroup are +** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup +** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the +** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows: +** +** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> +** <tr><th style="white-space:pre">Existing Change </th> +** <th style="white-space:pre">New Change </th> +** <th>Output Change +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>INSERT <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td> +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the +** existing change and then updated according to the new change. +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td> +** The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is +** not added. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>INSERT <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td> +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** by the existing change and then again by the new change. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td> +** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the +** changegroup. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td> +** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>DELETE <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** </table> +** +** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present +** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the +** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the +** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset +** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is +** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this +** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the state +** of the final contents of the changegroup is undefined. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup +** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup +** +** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the +** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup +** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the +** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset. +** +** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and +** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single +** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear +** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup. +** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain +** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are +** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in +** which they are first encountered. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output +** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a +** call to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output( + sqlite3_changegroup*, + int *pnData, /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */ + void **ppData /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database +** +** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to +** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in +** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** +** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter +** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one +** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with +** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer +** passed as the sixth argument as the first. If the "filter callback" +** returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to the table. +** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to +** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. +** +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** considered compatible if all of the following are true: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** changeset, and +** <li> The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the +** changeset, and +** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** recorded in the changeset. +** </ul> +** +** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the +** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued +** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most +** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. +** +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** each type of change is below. +** +** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results +** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict +** argument are undefined. +** +** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned +** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler +** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value +** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to +** the documentation for the three +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd> +** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the +** database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset, +** only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against +** the current database contents - any trailing database table columns +** are ignored. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the +** conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] +** passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE +** operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler +** function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +** <dt>INSERT Changes<dd> +** For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into +** the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the +** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default +** values. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler +** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd> +** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values +** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an +** original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function +** is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since +** UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are +** to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to +** avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** </dl> +** +** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the +** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback. +** This can be used to further customize the application's conflict +** resolution strategy. +** +** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. +** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to +** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** SQLite error code returned. +** +** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and +** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() +** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the +** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) +** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer +** is only allocated and populated if one or more conflicts were encountered +** while applying the patchset. See comments surrounding the sqlite3_rebaser +** APIs for further details. +** +** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its streaming equivalent +** may be modified by passing a combination of +** [SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT | supported flags] as the 9th parameter. +** +** Note that the sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() API is still <b>experimental</b> +** and therefore subject to change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, /* OUT: Rebase data */ + int flags /* SESSION_CHANGESETAPPLY_* flags */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 +** +** The following flags may passed via the 9th parameter to +** [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm]: +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT <dd> +** Usually, the sessions module encloses all operations performed by +** a single call to apply_v2() or apply_v2_strm() in a [SAVEPOINT]. The +** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully +** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag +** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the +** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, +** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT <dd> +** Invert the changeset before applying it. This is equivalent to inverting +** a changeset using sqlite3changeset_invert() before applying it. It is +** an error to specify this flag with a patchset. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_INVERT 0x0002 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler +** +** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd> +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument +** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** expected "before" values. +** +** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd> +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second +** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the +** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd> +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** in duplicate primary key values. +** +** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd> +** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument +** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler +** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the +** foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns +** CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back. +** +** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function +** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle +** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd> +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND 2 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 3 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler +** +** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd> +** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** continues to the next change in the changeset. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd> +** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict +** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending +** on the type of change. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a +** second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails, +** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd> +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT 0 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that +** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a +** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based +** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and +** applied to the database. The database is then in state +** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict +** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". +** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict +** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts +** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. +** +** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an +** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": +** +** local: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v1'); +** remote: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v2'); +** +** and the conflict resolution is REPLACE, then the INSERT change is +** removed from the local changeset (it was overridden). Or, if the +** conflict resolution was "OMIT", then the local changeset is modified +** to instead contain: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET b = 'v2' WHERE a=1; +** +** Changes within the local changeset are rebased as follows: +** +** <dl> +** <dt>Local INSERT<dd> +** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict +** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased +** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add +** nothing to the rebased changeset. +** +** <dt>Local DELETE<dd> +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. In both cases the +** only possible resolution is OMIT. If the remote operation was a +** DELETE, then add no change to the rebased changeset. If the remote +** operation was an UPDATE, then the old.* fields of change are updated +** to reflect the new.* values in the UPDATE. +** +** <dt>Local UPDATE<dd> +** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. If it conflicts +** with a DELETE, and the conflict resolution was OMIT, then the update +** is changed into an INSERT. Any undefined values in the new.* record +** from the update change are filled in using the old.* values from +** the conflicting DELETE. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, +** the UPDATE change is simply omitted from the rebased changeset. +** +** If conflict is with a remote UPDATE and the resolution is OMIT, then +** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote +** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied +** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by +** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would +** be updated, the change is omitted. +** </dl> +** +** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes +** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote +** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset +** is rebased: +** +** <ul> +** <li> If there has been one or more REPLACE resolutions on a +** key, it is rebased according to a REPLACE. +** +** <li> If there have been no REPLACE resolutions on a key, then +** the local changeset is rebased according to the most recent +** of the OMIT resolutions. +** </ul> +** +** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are +** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the +** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single +** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for +** OMIT. +** +** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first +** be applied to the local database using sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and +** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: +** +** <ol> +** <li> An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_create(). +** <li> The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). +** If the local changeset is to be rebased against multiple remote +** changesets, then sqlite3rebaser_configure() should be called +** multiple times, in the same order that the multiple +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() calls were made. +** <li> Each local changeset is rebased by calling sqlite3rebaser_rebase(). +** <li> The sqlite3_rebaser object is deleted by calling +** sqlite3rebaser_delete(). +** </ol> +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to +** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error +** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) +** to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Configure the changeset rebaser object to rebase changesets according +** to the conflict resolutions described by buffer pRebase (size nRebase +** bytes), which must have been obtained from a previous call to +** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nRebase, const void *pRebase +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Argument pIn must point to a buffer containing a changeset nIn bytes +** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy +** of the changeset rebased according to the configuration of the +** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) +** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changeset and +** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) +** are set to zero and an SQLite error code returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( + sqlite3_rebaser*, + int nIn, const void *pIn, + int *pnOut, void **ppOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete a changeset rebaser object. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** Delete the changeset rebaser object and all associated resources. There +** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation +** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. +** +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** corresponding non-streaming API functions: +** +** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> +** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th> +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_strm<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_strm<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] +** </table> +** +** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the +** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. +** +** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input +** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that +** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is +** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as +** +** <pre> +**   int nChangeset, +**   void *pChangeset, +** </pre> +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** <pre> +**   int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), +**   void *pIn, +** </pre> +** +** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns +** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function +** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. +** +** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be +** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the +** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. +** +** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) +** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a +** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such +** as: +** +** <pre> +**   int *pnChangeset, +**   void **ppChangeset, +** </pre> +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** <pre> +**   int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), +**   void *pOut +** </pre> +** +** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to +** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the +** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData, +** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output +** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the +** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise, +** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing +** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy +** of the xOutput error code to the application. +** +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, +** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ + void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( + int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInA, + int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInB, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_v2_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int flags +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( + sqlite3_rebaser *pRebaser, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure global parameters +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to the sessions module in order to tune it to the specific needs +** of the application. +** +** The sqlite3session_config() interface is not threadsafe. If it is invoked +** while any other thread is inside any other sessions method then the +** results are undefined. Furthermore, if it is invoked after any sessions +** related objects have been created, the results are also undefined. +** +** The first argument to the sqlite3session_config() function must be one +** of the SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_XXX constants defined below. The +** interpretation of the (void*) value passed as the second parameter and +** the effect of calling this function depends on the value of the first +** parameter. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE<dd> +** By default, the sessions module streaming interfaces attempt to input +** and output data in approximately 1 KiB chunks. This operand may be used +** to set and query the value of this configuration setting. The pointer +** passed as the second argument must point to a value of type (int). +** If this value is greater than 0, it is used as the new streaming data +** chunk size for both input and output. Before returning, the (int) value +** pointed to by pArg is set to the final value of the streaming interface +** chunk size. +** </dl> +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_config(int op, void *pArg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Values for sqlite3session_config(). +*/ +#define SQLITE_SESSION_CONFIG_STRMSIZE 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */ + +/******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/ +/******** Begin file fts5.h *********/ +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** FTS5 may be extended with: +** +** * custom tokenizers, and +** * custom auxiliary functions. +*/ + + +#ifndef _FTS5_H +#define _FTS5_H + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +** +** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing +** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; +typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; +typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; + +typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +); + +struct Fts5PhraseIter { + const unsigned char *a; + const unsigned char *b; +}; + +/* +** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS +** +** xUserData(pFts): +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** registered with. +** +** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the FTS5 table. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** xColumnCount(pFts): +** Return the number of columns in the table. +** +** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set +** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table +** created with the "columnsize=0" option. +** +** xColumnText: +** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the +** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer +** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes +** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. +** +** xPhraseCount: +** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. +** +** xPhraseSize: +** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases +** are numbered starting from zero. +** +** xInstCount: +** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within +** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. +** +** xInst: +** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. +** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument +** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value +** output by xInstCount(). +** +** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol +** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the +** first token of the phrase. Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error +** code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** +** xRowid: +** Returns the rowid of the current row. +** +** xTokenize: +** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. +** +** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): +** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase +** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: +** +** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid +** +** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the +** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** the third argument to pUserData. +** +** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the +** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. +** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. +** +** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by +** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** +** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) +** +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension function's +** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any +** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of +** the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. +** +** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** single auxiliary data context. +** +** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is +** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback +** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this +** point. +** +** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the +** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. +** +** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, +** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the +** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data +** pointer before returning. +** +** +** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) +** +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. +** +** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared +** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, +** if any, is not invoked. +** +** +** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) +** +** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. +** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; +** +** xPhraseFirst() +** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext +** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within +** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the +** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol, iOff; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) +** ){ +** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol +** } +** +** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not +** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above +** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by +** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates +** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). +** +** xPhraseNext() +** See xPhraseFirst above. +** +** xPhraseFirstColumn() +** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() +** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead +** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these +** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row +** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) +** ){ +** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase +** } +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). +** +** The information accessed using this API and its companion +** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext +** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is +** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with +** "detail=column" tables. +** +** xPhraseNextColumn() +** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. +*/ +struct Fts5ExtensionApi { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ + + void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); + + int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); + int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); + + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ + ); + + int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); + + int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); + int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); + int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); + + int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) + ); + int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); + void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); + + int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); +}; + +/* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +** +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting +** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined +** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: +** +** xCreate: +** This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance. +** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. +** +** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) +** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings +** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the +** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used +** to create the FTS5 table. +** +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK +** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** is undefined. +** +** xDelete: +** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously +** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will +** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). +** +** xTokenize: +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first +** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object +** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). +** +** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting +** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following +** four values: +** +** <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into +** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to +** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the +** FTS index. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. +** +** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as +** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is +** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token +** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary +** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same +** on a columnsize=0 database. +** </ul> +** +** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must +** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer +** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth +** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the +** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets +** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from +** which the token is derived within the input. +** +** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. +** +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** order that they occur within the input text. +** +** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then +** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should +** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the +** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, +** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it +** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than +** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SYNONYM SUPPORT +** +** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances +** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms +** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match +** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form +** the user specified in the MATCH query text. +** +** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: +** +** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, using +** the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the +** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in +** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won +** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", +** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', +** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works +** as expected. +** +** <li> By querying the index for all synonyms of each query term +** separately. In this case, when tokenizing query text, the +** tokenizer may provide multiple synonyms for a single term +** within the document. FTS5 then queries the index for each +** synonym individually. For example, faced with the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> +** +** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** similar to: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> +** +** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** being treated as a single phrase. +** +** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are +** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and +** "place". +** +** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms +** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do so would be +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the +** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. +** </ol> +** +** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that +** specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit +** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, +** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports +** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: +** +** <codeblock> +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); +**</codeblock> +** +** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time +** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a +** single token. +** +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, +** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it +** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the +** token "first" is substituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock> +** +** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer +** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). +** +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix +** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because +** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space +** within the database. +** +** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to +** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' +** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, +** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. +** +** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only +** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query +** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is +** inefficient. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; +typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; +struct fts5_tokenizer { + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); + void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + void *pCtx, + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ + ) + ); +}; + +/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 + +/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 +** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ +#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ + +/* +** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API +*/ +typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; +struct fts5_api { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ + + /* Create a new tokenizer */ + int (*xCreateTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); + + /* Find an existing tokenizer */ + int (*xFindTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void **ppContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer + ); + + /* Create a new auxiliary function */ + int (*xCreateFunction)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_extension_function xFunction, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); +}; + +/* +** END OF REGISTRATION API +*************************************************************************/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* _FTS5_H */ + +/******** End of fts5.h *********/ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..217601fd --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,663 @@ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H +#define SQLITE3EXT_H +#include "sqlite3.h" + +/* +** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, + const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*xsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, + char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, + sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + /* Added ??? */ + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + /* Added by 3.3.13 */ + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Added by 3.4.1 */ + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, + void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + /* Added by 3.5.0 */ + int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, + int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); + int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*)(void*)); + int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); + void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); + int (*release_memory)(int); + void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*sleep)(int); + void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); + sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); + int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); + int (*xthreadsafe)(void); + void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*test_control)(int, ...); + void (*randomness)(int,void*); + sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); + sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); + const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ + int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*errstr)(int); + int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); + int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); + sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); + char *(*xvsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); + int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); + /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ + int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*),unsigned char); + int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**); + void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64); + sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*); + void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64); + void (*reset_auto_extension)(void); + void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char); + int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*); + /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*); + void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64); + int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); + /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ + unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*); + void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); + /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ + int (*status64)(int,sqlite3_int64*,sqlite3_int64*,int); + int (*strlike)(const char*,const char*,unsigned int); + int (*db_cacheflush)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ + int (*system_errno)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.14.0 and later */ + int (*trace_v2)(sqlite3*,unsigned,int(*)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),void*); + char *(*expanded_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Version 3.18.0 and later */ + void (*set_last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); + /* Version 3.20.0 and later */ + int (*prepare_v3)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,unsigned int, + sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v3)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,unsigned int, + sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*bind_pointer)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_pointer)(sqlite3_context*,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); + void *(*value_pointer)(sqlite3_value*,const char*); + int (*vtab_nochange)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*value_nochange)(sqlite3_value*); + const char *(*vtab_collation)(sqlite3_index_info*,int); + /* Version 3.24.0 and later */ + int (*keyword_count)(void); + int (*keyword_name)(int,const char**,int*); + int (*keyword_check)(const char*,int); + sqlite3_str *(*str_new)(sqlite3*); + char *(*str_finish)(sqlite3_str*); + void (*str_appendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); + void (*str_vappendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); + void (*str_append)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); + void (*str_appendall)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); + void (*str_appendchar)(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); + void (*str_reset)(sqlite3_str*); + int (*str_errcode)(sqlite3_str*); + int (*str_length)(sqlite3_str*); + char *(*str_value)(sqlite3_str*); + /* Version 3.25.0 and later */ + int (*create_window_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xInv)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + /* Version 3.26.0 and later */ + const char *(*normalized_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Version 3.28.0 and later */ + int (*stmt_isexplain)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*value_frombind)(sqlite3_value*); + /* Version 3.30.0 and later */ + int (*drop_modules)(sqlite3*,const char**); + /* Version 3.31.0 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 (*hard_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_key)(const char*,int); + const char *(*filename_database)(const char*); + const char *(*filename_journal)(const char*); + const char *(*filename_wal)(const char*); + /* Version 3.32.0 and later */ + char *(*create_filename)(const char*,const char*,const char*, + int,const char**); + void (*free_filename)(char*); + sqlite3_file *(*database_file_object)(const char*); + /* Version 3.34.0 and later */ + int (*txn_state)(sqlite3*,const char*); +}; + +/* +** This is the function signature used for all extension entry points. It +** is also defined in the file "loadext.c". +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle to the database. */ + char **pzErrMsg, /* Used to set error string on failure. */ + const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk /* Extension API function pointers. */ +); + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#endif +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#endif +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#endif +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->xsnprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#endif +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes +#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close +#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open +#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read +#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 +#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater +#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter +#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave +#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try +#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 +#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig +#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit +#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find +#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister +#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code +#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control +#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes +#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit +#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt +#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql +#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ +#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename +#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory +#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly +#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter +#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 +/* Version 3.8.7 and later */ +#define sqlite3_auto_extension sqlite3_api->auto_extension +#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 sqlite3_api->bind_blob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_text64 sqlite3_api->bind_text64 +#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_load_extension sqlite3_api->load_extension +#define sqlite3_malloc64 sqlite3_api->malloc64 +#define sqlite3_msize sqlite3_api->msize +#define sqlite3_realloc64 sqlite3_api->realloc64 +#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_result_blob64 sqlite3_api->result_blob64 +#define sqlite3_result_text64 sqlite3_api->result_text64 +#define sqlite3_strglob sqlite3_api->strglob +/* Version 3.8.11 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_dup sqlite3_api->value_dup +#define sqlite3_value_free sqlite3_api->value_free +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64 +/* Version 3.9.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_subtype sqlite3_api->value_subtype +#define sqlite3_result_subtype sqlite3_api->result_subtype +/* Version 3.10.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_status64 sqlite3_api->status64 +#define sqlite3_strlike sqlite3_api->strlike +#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush sqlite3_api->db_cacheflush +/* Version 3.12.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_system_errno sqlite3_api->system_errno +/* Version 3.14.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_trace_v2 sqlite3_api->trace_v2 +#define sqlite3_expanded_sql sqlite3_api->expanded_sql +/* Version 3.18.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->set_last_insert_rowid +/* Version 3.20.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_prepare_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare_v3 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v3 +#define sqlite3_bind_pointer sqlite3_api->bind_pointer +#define sqlite3_result_pointer sqlite3_api->result_pointer +#define sqlite3_value_pointer sqlite3_api->value_pointer +/* Version 3.22.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange +#define sqlite3_value_nochange sqlite3_api->value_nochange +#define sqlite3_vtab_collation sqlite3_api->vtab_collation +/* Version 3.24.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_keyword_count sqlite3_api->keyword_count +#define sqlite3_keyword_name sqlite3_api->keyword_name +#define sqlite3_keyword_check sqlite3_api->keyword_check +#define sqlite3_str_new sqlite3_api->str_new +#define sqlite3_str_finish sqlite3_api->str_finish +#define sqlite3_str_appendf sqlite3_api->str_appendf +#define sqlite3_str_vappendf sqlite3_api->str_vappendf +#define sqlite3_str_append sqlite3_api->str_append +#define sqlite3_str_appendall sqlite3_api->str_appendall +#define sqlite3_str_appendchar sqlite3_api->str_appendchar +#define sqlite3_str_reset sqlite3_api->str_reset +#define sqlite3_str_errcode sqlite3_api->str_errcode +#define sqlite3_str_length sqlite3_api->str_length +#define sqlite3_str_value sqlite3_api->str_value +/* Version 3.25.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_create_window_function sqlite3_api->create_window_function +/* Version 3.26.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_normalized_sql sqlite3_api->normalized_sql +/* Version 3.28.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain sqlite3_api->stmt_isexplain +#define sqlite3_value_frombind sqlite3_api->value_frombind +/* Version 3.30.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_drop_modules sqlite3_api->drop_modules +/* Version 3.31.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->hard_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_uri_key sqlite3_api->uri_key +#define sqlite3_filename_database sqlite3_api->filename_database +#define sqlite3_filename_journal sqlite3_api->filename_journal +#define sqlite3_filename_wal sqlite3_api->filename_wal +/* Version 3.32.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_create_filename sqlite3_api->create_filename +#define sqlite3_free_filename sqlite3_api->free_filename +#define sqlite3_database_file_object sqlite3_api->database_file_object +/* Version 3.34.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_txn_state sqlite3_api->txn_state +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + ** extension */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ + extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#else + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + ** application */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE3EXT_H */ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3rc.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3rc.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3rc.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/sqlite/sqlite3rc.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/android-ifaddrs.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/android-ifaddrs.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/android-ifaddrs.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/android-ifaddrs.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/errno.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/errno.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/errno.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/errno.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/linux.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/linux.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/linux.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/linux.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/threadpool.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/threadpool.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/threadpool.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/threadpool.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/unix.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/unix.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/unix.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/unix.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/version.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/version.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/version.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/uv/uv/version.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/APIDesign.md b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/APIDesign.md similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/APIDesign.md rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/APIDesign.md diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/DEPS b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/DEPS similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/DEPS rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/DEPS diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/OWNERS b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/OWNERS similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/OWNERS rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/OWNERS diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/DEPS b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/DEPS similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/DEPS rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/DEPS diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform-export.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform-export.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform-export.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform-export.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/libplatform.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/v8-tracing.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/v8-tracing.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/v8-tracing.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/libplatform/v8-tracing.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector-protocol.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector-protocol.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector-protocol.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector-protocol.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-inspector.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-internal.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-internal.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-internal.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-internal.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-platform.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-platform.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-platform.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-platform.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-profiler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-profiler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-profiler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-profiler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-testing.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-testing.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-testing.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-testing.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-util.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-util.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-util.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-util.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-value-serializer-version.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-value-serializer-version.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-value-serializer-version.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-value-serializer-version.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version-string.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version-string.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version-string.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version-string.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-version.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-posix.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-posix.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-posix.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-posix.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-win.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-win.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-win.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8-wasm-trap-handler-win.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8config.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8config.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8config.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8-2/v8config.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/APIDesign.md b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/APIDesign.md similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/APIDesign.md rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/APIDesign.md diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/DEPS b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/DEPS similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/DEPS rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/DEPS diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/OWNERS b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/OWNERS similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/OWNERS rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/OWNERS diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/PRESUBMIT.py b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/PRESUBMIT.py similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/PRESUBMIT.py rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/PRESUBMIT.py diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/DEPS b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/DEPS similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/DEPS rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/DEPS diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform-export.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform-export.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform-export.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform-export.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/libplatform.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/v8-tracing.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/v8-tracing.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/v8-tracing.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/libplatform/v8-tracing.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-debug.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-debug.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-debug.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-debug.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector-protocol.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector-protocol.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector-protocol.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector-protocol.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-inspector.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-platform.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-platform.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-platform.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-platform.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-profiler.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-profiler.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-profiler.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-profiler.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-testing.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-testing.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-testing.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-testing.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-util.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-util.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-util.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-util.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-value-serializer-version.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-value-serializer-version.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-value-serializer-version.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-value-serializer-version.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version-string.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version-string.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version-string.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version-string.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8-version.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8config.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8config.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8config.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/v8/v8config.h diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/decode.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/decode.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9824750 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/decode.h @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ +// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Main decoding functions for WebP images. +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ + +#include "./types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0209 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++, +// the types are left here for reference. +// typedef enum VP8StatusCode VP8StatusCode; +// typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE WEBP_CSP_MODE; +typedef struct WebPRGBABuffer WebPRGBABuffer; +typedef struct WebPYUVABuffer WebPYUVABuffer; +typedef struct WebPDecBuffer WebPDecBuffer; +typedef struct WebPIDecoder WebPIDecoder; +typedef struct WebPBitstreamFeatures WebPBitstreamFeatures; +typedef struct WebPDecoderOptions WebPDecoderOptions; +typedef struct WebPDecoderConfig WebPDecoderConfig; + +// Return the decoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for +// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetDecoderVersion(void); + +// Retrieve basic header information: width, height. +// This function will also validate the header, returning true on success, +// false otherwise. '*width' and '*height' are only valid on successful return. +// Pointers 'width' and 'height' can be passed NULL if deemed irrelevant. +// Note: The following chunk sequences (before the raw VP8/VP8L data) are +// considered valid by this function: +// RIFF + VP8(L) +// RIFF + VP8X + (optional chunks) + VP8(L) +// ALPH + VP8 <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +// VP8(L) <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetInfo(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Decodes WebP images pointed to by 'data' and returns RGBA samples, along +// with the dimensions in *width and *height. The ordering of samples in +// memory is R, G, B, A, R, G, B, A... in scan order (endian-independent). +// The returned pointer should be deleted calling WebPFree(). +// Returns NULL in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning A, R, G, B, A, R, G, B... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeARGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning B, G, R, A, B, G, R, A... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning R, G, B, R, G, B... ordered data. +// If the bitstream contains transparency, it is ignored. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGB, but returning B, G, R, B, G, R... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGR(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + + +// Decode WebP images pointed to by 'data' to Y'UV format(*). The pointer +// returned is the Y samples buffer. Upon return, *u and *v will point to +// the U and V chroma data. These U and V buffers need NOT be passed to +// WebPFree(), unlike the returned Y luma one. The dimension of the U and V +// planes are both (*width + 1) / 2 and (*height + 1)/ 2. +// Upon return, the Y buffer has a stride returned as '*stride', while U and V +// have a common stride returned as '*uv_stride'. +// Return NULL in case of error. +// (*) Also named Y'CbCr. See: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeYUV(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height, + uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, + int* stride, int* uv_stride); + +// These five functions are variants of the above ones, that decode the image +// directly into a pre-allocated buffer 'output_buffer'. The maximum storage +// available in this buffer is indicated by 'output_buffer_size'. If this +// storage is not sufficient (or an error occurred), NULL is returned. +// Otherwise, output_buffer is returned, for convenience. +// The parameter 'output_stride' specifies the distance (in bytes) +// between scanlines. Hence, output_buffer_size is expected to be at least +// output_stride x picture-height. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBAInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeARGBInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRAInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// RGB and BGR variants. Here too the transparency information, if present, +// will be dropped and ignored. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeRGBInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeBGRInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// WebPDecodeYUVInto() is a variant of WebPDecodeYUV() that operates directly +// into pre-allocated luma/chroma plane buffers. This function requires the +// strides to be passed: one for the luma plane and one for each of the +// chroma ones. The size of each plane buffer is passed as 'luma_size', +// 'u_size' and 'v_size' respectively. +// Pointer to the luma plane ('*luma') is returned or NULL if an error occurred +// during decoding (or because some buffers were found to be too small). +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPDecodeYUVInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Output colorspaces and buffer + +// Colorspaces +// Note: the naming describes the byte-ordering of packed samples in memory. +// For instance, MODE_BGRA relates to samples ordered as B,G,R,A,B,G,R,A,... +// Non-capital names (e.g.:MODE_Argb) relates to pre-multiplied RGB channels. +// RGBA-4444 and RGB-565 colorspaces are represented by following byte-order: +// RGBA-4444: [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], ... +// RGB-565: [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], ... +// In the case WEBP_SWAP_16BITS_CSP is defined, the bytes are swapped for +// these two modes: +// RGBA-4444: [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], ... +// RGB-565: [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], ... + +typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE { + MODE_RGB = 0, MODE_RGBA = 1, + MODE_BGR = 2, MODE_BGRA = 3, + MODE_ARGB = 4, MODE_RGBA_4444 = 5, + MODE_RGB_565 = 6, + // RGB-premultiplied transparent modes (alpha value is preserved) + MODE_rgbA = 7, + MODE_bgrA = 8, + MODE_Argb = 9, + MODE_rgbA_4444 = 10, + // YUV modes must come after RGB ones. + MODE_YUV = 11, MODE_YUVA = 12, // yuv 4:2:0 + MODE_LAST = 13 +} WEBP_CSP_MODE; + +// Some useful macros: +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsPremultipliedMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode == MODE_rgbA || mode == MODE_bgrA || mode == MODE_Argb || + mode == MODE_rgbA_4444); +} + +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsAlphaMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode == MODE_RGBA || mode == MODE_BGRA || mode == MODE_ARGB || + mode == MODE_RGBA_4444 || mode == MODE_YUVA || + WebPIsPremultipliedMode(mode)); +} + +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsRGBMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode < MODE_YUV); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPDecBuffer: Generic structure for describing the output sample buffer. + +struct WebPRGBABuffer { // view as RGBA + uint8_t* rgba; // pointer to RGBA samples + int stride; // stride in bytes from one scanline to the next. + size_t size; // total size of the *rgba buffer. +}; + +struct WebPYUVABuffer { // view as YUVA + uint8_t* y, *u, *v, *a; // pointer to luma, chroma U/V, alpha samples + int y_stride; // luma stride + int u_stride, v_stride; // chroma strides + int a_stride; // alpha stride + size_t y_size; // luma plane size + size_t u_size, v_size; // chroma planes size + size_t a_size; // alpha-plane size +}; + +// Output buffer +struct WebPDecBuffer { + WEBP_CSP_MODE colorspace; // Colorspace. + int width, height; // Dimensions. + int is_external_memory; // If non-zero, 'internal_memory' pointer is not + // used. If value is '2' or more, the external + // memory is considered 'slow' and multiple + // read/write will be avoided. + union { + WebPRGBABuffer RGBA; + WebPYUVABuffer YUVA; + } u; // Nameless union of buffer parameters. + uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use + + uint8_t* private_memory; // Internally allocated memory (only when + // is_external_memory is 0). Should not be used + // externally, but accessed via the buffer union. +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPInitDecBufferInternal(WebPDecBuffer*, int); + +// Initialize the structure as empty. Must be called before any other use. +// Returns false in case of version mismatch +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer) { + return WebPInitDecBufferInternal(buffer, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Free any memory associated with the buffer. Must always be called last. +// Note: doesn't free the 'buffer' structure itself. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPFreeDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Enumeration of the status codes + +typedef enum VP8StatusCode { + VP8_STATUS_OK = 0, + VP8_STATUS_OUT_OF_MEMORY, + VP8_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM, + VP8_STATUS_BITSTREAM_ERROR, + VP8_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE, + VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED, + VP8_STATUS_USER_ABORT, + VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA +} VP8StatusCode; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Incremental decoding +// +// This API allows streamlined decoding of partial data. +// Picture can be incrementally decoded as data become available thanks to the +// WebPIDecoder object. This object can be left in a SUSPENDED state if the +// picture is only partially decoded, pending additional input. +// Code example: +// +// WebPInitDecBuffer(&output_buffer); +// output_buffer.colorspace = mode; +// ... +// WebPIDecoder* idec = WebPINewDecoder(&output_buffer); +// while (additional_data_is_available) { +// // ... (get additional data in some new_data[] buffer) +// status = WebPIAppend(idec, new_data, new_data_size); +// if (status != VP8_STATUS_OK && status != VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED) { +// break; // an error occurred. +// } +// +// // The above call decodes the current available buffer. +// // Part of the image can now be refreshed by calling +// // WebPIDecGetRGB()/WebPIDecGetYUVA() etc. +// } +// WebPIDelete(idec); + +// Creates a new incremental decoder with the supplied buffer parameter. +// This output_buffer can be passed NULL, in which case a default output buffer +// is used (with MODE_RGB). Otherwise, an internal reference to 'output_buffer' +// is kept, which means that the lifespan of 'output_buffer' must be larger than +// that of the returned WebPIDecoder object. +// The supplied 'output_buffer' content MUST NOT be changed between calls to +// WebPIAppend() or WebPIUpdate() unless 'output_buffer.is_external_memory' is +// not set to 0. In such a case, it is allowed to modify the pointers, size and +// stride of output_buffer.u.RGBA or output_buffer.u.YUVA, provided they remain +// within valid bounds. +// All other fields of WebPDecBuffer MUST remain constant between calls. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewDecoder(WebPDecBuffer* output_buffer); + +// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which +// will output the RGB/A samples specified by 'csp' into a preallocated +// buffer 'output_buffer'. The size of this buffer is at least +// 'output_buffer_size' and the stride (distance in bytes between two scanlines) +// is specified by 'output_stride'. +// Additionally, output_buffer can be passed NULL in which case the output +// buffer will be allocated automatically when the decoding starts. The +// colorspace 'csp' is taken into account for allocating this buffer. All other +// parameters are ignored. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed, or if some parameters are invalid. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewRGB( + WEBP_CSP_MODE csp, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which +// will output the raw luma/chroma samples into a preallocated planes if +// supplied. The luma plane is specified by its pointer 'luma', its size +// 'luma_size' and its stride 'luma_stride'. Similarly, the chroma-u plane +// is specified by the 'u', 'u_size' and 'u_stride' parameters, and the chroma-v +// plane by 'v' and 'v_size'. And same for the alpha-plane. The 'a' pointer +// can be pass NULL in case one is not interested in the transparency plane. +// Conversely, 'luma' can be passed NULL if no preallocated planes are supplied. +// In this case, the output buffer will be automatically allocated (using +// MODE_YUVA) when decoding starts. All parameters are then ignored. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed or if a parameter is invalid. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewYUVA( + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride, + uint8_t* a, size_t a_size, int a_stride); + +// Deprecated version of the above, without the alpha plane. +// Kept for backward compatibility. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPINewYUV( + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride); + +// Deletes the WebPIDecoder object and associated memory. Must always be called +// if WebPINewDecoder, WebPINewRGB or WebPINewYUV succeeded. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPIDelete(WebPIDecoder* idec); + +// Copies and decodes the next available data. Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when +// the image is successfully decoded. Returns VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED when more +// data is expected. Returns error in other cases. +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPIAppend( + WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size); + +// A variant of the above function to be used when data buffer contains +// partial data from the beginning. In this case data buffer is not copied +// to the internal memory. +// Note that the value of the 'data' pointer can change between calls to +// WebPIUpdate, for instance when the data buffer is resized to fit larger data. +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPIUpdate( + WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size); + +// Returns the RGB/A image decoded so far. Returns NULL if output params +// are not initialized yet. The RGB/A output type corresponds to the colorspace +// specified during call to WebPINewDecoder() or WebPINewRGB(). +// *last_y is the index of last decoded row in raster scan order. Some pointers +// (*last_y, *width etc.) can be NULL if corresponding information is not +// needed. The values in these pointers are only valid on successful (non-NULL) +// return. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPIDecGetRGB( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, + int* width, int* height, int* stride); + +// Same as above function to get a YUVA image. Returns pointer to the luma +// plane or NULL in case of error. If there is no alpha information +// the alpha pointer '*a' will be returned NULL. +WEBP_EXTERN uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUVA( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, + uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, uint8_t** a, + int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride, int* a_stride); + +// Deprecated alpha-less version of WebPIDecGetYUVA(): it will ignore the +// alpha information (if present). Kept for backward compatibility. +static WEBP_INLINE uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUV( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, + int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride) { + return WebPIDecGetYUVA(idec, last_y, u, v, NULL, width, height, + stride, uv_stride, NULL); +} + +// Generic call to retrieve information about the displayable area. +// If non NULL, the left/right/width/height pointers are filled with the visible +// rectangular area so far. +// Returns NULL in case the incremental decoder object is in an invalid state. +// Otherwise returns the pointer to the internal representation. This structure +// is read-only, tied to WebPIDecoder's lifespan and should not be modified. +WEBP_EXTERN const WebPDecBuffer* WebPIDecodedArea( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* left, int* top, int* width, int* height); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Advanced decoding parametrization +// +// Code sample for using the advanced decoding API +/* + // A) Init a configuration object + WebPDecoderConfig config; + CHECK(WebPInitDecoderConfig(&config)); + + // B) optional: retrieve the bitstream's features. + CHECK(WebPGetFeatures(data, data_size, &config.input) == VP8_STATUS_OK); + + // C) Adjust 'config', if needed + config.no_fancy_upsampling = 1; + config.output.colorspace = MODE_BGRA; + // etc. + + // Note that you can also make config.output point to an externally + // supplied memory buffer, provided it's big enough to store the decoded + // picture. Otherwise, config.output will just be used to allocate memory + // and store the decoded picture. + + // D) Decode! + CHECK(WebPDecode(data, data_size, &config) == VP8_STATUS_OK); + + // E) Decoded image is now in config.output (and config.output.u.RGBA) + + // F) Reclaim memory allocated in config's object. It's safe to call + // this function even if the memory is external and wasn't allocated + // by WebPDecode(). + WebPFreeDecBuffer(&config.output); +*/ + +// Features gathered from the bitstream +struct WebPBitstreamFeatures { + int width; // Width in pixels, as read from the bitstream. + int height; // Height in pixels, as read from the bitstream. + int has_alpha; // True if the bitstream contains an alpha channel. + int has_animation; // True if the bitstream is an animation. + int format; // 0 = undefined (/mixed), 1 = lossy, 2 = lossless + + uint32_t pad[5]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeaturesInternal( + const uint8_t*, size_t, WebPBitstreamFeatures*, int); + +// Retrieve features from the bitstream. The *features structure is filled +// with information gathered from the bitstream. +// Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when the features are successfully retrieved. Returns +// VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA when more data is needed to retrieve the +// features from headers. Returns error in other cases. +// Note: The following chunk sequences (before the raw VP8/VP8L data) are +// considered valid by this function: +// RIFF + VP8(L) +// RIFF + VP8X + (optional chunks) + VP8(L) +// ALPH + VP8 <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +// VP8(L) <-- Not a valid WebP format: only allowed for internal purpose. +static WEBP_INLINE VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeatures( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPBitstreamFeatures* features) { + return WebPGetFeaturesInternal(data, data_size, features, + WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Decoding options +struct WebPDecoderOptions { + int bypass_filtering; // if true, skip the in-loop filtering + int no_fancy_upsampling; // if true, use faster pointwise upsampler + int use_cropping; // if true, cropping is applied _first_ + int crop_left, crop_top; // top-left position for cropping. + // Will be snapped to even values. + int crop_width, crop_height; // dimension of the cropping area + int use_scaling; // if true, scaling is applied _afterward_ + int scaled_width, scaled_height; // final resolution + int use_threads; // if true, use multi-threaded decoding + int dithering_strength; // dithering strength (0=Off, 100=full) + int flip; // if true, flip output vertically + int alpha_dithering_strength; // alpha dithering strength in [0..100] + + uint32_t pad[5]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Main object storing the configuration for advanced decoding. +struct WebPDecoderConfig { + WebPBitstreamFeatures input; // Immutable bitstream features (optional) + WebPDecBuffer output; // Output buffer (can point to external mem) + WebPDecoderOptions options; // Decoding options +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(WebPDecoderConfig*, int); + +// Initialize the configuration as empty. This function must always be +// called first, unless WebPGetFeatures() is to be called. +// Returns false in case of mismatched version. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecoderConfig(WebPDecoderConfig* config) { + return WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(config, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Instantiate a new incremental decoder object with the requested +// configuration. The bitstream can be passed using 'data' and 'data_size' +// parameter, in which case the features will be parsed and stored into +// config->input. Otherwise, 'data' can be NULL and no parsing will occur. +// Note that 'config' can be NULL too, in which case a default configuration +// is used. If 'config' is not NULL, it must outlive the WebPIDecoder object +// as some references to its fields will be used. No internal copy of 'config' +// is made. +// The return WebPIDecoder object must always be deleted calling WebPIDelete(). +// Returns NULL in case of error (and config->status will then reflect +// the error condition, if available). +WEBP_EXTERN WebPIDecoder* WebPIDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPDecoderConfig* config); + +// Non-incremental version. This version decodes the full data at once, taking +// 'config' into account. Returns decoding status (which should be VP8_STATUS_OK +// if the decoding was successful). Note that 'config' cannot be NULL. +WEBP_EXTERN VP8StatusCode WebPDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPDecoderConfig* config); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/demux.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/demux.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..846eeb15 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/demux.h @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +// Copyright 2012 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Demux API. +// Enables extraction of image and extended format data from WebP files. + +// Code Example: Demuxing WebP data to extract all the frames, ICC profile +// and EXIF/XMP metadata. +/* + WebPDemuxer* demux = WebPDemux(&webp_data); + + uint32_t width = WebPDemuxGetI(demux, WEBP_FF_CANVAS_WIDTH); + uint32_t height = WebPDemuxGetI(demux, WEBP_FF_CANVAS_HEIGHT); + // ... (Get information about the features present in the WebP file). + uint32_t flags = WebPDemuxGetI(demux, WEBP_FF_FORMAT_FLAGS); + + // ... (Iterate over all frames). + WebPIterator iter; + if (WebPDemuxGetFrame(demux, 1, &iter)) { + do { + // ... (Consume 'iter'; e.g. Decode 'iter.fragment' with WebPDecode(), + // ... and get other frame properties like width, height, offsets etc. + // ... see 'struct WebPIterator' below for more info). + } while (WebPDemuxNextFrame(&iter)); + WebPDemuxReleaseIterator(&iter); + } + + // ... (Extract metadata). + WebPChunkIterator chunk_iter; + if (flags & ICCP_FLAG) WebPDemuxGetChunk(demux, "ICCP", 1, &chunk_iter); + // ... (Consume the ICC profile in 'chunk_iter.chunk'). + WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(&chunk_iter); + if (flags & EXIF_FLAG) WebPDemuxGetChunk(demux, "EXIF", 1, &chunk_iter); + // ... (Consume the EXIF metadata in 'chunk_iter.chunk'). + WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(&chunk_iter); + if (flags & XMP_FLAG) WebPDemuxGetChunk(demux, "XMP ", 1, &chunk_iter); + // ... (Consume the XMP metadata in 'chunk_iter.chunk'). + WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(&chunk_iter); + WebPDemuxDelete(demux); +*/ + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DEMUX_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_DEMUX_H_ + +#include "./decode.h" // for WEBP_CSP_MODE +#include "./mux_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION 0x0107 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++, +// the types are left here for reference. +// typedef enum WebPDemuxState WebPDemuxState; +// typedef enum WebPFormatFeature WebPFormatFeature; +typedef struct WebPDemuxer WebPDemuxer; +typedef struct WebPIterator WebPIterator; +typedef struct WebPChunkIterator WebPChunkIterator; +typedef struct WebPAnimInfo WebPAnimInfo; +typedef struct WebPAnimDecoderOptions WebPAnimDecoderOptions; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Returns the version number of the demux library, packed in hexadecimal using +// 8bits for each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetDemuxVersion(void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Life of a Demux object + +typedef enum WebPDemuxState { + WEBP_DEMUX_PARSE_ERROR = -1, // An error occurred while parsing. + WEBP_DEMUX_PARSING_HEADER = 0, // Not enough data to parse full header. + WEBP_DEMUX_PARSED_HEADER = 1, // Header parsing complete, + // data may be available. + WEBP_DEMUX_DONE = 2 // Entire file has been parsed. +} WebPDemuxState; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN WebPDemuxer* WebPDemuxInternal( + const WebPData*, int, WebPDemuxState*, int); + +// Parses the full WebP file given by 'data'. For single images the WebP file +// header alone or the file header and the chunk header may be absent. +// Returns a WebPDemuxer object on successful parse, NULL otherwise. +static WEBP_INLINE WebPDemuxer* WebPDemux(const WebPData* data) { + return WebPDemuxInternal(data, 0, NULL, WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Parses the possibly incomplete WebP file given by 'data'. +// If 'state' is non-NULL it will be set to indicate the status of the demuxer. +// Returns NULL in case of error or if there isn't enough data to start parsing; +// and a WebPDemuxer object on successful parse. +// Note that WebPDemuxer keeps internal pointers to 'data' memory segment. +// If this data is volatile, the demuxer object should be deleted (by calling +// WebPDemuxDelete()) and WebPDemuxPartial() called again on the new data. +// This is usually an inexpensive operation. +static WEBP_INLINE WebPDemuxer* WebPDemuxPartial( + const WebPData* data, WebPDemuxState* state) { + return WebPDemuxInternal(data, 1, state, WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Frees memory associated with 'dmux'. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPDemuxDelete(WebPDemuxer* dmux); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Data/information extraction. + +typedef enum WebPFormatFeature { + WEBP_FF_FORMAT_FLAGS, // bit-wise combination of WebPFeatureFlags + // corresponding to the 'VP8X' chunk (if present). + WEBP_FF_CANVAS_WIDTH, + WEBP_FF_CANVAS_HEIGHT, + WEBP_FF_LOOP_COUNT, // only relevant for animated file + WEBP_FF_BACKGROUND_COLOR, // idem. + WEBP_FF_FRAME_COUNT // Number of frames present in the demux object. + // In case of a partial demux, this is the number + // of frames seen so far, with the last frame + // possibly being partial. +} WebPFormatFeature; + +// Get the 'feature' value from the 'dmux'. +// NOTE: values are only valid if WebPDemux() was used or WebPDemuxPartial() +// returned a state > WEBP_DEMUX_PARSING_HEADER. +// If 'feature' is WEBP_FF_FORMAT_FLAGS, the returned value is a bit-wise +// combination of WebPFeatureFlags values. +// If 'feature' is WEBP_FF_LOOP_COUNT, WEBP_FF_BACKGROUND_COLOR, the returned +// value is only meaningful if the bitstream is animated. +WEBP_EXTERN uint32_t WebPDemuxGetI( + const WebPDemuxer* dmux, WebPFormatFeature feature); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Frame iteration. + +struct WebPIterator { + int frame_num; + int num_frames; // equivalent to WEBP_FF_FRAME_COUNT. + int x_offset, y_offset; // offset relative to the canvas. + int width, height; // dimensions of this frame. + int duration; // display duration in milliseconds. + WebPMuxAnimDispose dispose_method; // dispose method for the frame. + int complete; // true if 'fragment' contains a full frame. partial images + // may still be decoded with the WebP incremental decoder. + WebPData fragment; // The frame given by 'frame_num'. Note for historical + // reasons this is called a fragment. + int has_alpha; // True if the frame contains transparency. + WebPMuxAnimBlend blend_method; // Blend operation for the frame. + + uint32_t pad[2]; // padding for later use. + void* private_; // for internal use only. +}; + +// Retrieves frame 'frame_number' from 'dmux'. +// 'iter->fragment' points to the frame on return from this function. +// Setting 'frame_number' equal to 0 will return the last frame of the image. +// Returns false if 'dmux' is NULL or frame 'frame_number' is not present. +// Call WebPDemuxReleaseIterator() when use of the iterator is complete. +// NOTE: 'dmux' must persist for the lifetime of 'iter'. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxGetFrame( + const WebPDemuxer* dmux, int frame_number, WebPIterator* iter); + +// Sets 'iter->fragment' to point to the next ('iter->frame_num' + 1) or +// previous ('iter->frame_num' - 1) frame. These functions do not loop. +// Returns true on success, false otherwise. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxNextFrame(WebPIterator* iter); +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxPrevFrame(WebPIterator* iter); + +// Releases any memory associated with 'iter'. +// Must be called before any subsequent calls to WebPDemuxGetChunk() on the same +// iter. Also, must be called before destroying the associated WebPDemuxer with +// WebPDemuxDelete(). +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPDemuxReleaseIterator(WebPIterator* iter); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Chunk iteration. + +struct WebPChunkIterator { + // The current and total number of chunks with the fourcc given to + // WebPDemuxGetChunk(). + int chunk_num; + int num_chunks; + WebPData chunk; // The payload of the chunk. + + uint32_t pad[6]; // padding for later use + void* private_; +}; + +// Retrieves the 'chunk_number' instance of the chunk with id 'fourcc' from +// 'dmux'. +// 'fourcc' is a character array containing the fourcc of the chunk to return, +// e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF", etc. +// Setting 'chunk_number' equal to 0 will return the last chunk in a set. +// Returns true if the chunk is found, false otherwise. Image related chunk +// payloads are accessed through WebPDemuxGetFrame() and related functions. +// Call WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator() when use of the iterator is complete. +// NOTE: 'dmux' must persist for the lifetime of the iterator. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxGetChunk(const WebPDemuxer* dmux, + const char fourcc[4], int chunk_number, + WebPChunkIterator* iter); + +// Sets 'iter->chunk' to point to the next ('iter->chunk_num' + 1) or previous +// ('iter->chunk_num' - 1) chunk. These functions do not loop. +// Returns true on success, false otherwise. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxNextChunk(WebPChunkIterator* iter); +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPDemuxPrevChunk(WebPChunkIterator* iter); + +// Releases any memory associated with 'iter'. +// Must be called before destroying the associated WebPDemuxer with +// WebPDemuxDelete(). +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPDemuxReleaseChunkIterator(WebPChunkIterator* iter); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPAnimDecoder API +// +// This API allows decoding (possibly) animated WebP images. +// +// Code Example: +/* + WebPAnimDecoderOptions dec_options; + WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInit(&dec_options); + // Tune 'dec_options' as needed. + WebPAnimDecoder* dec = WebPAnimDecoderNew(webp_data, &dec_options); + WebPAnimInfo anim_info; + WebPAnimDecoderGetInfo(dec, &anim_info); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < anim_info.loop_count; ++i) { + while (WebPAnimDecoderHasMoreFrames(dec)) { + uint8_t* buf; + int timestamp; + WebPAnimDecoderGetNext(dec, &buf, ×tamp); + // ... (Render 'buf' based on 'timestamp'). + // ... (Do NOT free 'buf', as it is owned by 'dec'). + } + WebPAnimDecoderReset(dec); + } + const WebPDemuxer* demuxer = WebPAnimDecoderGetDemuxer(dec); + // ... (Do something using 'demuxer'; e.g. get EXIF/XMP/ICC data). + WebPAnimDecoderDelete(dec); +*/ + +typedef struct WebPAnimDecoder WebPAnimDecoder; // Main opaque object. + +// Global options. +struct WebPAnimDecoderOptions { + // Output colorspace. Only the following modes are supported: + // MODE_RGBA, MODE_BGRA, MODE_rgbA and MODE_bgrA. + WEBP_CSP_MODE color_mode; + int use_threads; // If true, use multi-threaded decoding. + uint32_t padding[7]; // Padding for later use. +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInitInternal( + WebPAnimDecoderOptions*, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPAnimDecoderOptions +// structure before modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. +// WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInit() must have succeeded before using the +// 'dec_options' object. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInit( + WebPAnimDecoderOptions* dec_options) { + return WebPAnimDecoderOptionsInitInternal(dec_options, + WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPAnimDecoder* WebPAnimDecoderNewInternal( + const WebPData*, const WebPAnimDecoderOptions*, int); + +// Creates and initializes a WebPAnimDecoder object. +// Parameters: +// webp_data - (in) WebP bitstream. This should remain unchanged during the +// lifetime of the output WebPAnimDecoder object. +// dec_options - (in) decoding options. Can be passed NULL to choose +// reasonable defaults (in particular, color mode MODE_RGBA +// will be picked). +// Returns: +// A pointer to the newly created WebPAnimDecoder object, or NULL in case of +// parsing error, invalid option or memory error. +static WEBP_INLINE WebPAnimDecoder* WebPAnimDecoderNew( + const WebPData* webp_data, const WebPAnimDecoderOptions* dec_options) { + return WebPAnimDecoderNewInternal(webp_data, dec_options, + WEBP_DEMUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Global information about the animation.. +struct WebPAnimInfo { + uint32_t canvas_width; + uint32_t canvas_height; + uint32_t loop_count; + uint32_t bgcolor; + uint32_t frame_count; + uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Get global information about the animation. +// Parameters: +// dec - (in) decoder instance to get information from. +// info - (out) global information fetched from the animation. +// Returns: +// True on success. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderGetInfo(const WebPAnimDecoder* dec, + WebPAnimInfo* info); + +// Fetch the next frame from 'dec' based on options supplied to +// WebPAnimDecoderNew(). This will be a fully reconstructed canvas of size +// 'canvas_width * 4 * canvas_height', and not just the frame sub-rectangle. The +// returned buffer 'buf' is valid only until the next call to +// WebPAnimDecoderGetNext(), WebPAnimDecoderReset() or WebPAnimDecoderDelete(). +// Parameters: +// dec - (in/out) decoder instance from which the next frame is to be fetched. +// buf - (out) decoded frame. +// timestamp - (out) timestamp of the frame in milliseconds. +// Returns: +// False if any of the arguments are NULL, or if there is a parsing or +// decoding error, or if there are no more frames. Otherwise, returns true. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderGetNext(WebPAnimDecoder* dec, + uint8_t** buf, int* timestamp); + +// Check if there are more frames left to decode. +// Parameters: +// dec - (in) decoder instance to be checked. +// Returns: +// True if 'dec' is not NULL and some frames are yet to be decoded. +// Otherwise, returns false. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimDecoderHasMoreFrames(const WebPAnimDecoder* dec); + +// Resets the WebPAnimDecoder object, so that next call to +// WebPAnimDecoderGetNext() will restart decoding from 1st frame. This would be +// helpful when all frames need to be decoded multiple times (e.g. +// info.loop_count times) without destroying and recreating the 'dec' object. +// Parameters: +// dec - (in/out) decoder instance to be reset +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPAnimDecoderReset(WebPAnimDecoder* dec); + +// Grab the internal demuxer object. +// Getting the demuxer object can be useful if one wants to use operations only +// available through demuxer; e.g. to get XMP/EXIF/ICC metadata. The returned +// demuxer object is owned by 'dec' and is valid only until the next call to +// WebPAnimDecoderDelete(). +// +// Parameters: +// dec - (in) decoder instance from which the demuxer object is to be fetched. +WEBP_EXTERN const WebPDemuxer* WebPAnimDecoderGetDemuxer( + const WebPAnimDecoder* dec); + +// Deletes the WebPAnimDecoder object. +// Parameters: +// dec - (in/out) decoder instance to be deleted +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPAnimDecoderDelete(WebPAnimDecoder* dec); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_DEMUX_H_ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/encode.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/encode.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56b68e2f --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/encode.h @@ -0,0 +1,552 @@ +// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// WebP encoder: main interface +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ + +#include "./types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION 0x020f // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++, +// the types are left here for reference. +// typedef enum WebPImageHint WebPImageHint; +// typedef enum WebPEncCSP WebPEncCSP; +// typedef enum WebPPreset WebPPreset; +// typedef enum WebPEncodingError WebPEncodingError; +typedef struct WebPConfig WebPConfig; +typedef struct WebPPicture WebPPicture; // main structure for I/O +typedef struct WebPAuxStats WebPAuxStats; +typedef struct WebPMemoryWriter WebPMemoryWriter; + +// Return the encoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for +// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetEncoderVersion(void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// One-stop-shop call! No questions asked: + +// Returns the size of the compressed data (pointed to by *output), or 0 if +// an error occurred. The compressed data must be released by the caller +// using the call 'WebPFree(*output)'. +// These functions compress using the lossy format, and the quality_factor +// can go from 0 (smaller output, lower quality) to 100 (best quality, +// larger output). +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeRGB(const uint8_t* rgb, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeBGR(const uint8_t* bgr, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); + +// These functions are the equivalent of the above, but compressing in a +// lossless manner. Files are usually larger than lossy format, but will +// not suffer any compression loss. +// Note these functions, like the lossy versions, use the library's default +// settings. For lossless this means 'exact' is disabled. RGB values in +// transparent areas will be modified to improve compression. To avoid this, +// use WebPEncode() and set WebPConfig::exact to 1. +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessRGB(const uint8_t* rgb, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessBGR(const uint8_t* bgr, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN size_t WebPEncodeLosslessBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Coding parameters + +// Image characteristics hint for the underlying encoder. +typedef enum WebPImageHint { + WEBP_HINT_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset. + WEBP_HINT_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot + WEBP_HINT_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting + WEBP_HINT_GRAPH, // Discrete tone image (graph, map-tile etc). + WEBP_HINT_LAST +} WebPImageHint; + +// Compression parameters. +struct WebPConfig { + int lossless; // Lossless encoding (0=lossy(default), 1=lossless). + float quality; // between 0 and 100. For lossy, 0 gives the smallest + // size and 100 the largest. For lossless, this + // parameter is the amount of effort put into the + // compression: 0 is the fastest but gives larger + // files compared to the slowest, but best, 100. + int method; // quality/speed trade-off (0=fast, 6=slower-better) + + WebPImageHint image_hint; // Hint for image type (lossless only for now). + + int target_size; // if non-zero, set the desired target size in bytes. + // Takes precedence over the 'compression' parameter. + float target_PSNR; // if non-zero, specifies the minimal distortion to + // try to achieve. Takes precedence over target_size. + int segments; // maximum number of segments to use, in [1..4] + int sns_strength; // Spatial Noise Shaping. 0=off, 100=maximum. + int filter_strength; // range: [0 = off .. 100 = strongest] + int filter_sharpness; // range: [0 = off .. 7 = least sharp] + int filter_type; // filtering type: 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used + // if filter_strength > 0 or autofilter > 0) + int autofilter; // Auto adjust filter's strength [0 = off, 1 = on] + int alpha_compression; // Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none, + // 1 = compressed with WebP lossless). Default is 1. + int alpha_filtering; // Predictive filtering method for alpha plane. + // 0: none, 1: fast, 2: best. Default if 1. + int alpha_quality; // Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless). + // Default is 100. + int pass; // number of entropy-analysis passes (in [1..10]). + + int show_compressed; // if true, export the compressed picture back. + // In-loop filtering is not applied. + int preprocessing; // preprocessing filter: + // 0=none, 1=segment-smooth, 2=pseudo-random dithering + int partitions; // log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default + // is set to 0 for easier progressive decoding. + int partition_limit; // quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit + // on prediction modes coding (0: no degradation, + // 100: maximum possible degradation). + int emulate_jpeg_size; // If true, compression parameters will be remapped + // to better match the expected output size from + // JPEG compression. Generally, the output size will + // be similar but the degradation will be lower. + int thread_level; // If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding. + int low_memory; // If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use). + + int near_lossless; // Near lossless encoding [0 = max loss .. 100 = off + // (default)]. + int exact; // if non-zero, preserve the exact RGB values under + // transparent area. Otherwise, discard this invisible + // RGB information for better compression. The default + // value is 0. + + int use_delta_palette; // reserved for future lossless feature + int use_sharp_yuv; // if needed, use sharp (and slow) RGB->YUV conversion + + int qmin; // minimum permissible quality factor + int qmax; // maximum permissible quality factor +}; + +// Enumerate some predefined settings for WebPConfig, depending on the type +// of source picture. These presets are used when calling WebPConfigPreset(). +typedef enum WebPPreset { + WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset. + WEBP_PRESET_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot + WEBP_PRESET_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting + WEBP_PRESET_DRAWING, // hand or line drawing, with high-contrast details + WEBP_PRESET_ICON, // small-sized colorful images + WEBP_PRESET_TEXT // text-like +} WebPPreset; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPConfigInitInternal(WebPConfig*, WebPPreset, float, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPConfig structure before +// modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. WebPConfigInit() +// must have succeeded before using the 'config' object. +// Note that the default values are lossless=0 and quality=75. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigInit(WebPConfig* config) { + return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT, 75.f, + WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// This function will initialize the configuration according to a predefined +// set of parameters (referred to by 'preset') and a given quality factor. +// This function can be called as a replacement to WebPConfigInit(). Will +// return false in case of error. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigPreset(WebPConfig* config, + WebPPreset preset, float quality) { + return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, preset, quality, + WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Activate the lossless compression mode with the desired efficiency level +// between 0 (fastest, lowest compression) and 9 (slower, best compression). +// A good default level is '6', providing a fair tradeoff between compression +// speed and final compressed size. +// This function will overwrite several fields from config: 'method', 'quality' +// and 'lossless'. Returns false in case of parameter error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPConfigLosslessPreset(WebPConfig* config, int level); + +// Returns true if 'config' is non-NULL and all configuration parameters are +// within their valid ranges. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPValidateConfig(const WebPConfig* config); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Input / Output +// Structure for storing auxiliary statistics. + +struct WebPAuxStats { + int coded_size; // final size + + float PSNR[5]; // peak-signal-to-noise ratio for Y/U/V/All/Alpha + int block_count[3]; // number of intra4/intra16/skipped macroblocks + int header_bytes[2]; // approximate number of bytes spent for header + // and mode-partition #0 + int residual_bytes[3][4]; // approximate number of bytes spent for + // DC/AC/uv coefficients for each (0..3) segments. + int segment_size[4]; // number of macroblocks in each segments + int segment_quant[4]; // quantizer values for each segments + int segment_level[4]; // filtering strength for each segments [0..63] + + int alpha_data_size; // size of the transparency data + int layer_data_size; // size of the enhancement layer data + + // lossless encoder statistics + uint32_t lossless_features; // bit0:predictor bit1:cross-color transform + // bit2:subtract-green bit3:color indexing + int histogram_bits; // number of precision bits of histogram + int transform_bits; // precision bits for transform + int cache_bits; // number of bits for color cache lookup + int palette_size; // number of color in palette, if used + int lossless_size; // final lossless size + int lossless_hdr_size; // lossless header (transform, huffman etc) size + int lossless_data_size; // lossless image data size + + uint32_t pad[2]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Signature for output function. Should return true if writing was successful. +// data/data_size is the segment of data to write, and 'picture' is for +// reference (and so one can make use of picture->custom_ptr). +typedef int (*WebPWriterFunction)(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + const WebPPicture* picture); + +// WebPMemoryWrite: a special WebPWriterFunction that writes to memory using +// the following WebPMemoryWriter object (to be set as a custom_ptr). +struct WebPMemoryWriter { + uint8_t* mem; // final buffer (of size 'max_size', larger than 'size'). + size_t size; // final size + size_t max_size; // total capacity + uint32_t pad[1]; // padding for later use +}; + +// The following must be called first before any use. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMemoryWriterInit(WebPMemoryWriter* writer); + +// The following must be called to deallocate writer->mem memory. The 'writer' +// object itself is not deallocated. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMemoryWriterClear(WebPMemoryWriter* writer); +// The custom writer to be used with WebPMemoryWriter as custom_ptr. Upon +// completion, writer.mem and writer.size will hold the coded data. +// writer.mem must be freed by calling WebPMemoryWriterClear. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPMemoryWrite(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Progress hook, called from time to time to report progress. It can return +// false to request an abort of the encoding process, or true otherwise if +// everything is OK. +typedef int (*WebPProgressHook)(int percent, const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Color spaces. +typedef enum WebPEncCSP { + // chroma sampling + WEBP_YUV420 = 0, // 4:2:0 + WEBP_YUV420A = 4, // alpha channel variant + WEBP_CSP_UV_MASK = 3, // bit-mask to get the UV sampling factors + WEBP_CSP_ALPHA_BIT = 4 // bit that is set if alpha is present +} WebPEncCSP; + +// Encoding error conditions. +typedef enum WebPEncodingError { + VP8_ENC_OK = 0, + VP8_ENC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error allocating objects + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BITSTREAM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error while flushing bits + VP8_ENC_ERROR_NULL_PARAMETER, // a pointer parameter is NULL + VP8_ENC_ERROR_INVALID_CONFIGURATION, // configuration is invalid + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_DIMENSION, // picture has invalid width/height + VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION0_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 512k + VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 16M + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_WRITE, // error while flushing bytes + VP8_ENC_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG, // file is bigger than 4G + VP8_ENC_ERROR_USER_ABORT, // abort request by user + VP8_ENC_ERROR_LAST // list terminator. always last. +} WebPEncodingError; + +// maximum width/height allowed (inclusive), in pixels +#define WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION 16383 + +// Main exchange structure (input samples, output bytes, statistics) +// +// Once WebPPictureInit() has been called, it's ok to make all the INPUT fields +// (use_argb, y/u/v, argb, ...) point to user-owned data, even if +// WebPPictureAlloc() has been called. Depending on the value use_argb, +// it's guaranteed that either *argb or *y/*u/*v content will be kept untouched. +struct WebPPicture { + // INPUT + ////////////// + // Main flag for encoder selecting between ARGB or YUV input. + // It is recommended to use ARGB input (*argb, argb_stride) for lossless + // compression, and YUV input (*y, *u, *v, etc.) for lossy compression + // since these are the respective native colorspace for these formats. + int use_argb; + + // YUV input (mostly used for input to lossy compression) + WebPEncCSP colorspace; // colorspace: should be YUV420 for now (=Y'CbCr). + int width, height; // dimensions (less or equal to WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION) + uint8_t* y, *u, *v; // pointers to luma/chroma planes. + int y_stride, uv_stride; // luma/chroma strides. + uint8_t* a; // pointer to the alpha plane + int a_stride; // stride of the alpha plane + uint32_t pad1[2]; // padding for later use + + // ARGB input (mostly used for input to lossless compression) + uint32_t* argb; // Pointer to argb (32 bit) plane. + int argb_stride; // This is stride in pixels units, not bytes. + uint32_t pad2[3]; // padding for later use + + // OUTPUT + /////////////// + // Byte-emission hook, to store compressed bytes as they are ready. + WebPWriterFunction writer; // can be NULL + void* custom_ptr; // can be used by the writer. + + // map for extra information (only for lossy compression mode) + int extra_info_type; // 1: intra type, 2: segment, 3: quant + // 4: intra-16 prediction mode, + // 5: chroma prediction mode, + // 6: bit cost, 7: distortion + uint8_t* extra_info; // if not NULL, points to an array of size + // ((width + 15) / 16) * ((height + 15) / 16) that + // will be filled with a macroblock map, depending + // on extra_info_type. + + // STATS AND REPORTS + /////////////////////////// + // Pointer to side statistics (updated only if not NULL) + WebPAuxStats* stats; + + // Error code for the latest error encountered during encoding + WebPEncodingError error_code; + + // If not NULL, report progress during encoding. + WebPProgressHook progress_hook; + + void* user_data; // this field is free to be set to any value and + // used during callbacks (like progress-report e.g.). + + uint32_t pad3[3]; // padding for later use + + // Unused for now + uint8_t* pad4, *pad5; + uint32_t pad6[8]; // padding for later use + + // PRIVATE FIELDS + //////////////////// + void* memory_; // row chunk of memory for yuva planes + void* memory_argb_; // and for argb too. + void* pad7[2]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureInitInternal(WebPPicture*, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize the structure. Returns false in case +// of version mismatch. WebPPictureInit() must have succeeded before using the +// 'picture' object. +// Note that, by default, use_argb is false and colorspace is WEBP_YUV420. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPPictureInit(WebPPicture* picture) { + return WebPPictureInitInternal(picture, WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPPicture utils + +// Convenience allocation / deallocation based on picture->width/height: +// Allocate y/u/v buffers as per colorspace/width/height specification. +// Note! This function will free the previous buffer if needed. +// Returns false in case of memory error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureAlloc(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Release the memory allocated by WebPPictureAlloc() or WebPPictureImport*(). +// Note that this function does _not_ free the memory used by the 'picture' +// object itself. +// Besides memory (which is reclaimed) all other fields of 'picture' are +// preserved. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPPictureFree(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Copy the pixels of *src into *dst, using WebPPictureAlloc. Upon return, *dst +// will fully own the copied pixels (this is not a view). The 'dst' picture need +// not be initialized as its content is overwritten. +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureCopy(const WebPPicture* src, WebPPicture* dst); + +// Compute the single distortion for packed planes of samples. +// 'src' will be compared to 'ref', and the raw distortion stored into +// '*distortion'. The refined metric (log(MSE), log(1 - ssim),...' will be +// stored in '*result'. +// 'x_step' is the horizontal stride (in bytes) between samples. +// 'src/ref_stride' is the byte distance between rows. +// Returns false in case of error (bad parameter, memory allocation error, ...). +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPlaneDistortion(const uint8_t* src, size_t src_stride, + const uint8_t* ref, size_t ref_stride, + int width, int height, + size_t x_step, + int type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM + float* distortion, float* result); + +// Compute PSNR, SSIM or LSIM distortion metric between two pictures. Results +// are in dB, stored in result[] in the B/G/R/A/All order. The distortion is +// always performed using ARGB samples. Hence if the input is YUV(A), the +// picture will be internally converted to ARGB (just for the measurement). +// Warning: this function is rather CPU-intensive. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureDistortion( + const WebPPicture* src, const WebPPicture* ref, + int metric_type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM + float result[5]); + +// self-crops a picture to the rectangle defined by top/left/width/height. +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error, or if the rectangle is +// outside of the source picture. +// The rectangle for the view is defined by the top-left corner pixel +// coordinates (left, top) as well as its width and height. This rectangle +// must be fully be comprised inside the 'src' source picture. If the source +// picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, the top and left coordinates will be +// snapped to even values. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureCrop(WebPPicture* picture, + int left, int top, int width, int height); + +// Extracts a view from 'src' picture into 'dst'. The rectangle for the view +// is defined by the top-left corner pixel coordinates (left, top) as well +// as its width and height. This rectangle must be fully be comprised inside +// the 'src' source picture. If the source picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, +// the top and left coordinates will be snapped to even values. +// Picture 'src' must out-live 'dst' picture. Self-extraction of view is allowed +// ('src' equal to 'dst') as a mean of fast-cropping (but note that doing so, +// the original dimension will be lost). Picture 'dst' need not be initialized +// with WebPPictureInit() if it is different from 'src', since its content will +// be overwritten. +// Returns false in case of invalid parameters. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureView(const WebPPicture* src, + int left, int top, int width, int height, + WebPPicture* dst); + +// Returns true if the 'picture' is actually a view and therefore does +// not own the memory for pixels. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureIsView(const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Rescale a picture to new dimension width x height. +// If either 'width' or 'height' (but not both) is 0 the corresponding +// dimension will be calculated preserving the aspect ratio. +// No gamma correction is applied. +// Returns false in case of error (invalid parameter or insufficient memory). +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureRescale(WebPPicture* picture, int width, int height); + +// Colorspace conversion function to import RGB samples. +// Previous buffer will be free'd, if any. +// *rgb buffer should have a size of at least height * rgb_stride. +// Returns false in case of memory error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGB( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgb, int rgb_stride); +// Same, but for RGBA buffer. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGBA( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgba, int rgba_stride); +// Same, but for RGBA buffer. Imports the RGB direct from the 32-bit format +// input buffer ignoring the alpha channel. Avoids needing to copy the data +// to a temporary 24-bit RGB buffer to import the RGB only. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportRGBX( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgbx, int rgbx_stride); + +// Variants of the above, but taking BGR(A|X) input. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGR( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgr, int bgr_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGRA( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgra, int bgra_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureImportBGRX( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgrx, int bgrx_stride); + +// Converts picture->argb data to the YUV420A format. The 'colorspace' +// parameter is deprecated and should be equal to WEBP_YUV420. +// Upon return, picture->use_argb is set to false. The presence of real +// non-opaque transparent values is detected, and 'colorspace' will be +// adjusted accordingly. Note that this method is lossy. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture, + WebPEncCSP /*colorspace = WEBP_YUV420*/); + +// Same as WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(), but the conversion is done using +// pseudo-random dithering with a strength 'dithering' between +// 0.0 (no dithering) and 1.0 (maximum dithering). This is useful +// for photographic picture. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureARGBToYUVADithered( + WebPPicture* picture, WebPEncCSP colorspace, float dithering); + +// Performs 'sharp' RGBA->YUVA420 downsampling and colorspace conversion. +// Downsampling is handled with extra care in case of color clipping. This +// method is roughly 2x slower than WebPPictureARGBToYUVA() but produces better +// and sharper YUV representation. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureSharpARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture); +// kept for backward compatibility: +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureSmartARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Converts picture->yuv to picture->argb and sets picture->use_argb to true. +// The input format must be YUV_420 or YUV_420A. The conversion from YUV420 to +// ARGB incurs a small loss too. +// Note that the use of this colorspace is discouraged if one has access to the +// raw ARGB samples, since using YUV420 is comparatively lossy. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureYUVAToARGB(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Helper function: given a width x height plane of RGBA or YUV(A) samples +// clean-up or smoothen the YUV or RGB samples under fully transparent area, +// to help compressibility (no guarantee, though). +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPCleanupTransparentArea(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Scan the picture 'picture' for the presence of non fully opaque alpha values. +// Returns true in such case. Otherwise returns false (indicating that the +// alpha plane can be ignored altogether e.g.). +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPPictureHasTransparency(const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Remove the transparency information (if present) by blending the color with +// the background color 'background_rgb' (specified as 24bit RGB triplet). +// After this call, all alpha values are reset to 0xff. +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPBlendAlpha(WebPPicture* picture, uint32_t background_rgb); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Main call + +// Main encoding call, after config and picture have been initialized. +// 'picture' must be less than 16384x16384 in dimension (cf WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION), +// and the 'config' object must be a valid one. +// Returns false in case of error, true otherwise. +// In case of error, picture->error_code is updated accordingly. +// 'picture' can hold the source samples in both YUV(A) or ARGB input, depending +// on the value of 'picture->use_argb'. It is highly recommended to use +// the former for lossy encoding, and the latter for lossless encoding +// (when config.lossless is true). Automatic conversion from one format to +// another is provided but they both incur some loss. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPEncode(const WebPConfig* config, WebPPicture* picture); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d27489a --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux.h @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// RIFF container manipulation and encoding for WebP images. +// +// Authors: Urvang (urvang@google.com) +// Vikas (vikasa@google.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_MUX_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_MUX_H_ + +#include "./mux_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION 0x0108 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Mux API +// +// This API allows manipulation of WebP container images containing features +// like color profile, metadata, animation. +// +// Code Example#1: Create a WebPMux object with image data, color profile and +// XMP metadata. +/* + int copy_data = 0; + WebPMux* mux = WebPMuxNew(); + // ... (Prepare image data). + WebPMuxSetImage(mux, &image, copy_data); + // ... (Prepare ICCP color profile data). + WebPMuxSetChunk(mux, "ICCP", &icc_profile, copy_data); + // ... (Prepare XMP metadata). + WebPMuxSetChunk(mux, "XMP ", &xmp, copy_data); + // Get data from mux in WebP RIFF format. + WebPMuxAssemble(mux, &output_data); + WebPMuxDelete(mux); + // ... (Consume output_data; e.g. write output_data.bytes to file). + WebPDataClear(&output_data); +*/ + +// Code Example#2: Get image and color profile data from a WebP file. +/* + int copy_data = 0; + // ... (Read data from file). + WebPMux* mux = WebPMuxCreate(&data, copy_data); + WebPMuxGetFrame(mux, 1, &image); + // ... (Consume image; e.g. call WebPDecode() to decode the data). + WebPMuxGetChunk(mux, "ICCP", &icc_profile); + // ... (Consume icc_data). + WebPMuxDelete(mux); + WebPFree(data); +*/ + +// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++, +// the types are left here for reference. +// typedef enum WebPMuxError WebPMuxError; +// typedef enum WebPChunkId WebPChunkId; +typedef struct WebPMux WebPMux; // main opaque object. +typedef struct WebPMuxFrameInfo WebPMuxFrameInfo; +typedef struct WebPMuxAnimParams WebPMuxAnimParams; +typedef struct WebPAnimEncoderOptions WebPAnimEncoderOptions; + +// Error codes +typedef enum WebPMuxError { + WEBP_MUX_OK = 1, + WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND = 0, + WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT = -1, + WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA = -2, + WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR = -3, + WEBP_MUX_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA = -4 +} WebPMuxError; + +// IDs for different types of chunks. +typedef enum WebPChunkId { + WEBP_CHUNK_VP8X, // VP8X + WEBP_CHUNK_ICCP, // ICCP + WEBP_CHUNK_ANIM, // ANIM + WEBP_CHUNK_ANMF, // ANMF + WEBP_CHUNK_DEPRECATED, // (deprecated from FRGM) + WEBP_CHUNK_ALPHA, // ALPH + WEBP_CHUNK_IMAGE, // VP8/VP8L + WEBP_CHUNK_EXIF, // EXIF + WEBP_CHUNK_XMP, // XMP + WEBP_CHUNK_UNKNOWN, // Other chunks. + WEBP_CHUNK_NIL +} WebPChunkId; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Returns the version number of the mux library, packed in hexadecimal using +// 8bits for each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPGetMuxVersion(void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Life of a Mux object + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMux* WebPNewInternal(int); + +// Creates an empty mux object. +// Returns: +// A pointer to the newly created empty mux object. +// Or NULL in case of memory error. +static WEBP_INLINE WebPMux* WebPMuxNew(void) { + return WebPNewInternal(WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Deletes the mux object. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object to be deleted +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPMuxDelete(WebPMux* mux); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Mux creation. + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMux* WebPMuxCreateInternal(const WebPData*, int, int); + +// Creates a mux object from raw data given in WebP RIFF format. +// Parameters: +// bitstream - (in) the bitstream data in WebP RIFF format +// copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux +// object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied. +// Returns: +// A pointer to the mux object created from given data - on success. +// NULL - In case of invalid data or memory error. +static WEBP_INLINE WebPMux* WebPMuxCreate(const WebPData* bitstream, + int copy_data) { + return WebPMuxCreateInternal(bitstream, copy_data, WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Non-image chunks. + +// Note: Only non-image related chunks should be managed through chunk APIs. +// (Image related chunks are: "ANMF", "VP8 ", "VP8L" and "ALPH"). +// To add, get and delete images, use WebPMuxSetImage(), WebPMuxPushFrame(), +// WebPMuxGetFrame() and WebPMuxDeleteFrame(). + +// Adds a chunk with id 'fourcc' and data 'chunk_data' in the mux object. +// Any existing chunk(s) with the same id will be removed. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object to which the chunk is to be added +// fourcc - (in) a character array containing the fourcc of the given chunk; +// e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF" etc. +// chunk_data - (in) the chunk data to be added +// copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux +// object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied. +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, fourcc or chunk_data is NULL +// or if fourcc corresponds to an image chunk. +// WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetChunk( + WebPMux* mux, const char fourcc[4], const WebPData* chunk_data, + int copy_data); + +// Gets a reference to the data of the chunk with id 'fourcc' in the mux object. +// The caller should NOT free the returned data. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in) object from which the chunk data is to be fetched +// fourcc - (in) a character array containing the fourcc of the chunk; +// e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF" etc. +// chunk_data - (out) returned chunk data +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, fourcc or chunk_data is NULL +// or if fourcc corresponds to an image chunk. +// WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - If mux does not contain a chunk with the given id. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetChunk( + const WebPMux* mux, const char fourcc[4], WebPData* chunk_data); + +// Deletes the chunk with the given 'fourcc' from the mux object. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object from which the chunk is to be deleted +// fourcc - (in) a character array containing the fourcc of the chunk; +// e.g., "ICCP", "XMP ", "EXIF" etc. +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or fourcc is NULL +// or if fourcc corresponds to an image chunk. +// WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - If mux does not contain a chunk with the given fourcc. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxDeleteChunk( + WebPMux* mux, const char fourcc[4]); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Images. + +// Encapsulates data about a single frame. +struct WebPMuxFrameInfo { + WebPData bitstream; // image data: can be a raw VP8/VP8L bitstream + // or a single-image WebP file. + int x_offset; // x-offset of the frame. + int y_offset; // y-offset of the frame. + int duration; // duration of the frame (in milliseconds). + + WebPChunkId id; // frame type: should be one of WEBP_CHUNK_ANMF + // or WEBP_CHUNK_IMAGE + WebPMuxAnimDispose dispose_method; // Disposal method for the frame. + WebPMuxAnimBlend blend_method; // Blend operation for the frame. + uint32_t pad[1]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Sets the (non-animated) image in the mux object. +// Note: Any existing images (including frames) will be removed. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object in which the image is to be set +// bitstream - (in) can be a raw VP8/VP8L bitstream or a single-image +// WebP file (non-animated) +// copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux +// object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied. +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux is NULL or bitstream is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetImage( + WebPMux* mux, const WebPData* bitstream, int copy_data); + +// Adds a frame at the end of the mux object. +// Notes: (1) frame.id should be WEBP_CHUNK_ANMF +// (2) For setting a non-animated image, use WebPMuxSetImage() instead. +// (3) Type of frame being pushed must be same as the frames in mux. +// (4) As WebP only supports even offsets, any odd offset will be snapped +// to an even location using: offset &= ~1 +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object to which the frame is to be added +// frame - (in) frame data. +// copy_data - (in) value 1 indicates given data WILL be copied to the mux +// object and value 0 indicates data will NOT be copied. +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or frame is NULL +// or if content of 'frame' is invalid. +// WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxPushFrame( + WebPMux* mux, const WebPMuxFrameInfo* frame, int copy_data); + +// Gets the nth frame from the mux object. +// The content of 'frame->bitstream' is allocated using WebPMalloc(), and NOT +// owned by the 'mux' object. It MUST be deallocated by the caller by calling +// WebPDataClear(). +// nth=0 has a special meaning - last position. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in) object from which the info is to be fetched +// nth - (in) index of the frame in the mux object +// frame - (out) data of the returned frame +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or frame is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - if there are less than nth frames in the mux object. +// WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if nth frame chunk in mux is invalid. +// WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetFrame( + const WebPMux* mux, uint32_t nth, WebPMuxFrameInfo* frame); + +// Deletes a frame from the mux object. +// nth=0 has a special meaning - last position. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object from which a frame is to be deleted +// nth - (in) The position from which the frame is to be deleted +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - If there are less than nth frames in the mux object +// before deletion. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxDeleteFrame(WebPMux* mux, uint32_t nth); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Animation. + +// Animation parameters. +struct WebPMuxAnimParams { + uint32_t bgcolor; // Background color of the canvas stored (in MSB order) as: + // Bits 00 to 07: Alpha. + // Bits 08 to 15: Red. + // Bits 16 to 23: Green. + // Bits 24 to 31: Blue. + int loop_count; // Number of times to repeat the animation [0 = infinite]. +}; + +// Sets the animation parameters in the mux object. Any existing ANIM chunks +// will be removed. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object in which ANIM chunk is to be set/added +// params - (in) animation parameters. +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or params is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetAnimationParams( + WebPMux* mux, const WebPMuxAnimParams* params); + +// Gets the animation parameters from the mux object. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in) object from which the animation parameters to be fetched +// params - (out) animation parameters extracted from the ANIM chunk +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or params is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_NOT_FOUND - if ANIM chunk is not present in mux object. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetAnimationParams( + const WebPMux* mux, WebPMuxAnimParams* params); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Misc Utilities. + +// Sets the canvas size for the mux object. The width and height can be +// specified explicitly or left as zero (0, 0). +// * When width and height are specified explicitly, then this frame bound is +// enforced during subsequent calls to WebPMuxAssemble() and an error is +// reported if any animated frame does not completely fit within the canvas. +// * When unspecified (0, 0), the constructed canvas will get the frame bounds +// from the bounding-box over all frames after calling WebPMuxAssemble(). +// Parameters: +// mux - (in) object to which the canvas size is to be set +// width - (in) canvas width +// height - (in) canvas height +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux is NULL; or +// width or height are invalid or out of bounds +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxSetCanvasSize(WebPMux* mux, + int width, int height); + +// Gets the canvas size from the mux object. +// Note: This method assumes that the VP8X chunk, if present, is up-to-date. +// That is, the mux object hasn't been modified since the last call to +// WebPMuxAssemble() or WebPMuxCreate(). +// Parameters: +// mux - (in) object from which the canvas size is to be fetched +// width - (out) canvas width +// height - (out) canvas height +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, width or height is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if VP8X/VP8/VP8L chunk or canvas size is invalid. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetCanvasSize(const WebPMux* mux, + int* width, int* height); + +// Gets the feature flags from the mux object. +// Note: This method assumes that the VP8X chunk, if present, is up-to-date. +// That is, the mux object hasn't been modified since the last call to +// WebPMuxAssemble() or WebPMuxCreate(). +// Parameters: +// mux - (in) object from which the features are to be fetched +// flags - (out) the flags specifying which features are present in the +// mux object. This will be an OR of various flag values. +// Enum 'WebPFeatureFlags' can be used to test individual flag values. +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or flags is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if VP8X/VP8/VP8L chunk or canvas size is invalid. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxGetFeatures(const WebPMux* mux, + uint32_t* flags); + +// Gets number of chunks with the given 'id' in the mux object. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in) object from which the info is to be fetched +// id - (in) chunk id specifying the type of chunk +// num_elements - (out) number of chunks with the given chunk id +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux, or num_elements is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxNumChunks(const WebPMux* mux, + WebPChunkId id, int* num_elements); + +// Assembles all chunks in WebP RIFF format and returns in 'assembled_data'. +// This function also validates the mux object. +// Note: The content of 'assembled_data' will be ignored and overwritten. +// Also, the content of 'assembled_data' is allocated using WebPMalloc(), and +// NOT owned by the 'mux' object. It MUST be deallocated by the caller by +// calling WebPDataClear(). It's always safe to call WebPDataClear() upon +// return, even in case of error. +// Parameters: +// mux - (in/out) object whose chunks are to be assembled +// assembled_data - (out) assembled WebP data +// Returns: +// WEBP_MUX_BAD_DATA - if mux object is invalid. +// WEBP_MUX_INVALID_ARGUMENT - if mux or assembled_data is NULL. +// WEBP_MUX_MEMORY_ERROR - on memory allocation error. +// WEBP_MUX_OK - on success. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPMuxError WebPMuxAssemble(WebPMux* mux, + WebPData* assembled_data); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPAnimEncoder API +// +// This API allows encoding (possibly) animated WebP images. +// +// Code Example: +/* + WebPAnimEncoderOptions enc_options; + WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInit(&enc_options); + // Tune 'enc_options' as needed. + WebPAnimEncoder* enc = WebPAnimEncoderNew(width, height, &enc_options); + while(<there are more frames>) { + WebPConfig config; + WebPConfigInit(&config); + // Tune 'config' as needed. + WebPAnimEncoderAdd(enc, frame, timestamp_ms, &config); + } + WebPAnimEncoderAdd(enc, NULL, timestamp_ms, NULL); + WebPAnimEncoderAssemble(enc, webp_data); + WebPAnimEncoderDelete(enc); + // Write the 'webp_data' to a file, or re-mux it further. +*/ + +typedef struct WebPAnimEncoder WebPAnimEncoder; // Main opaque object. + +// Forward declarations. Defined in encode.h. +struct WebPPicture; +struct WebPConfig; + +// Global options. +struct WebPAnimEncoderOptions { + WebPMuxAnimParams anim_params; // Animation parameters. + int minimize_size; // If true, minimize the output size (slow). Implicitly + // disables key-frame insertion. + int kmin; + int kmax; // Minimum and maximum distance between consecutive key + // frames in the output. The library may insert some key + // frames as needed to satisfy this criteria. + // Note that these conditions should hold: kmax > kmin + // and kmin >= kmax / 2 + 1. Also, if kmax <= 0, then + // key-frame insertion is disabled; and if kmax == 1, + // then all frames will be key-frames (kmin value does + // not matter for these special cases). + int allow_mixed; // If true, use mixed compression mode; may choose + // either lossy and lossless for each frame. + int verbose; // If true, print info and warning messages to stderr. + + uint32_t padding[4]; // Padding for later use. +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInitInternal( + WebPAnimEncoderOptions*, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPAnimEncoderOptions +// structure before modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. +// WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInit() must have succeeded before using the +// 'enc_options' object. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInit( + WebPAnimEncoderOptions* enc_options) { + return WebPAnimEncoderOptionsInitInternal(enc_options, WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point. +WEBP_EXTERN WebPAnimEncoder* WebPAnimEncoderNewInternal( + int, int, const WebPAnimEncoderOptions*, int); + +// Creates and initializes a WebPAnimEncoder object. +// Parameters: +// width/height - (in) canvas width and height of the animation. +// enc_options - (in) encoding options; can be passed NULL to pick +// reasonable defaults. +// Returns: +// A pointer to the newly created WebPAnimEncoder object. +// Or NULL in case of memory error. +static WEBP_INLINE WebPAnimEncoder* WebPAnimEncoderNew( + int width, int height, const WebPAnimEncoderOptions* enc_options) { + return WebPAnimEncoderNewInternal(width, height, enc_options, + WEBP_MUX_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Optimize the given frame for WebP, encode it and add it to the +// WebPAnimEncoder object. +// The last call to 'WebPAnimEncoderAdd' should be with frame = NULL, which +// indicates that no more frames are to be added. This call is also used to +// determine the duration of the last frame. +// Parameters: +// enc - (in/out) object to which the frame is to be added. +// frame - (in/out) frame data in ARGB or YUV(A) format. If it is in YUV(A) +// format, it will be converted to ARGB, which incurs a small loss. +// timestamp_ms - (in) timestamp of this frame in milliseconds. +// Duration of a frame would be calculated as +// "timestamp of next frame - timestamp of this frame". +// Hence, timestamps should be in non-decreasing order. +// config - (in) encoding options; can be passed NULL to pick +// reasonable defaults. +// Returns: +// On error, returns false and frame->error_code is set appropriately. +// Otherwise, returns true. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimEncoderAdd( + WebPAnimEncoder* enc, struct WebPPicture* frame, int timestamp_ms, + const struct WebPConfig* config); + +// Assemble all frames added so far into a WebP bitstream. +// This call should be preceded by a call to 'WebPAnimEncoderAdd' with +// frame = NULL; if not, the duration of the last frame will be internally +// estimated. +// Parameters: +// enc - (in/out) object from which the frames are to be assembled. +// webp_data - (out) generated WebP bitstream. +// Returns: +// True on success. +WEBP_EXTERN int WebPAnimEncoderAssemble(WebPAnimEncoder* enc, + WebPData* webp_data); + +// Get error string corresponding to the most recent call using 'enc'. The +// returned string is owned by 'enc' and is valid only until the next call to +// WebPAnimEncoderAdd() or WebPAnimEncoderAssemble() or WebPAnimEncoderDelete(). +// Parameters: +// enc - (in/out) object from which the error string is to be fetched. +// Returns: +// NULL if 'enc' is NULL. Otherwise, returns the error string if the last call +// to 'enc' had an error, or an empty string if the last call was a success. +WEBP_EXTERN const char* WebPAnimEncoderGetError(WebPAnimEncoder* enc); + +// Deletes the WebPAnimEncoder object. +// Parameters: +// enc - (in/out) object to be deleted +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPAnimEncoderDelete(WebPAnimEncoder* enc); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_MUX_H_ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux_types.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux_types.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fe81958 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/mux_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +// Copyright 2012 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Data-types common to the mux and demux libraries. +// +// Author: Urvang (urvang@google.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_MUX_TYPES_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_MUX_TYPES_H_ + +#include <string.h> // memset() +#include "./types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++, +// the types are left here for reference. +// typedef enum WebPFeatureFlags WebPFeatureFlags; +// typedef enum WebPMuxAnimDispose WebPMuxAnimDispose; +// typedef enum WebPMuxAnimBlend WebPMuxAnimBlend; +typedef struct WebPData WebPData; + +// VP8X Feature Flags. +typedef enum WebPFeatureFlags { + ANIMATION_FLAG = 0x00000002, + XMP_FLAG = 0x00000004, + EXIF_FLAG = 0x00000008, + ALPHA_FLAG = 0x00000010, + ICCP_FLAG = 0x00000020, + + ALL_VALID_FLAGS = 0x0000003e +} WebPFeatureFlags; + +// Dispose method (animation only). Indicates how the area used by the current +// frame is to be treated before rendering the next frame on the canvas. +typedef enum WebPMuxAnimDispose { + WEBP_MUX_DISPOSE_NONE, // Do not dispose. + WEBP_MUX_DISPOSE_BACKGROUND // Dispose to background color. +} WebPMuxAnimDispose; + +// Blend operation (animation only). Indicates how transparent pixels of the +// current frame are blended with those of the previous canvas. +typedef enum WebPMuxAnimBlend { + WEBP_MUX_BLEND, // Blend. + WEBP_MUX_NO_BLEND // Do not blend. +} WebPMuxAnimBlend; + +// Data type used to describe 'raw' data, e.g., chunk data +// (ICC profile, metadata) and WebP compressed image data. +// 'bytes' memory must be allocated using WebPMalloc() and such. +struct WebPData { + const uint8_t* bytes; + size_t size; +}; + +// Initializes the contents of the 'webp_data' object with default values. +static WEBP_INLINE void WebPDataInit(WebPData* webp_data) { + if (webp_data != NULL) { + memset(webp_data, 0, sizeof(*webp_data)); + } +} + +// Clears the contents of the 'webp_data' object by calling WebPFree(). +// Does not deallocate the object itself. +static WEBP_INLINE void WebPDataClear(WebPData* webp_data) { + if (webp_data != NULL) { + WebPFree((void*)webp_data->bytes); + WebPDataInit(webp_data); + } +} + +// Allocates necessary storage for 'dst' and copies the contents of 'src'. +// Returns true on success. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPDataCopy(const WebPData* src, WebPData* dst) { + if (src == NULL || dst == NULL) return 0; + WebPDataInit(dst); + if (src->bytes != NULL && src->size != 0) { + dst->bytes = (uint8_t*)WebPMalloc(src->size); + if (dst->bytes == NULL) return 0; + memcpy((void*)dst->bytes, src->bytes, src->size); + dst->size = src->size; + } + return 1; +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_MUX_TYPES_H_ diff --git a/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/types.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/types.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47f7f2b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/webp/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license +// that can be found in the COPYING file in the root of the source +// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found +// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may +// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Common types + memory wrappers +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> // for size_t + +#ifndef _MSC_VER +#include <inttypes.h> +#if defined(__cplusplus) || !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || \ + (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) +#define WEBP_INLINE inline +#else +#define WEBP_INLINE +#endif +#else +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef signed short int16_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef signed int int32_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t; +typedef long long int int64_t; +#define WEBP_INLINE __forceinline +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#ifndef WEBP_EXTERN +// This explicitly marks library functions and allows for changing the +// signature for e.g., Windows DLL builds. +# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4 +# define WEBP_EXTERN extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) +# else +# define WEBP_EXTERN extern +# endif /* __GNUC__ >= 4 */ +#endif /* WEBP_EXTERN */ + +// Macro to check ABI compatibility (same major revision number) +#define WEBP_ABI_IS_INCOMPATIBLE(a, b) (((a) >> 8) != ((b) >> 8)) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Allocates 'size' bytes of memory. Returns NULL upon error. Memory +// must be deallocated by calling WebPFree(). This function is made available +// by the core 'libwebp' library. +WEBP_EXTERN void* WebPMalloc(size_t size); + +// Releases memory returned by the WebPDecode*() functions (from decode.h). +WEBP_EXTERN void WebPFree(void* ptr); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/libwebsockets.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/libwebsockets.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/libwebsockets.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/libwebsockets.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/lws_config.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/lws_config.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/lws_config.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/websockets/lws_config.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zconf.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zconf.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zconf.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zconf.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zlib.h b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zlib.h similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zlib.h rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/include/zlib/zlib.h diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCharacterKinematic_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCharacterKinematic_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCharacterKinematic_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCharacterKinematic_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCommon_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCommon_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCommon_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCommon_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCooking_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCooking_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCooking_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXCooking_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXExtensions_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXExtensions_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXExtensions_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXExtensions_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXFoundation_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXFoundation_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXFoundation_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXFoundation_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXPvdSDK_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXPvdSDK_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXPvdSDK_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXPvdSDK_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXVehicle_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXVehicle_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXVehicle_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysXVehicle_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysX_static.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysX_static.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysX_static.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/PhysX/libPhysX_static.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libGenericCodeGen.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libMachineIndependent.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOGLCompiler.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOSDependent.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOSDependent.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOSDependent.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libOSDependent.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libSPIRV.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libSPIRV.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libSPIRV.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libSPIRV.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libbreakpad_client.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libbreakpad_client.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libbreakpad_client.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libbreakpad_client.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libcrypto.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libcrypto.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libcrypto.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libcrypto.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libfreetype.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libfreetype.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libfreetype.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libfreetype.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libglslang.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libjpeg.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libjpeg.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libjpeg.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libjpeg.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libmp3lame.so b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libmp3lame.so similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libmp3lame.so rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libmp3lame.so diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/liboboe.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/liboboe.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/liboboe.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/liboboe.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libpng16.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libpng16.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libpng16.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libpng16.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libsqlite3.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libsqlite3.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libsqlite3.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libsqlite3.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libssl.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libssl.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libssl.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libssl.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libuv_a.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libuv_a.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libuv_a.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libuv_a.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebp.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebp.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebp.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebp.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebpdecoder.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebpdecoder.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebpdecoder.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebpdecoder.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebsockets.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebsockets.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebsockets.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libwebsockets.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libz.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libz.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/lib/libz.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/lib/libz.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libinspector.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libinspector.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libinspector.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libinspector.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libv8_monolith.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libv8_monolith.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libv8_monolith.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8-2/libv8_monolith.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libinspector.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libinspector.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libinspector.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libinspector.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_base.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_base.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_base.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_base.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libbase.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libbase.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libbase.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libbase.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libplatform.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libplatform.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libplatform.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libplatform.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libsampler.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libsampler.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libsampler.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_libsampler.a diff --git a/ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_snapshot.a b/openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_snapshot.a similarity index 100% rename from ohos/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_snapshot.a rename to openharmony/armeabi-v7a/v8/libv8_snapshot.a